DTP Kalapata Distry PDF

1
GOVERNMENT OF MAHARASHTRA
WATER RESOURCES DEPARTMENT

CHIEF ENGINEER, WRD NAGPUR.
COMMAND AREA DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY, NAGPUR
PENCH IRRIGATION DIVISION, NAGPUR
DRAFT TENDER DOCUMENT

NAME OF WORK: Construction of Cement Concrete Lining (Canal lining
length 3710 m) and Repairs to Structure on Kalapata Distributory offtaking
from RD 6105 m of L.B.C. of Pench Project
TENDER COST: - Rs. 2,86,25,454/-
Prepared & recommended for Approval
Asst. Engineer Gr. II Asst. Engineer Gr. I

Pench Irrigation Section Pench Irrigation Sub Dn.
Navegaon Khairy Tekadi
Submitted
Sr. Divisional Accounts Officer

Pench Irrigation Division Executive Engineer
Nagpur Pench Irrigation Division
Nagpur
Recommended for Approval Approved
Superintending Engineer & Administrator Chief Engineer

Command Area Development Authority Water Resources Department
Nagpur Nagpur
2
Certificate
The land required for the work is in possession of the
department.
Executive Engineer,
Pench Irrigation Division,
Nagpur,
Contractor No. of Corrections Executive Engineer

3
NAME OF WORK: Construction of Cement Concrete Lining (Canal lining length

3710 m) and Repairs to Structure on Kalapata Distributory offtaking from
RD 6105 m of L.B.C. of Pench Project
INDEX
Sr. PARTICULARS PAGE NO.
No. From To
Press Tender Notice 7 8
SECTION-I
Detailed Tender Notice, Information & Instructions for Tenderers 9 10
1 Invitation 9 10
2 Eligibility 10 10
3 Details of work 11 11
4 Issue of Blank Tender forms 11 11
5 Pre-Tender Conference 11 11
6 Revision or Amendments of Tender Documents. 11 11
7 Manner of Submission of Tender and its accompaniments. 11 19
8 Opening of Tenders 19 19
9 Instructions for submission of e-Envelope T1 19 20
10 Instructions for submission of e-Envelope C1 20 24
11 Tender Units. 24 24
12 Corrections 24 24
13 Signing of Tender Documents 25 25
14 Acceptance of Tender 25 26
15 Validity period 26 26
16 Completion of Tender Documents 26 26
17 Language 26 26
18 License under Contractor Labour 26 26
19 Key Dates 26 26
ANNEXURE ‘A’
Description and status of project, scope of
Work & other site conditions etc.
A Description of the Project 27 27
B Status of the Project 27 27
C Climatic Conditions 27 27
D Scope of the work 27 27
E Information About Work Site 28 28
1 Details of work 29 30
2 Information for obtaining Tender Pager and its submission 30 31
3 Work and site conditions 31 31
4 Period of completion and programme of works 31 32
5 Earnest money / security deposit 32 32
6 Price variation information 32 32
7 Cost of cement for mix variation 32 32
SECTION-II
B-1 Tender Form, Schedule Of Works, Work Program.
1 B-1 Tender form and Tender for works. 34 39
2 Schedule ‘A’ 40 42

4
3 Schedule ‘B’ Part-I 43 46

4 Schedule ‘C’ 47 48
5 Month wise Work Programme 49 49
SECTION – III 50 50
Forms
1 Letter of Transmittal 51 51
2 Check list of Documents To be uploaded along with BID capacity 52 52
Documents
3 Format-I – Information of Company 53 53
4 Format-II – Declaration of contractor regarding poor quality work & 54 54
correctness of information supplied
5 Proforma –I- Certificate for the work completed /under progress as 55 56
on 31 March 2015
6 Proforma –I(a)- Details of work completed 57 58
7 Proforma –I(b)- Details of work in hand 59 60
8 Appendix ‘A’ - Details of Technical Personnel with the Contractor 61 61
9 Appendix ‘B’ - Details of Plans and Machinery immediately 62 62
available with the tenderer for use on this work.
10 Appendix ‘C’ - Details of works of similar type magnitude carried 63 63
out by the contractor
11 Appendix ‘D’ - Details of other works tendered for and in hand on 64 64
the date of submission of Tender.
12 Appendix ‘E’ - Details of plans & machinery proposed to used for 65 65
the work but not immediately available.
13 Appendix ‘F’ - Declaration of the Contractor 66 66
14 Appendix ‘G’ - Bank Guarantee Bond 67 68
15 Appendix ‘H’ - Indenture for secured advance 69 72
16 Appendix ‘J’- Declaration of bidder regarding value of Civil 73 73
Engineering Works executed in last 5 years based on work done
certificates In Proforma-1( Format for computation of A1) -
Declaration of bidder regarding value of civil Engineering Works
executed in last 5 years ascertained from total receipts on account
of Civil Engineering Contracts received in a year shown in Balance
sheet submitted to I.T. Department
(Format for computation of A2)
17 - Declaration of bidder regarding value of Existing Commitments 74 74

(B) in the period stipulated for completion of work.
(Format for computation of B)
18 Appendix ‘K’- Bidders ( self declaration regarding Bid Capacity ) 75 75
SECTION-IV
Conditions of contract (B-1 tender form
1 Conditions of Contract (B-1 Tender Form) 76 99
SECTION-V
Special Conditions Of Contract
1 Index to special condition of contract 101 103
2 Special condition of contract 104 133

5
SECTION – VI
Specifications
1 Index to Specifications 134 134
2 Specifications – Section 1 to17 135 249
SECTION – VII Volum-2
Drawing 250

6
SECTION –I
DETAILED TENDER NOTICE

INFORMATION & INSTRUCTIONS FOR
TENDERERS

7
CIRCLE :- Command Area Development Authority, Nagpur
DIVISION :- Pench Irrigation Division, Nagpur

E-TENDER NOTICE No. FOR YEAR. 2017-18
Executive Engineer, Pench Irrigation Division, Nagpur Phone No. 0712-2980143, is

inviting digitally signed on-line e-Tenders in B-1 Form, for the offer for the work cited
below, on Government of Maharashtra Electronic Tender Management System .
https://mahatenders.gov.in
.
The details can be viewed and downloaded online directly from the Government
of Maharashtra e-Tendering Portal . https://mahatenders.gov.in
Further, e-Tenders in B-1 Form-document will be made available on above mentioned
web site as per programme under Key-Dates.
Name of Work Cost of the Earnest Time Limit Cost of Eligibility

work (In Money for On-line
Lakhs) in(In completio e-Tender
Lakhs) n form
2 4 5 6 7
Construction of 24
Calendar Rs. 2000 + Open to all
Cement Concrete Months 12% GST bidders who
Lining (Canal lining Rs. 286.25 Rs 1.50 i.e. 2240/- fulfill the
length 3710 m) and (including eligibility
Shall be monsoon Shall be criteria.
Repairs to Structure paid via
& paid via
on Kalapata Online
mode only irrigation Online
Distributory offtaking through rotation mode only
from RD 6105 m of payment- periods) through
gate-way. payment-
L.B.C. of Pench get-way.
Project
Blank Tenders Form will not be sold physically from the office of the Executive Engineer.
However bidder has to get on-line e-Tenders in B-1 Form downloaded from the said
web site. The undersigned has reserved rights to reject any or all on-line bids without
assigning any reason therefor.
1. All eligible/interested bidders to get enrolled on e- Tendering portal

https://mahatenders.gov.in To process the e-tenders online, to encrypt their bid and
to sign the bid hashes, bidders / Contractors are required to obtain digital certificate
/ Signature. For details, bidders / Contractor may contact to Help Desk.
Bidders / Contractors can contact Help Desk for any clarification of their doubts
regarding the process of Electronic Tendering Management System (ETMS). Help Desk
at through Toll Free no. 18002337315.
e-Tender-Document can be downloaded from the e-Tendering portal of Government of

8
Maharashtra i.e . https://mahatenders.gov.in Cost of online e-Tender-Document as

well as amount of EMD should be paid online via online mode only through payment
Gate-way as per online process given on Website i.e . https://mahatenders.gov.in
The Bidder shall upload the duly completed e –Tender documents and supporting
information in readable form. The unreadable documents shall not be considered for
evaluation. The decision of opening Authority regarding the evaluation shall be final and
binding.
All rights are reserved to reject any or all e – Tender-documents without assigning any
reason by the competent authority. The e –Tender documents made available on ETMS
shall have to be downloaded by bidders from the above mentioned website.
Bidders shall deposit the cost of e –Tender-document and amount of EMD online via
online mode only through payment Gate-way as per online process given on Website i.e
. https://mahatenders.gov.in Bidders shall upload the scanned copies of proof of
payments along with e – Tender document.
Note – Tender document shall not be physically sold from the office of the Executive
Engineer. Detail e – Tender Notice can be seen on Government of Maharashtra
Electronic Tender Management System https://mahatenders.gov.in as well as on the
notice board in the Executive Engineer’s office.
(Copy can be obtained free of cost from Executive Engineer on request)
It is necessary to give the undertaking as follows "Bidders are not allowed to make any
changes in e – Tender documents downloaded from website. If it so the e- Tenders of
such bidders shall be rejected and the bidders who made such changes are liable for
action as per Rules''.
e – Tender documents published on Government website are considered as authentic
and legal documents in case of any complaint about the e- Tender.
The activities of e – Tender online purchase/Download, Preparation of Bid (Submit Bid

Hash online), Submission of Bids, Submission of EMD & cost of online e –Tender-
document and other Documents shall be governed by the time schedules given under
“Key Dates”.
The Bidders has to submit (Upload Scan Copies/fill in) his offer/credentials online as
required in the e-Tenders in the online -relevant envelopes. The Scan copies showing
details / proof of on-line payments of cost of e –Tender Document, Earnest Money
amount, to be submitted online.
Executive Engineer
Pench Irrigaton Division
Nagpur

9
SECTION I
DETAILED TENDER NOTICE
WATER RESOURCES DEPARTMENT,

NAGPUR
1.0 INVITATION :
e Tenders in B-1 form are invited online from the eligible bidders for the work as
stated in Annexure “A” .
General Information:
The functions and powers of the Corporation have been listed in the
Maharashtra Act XXVI of 1997. In general, it has been entrusted with the work of
investigation, planning , designing of projects, maintenance of completed project,
construction of projects and irrigation management of the major, medium and minor
projects in the Godavari and Tapi river Basin. The projects comprise multipurpose
irrigation, hydroelectric project inclusive of command area Development. The projects
are to be completed so as to utilize water in Godavari and Tapi basin (about 254.28
TMC) allocated to Vidarbha by Godavari Water Dispute Tribunal Award in Godavari
basin and allocated water as per Master Plan of Tapi Valley. During the project time
slice, it is planned to improve the performance efficiency of the completed projects and
to complete further ongoing and new works, so as to utilize the 254.28 TMC of water
from Godavari and Tapi Basin.
Definitions & interpretations

In this tender document, the following terms, shall have the meanings hereby assigned
to them, except where the context otherwise requires.
(i) “Corporation” shall mean the Vidarbha Irrigation Development Corporation, Nagpur
acting through its Executive Director, as defined in Maharashtra Govt. Act XI of 1997.
Vidarbha Irrigation Development Corporation, Nagpur is a body corporate constituted
under the Maharashtra Govt. Act XXVI and published in Maharashtra Govt. Gazette
dated 28-04-1997. The Head quarters of the Vidarbha Irrigation Development
Corporation, Nagpur,(V.I.D.C.) is at Nagpur , for short , and hereafter referred to only as
Corporation .
The official postal address for correspondence is
The Office of the Executive Director,
Vidarbha Irrigation Development Corporation,
Sinchan Sewa Bhavan, Civil lines, Nagpur- 440 001
(b) “Chief Engineer” shall mean Chief Engineer, Water Resources Department, Nagpur
under V.I.D.C. Nagpur
(c) “Superintending Engineer” shall mean Superintending Engineer and

Admininstrator of CADA Nagpur to whom Superintendence of the work is
assigned by Vidarbha Irrigation Development Corporation, Nagpur.
(d) “Engineer/Engineer-in-charge" shall mean the Executive Engineer in charge

of the works and shall also include the superior Officers of the Engineering
Departments of the Vidarbha Irrigation Development Corporation, Nagpur.

10
(e) “Engineer’s representative” shall mean the Sub Divisional Engineer/Assistant

Executive Engineer/ Assistant Engineer (Grade I)/ Sub - Divisional Officer, who
has been assigned specific duties.
(f) “Contractor” shall mean the person, firm or company who enters into contract
with the Vidarbha Irrigation Development Corporation, Nagpur. and shall
include their executors, administrators, successors and authorized assignees.
(g) “Contract” shall mean and include agreement having three volumes as below.
Volume -I Detailed e-Tender Notice, B-1, Conditions of contract Section I

to V & Schedule A, B and C & Specifications.
Volume –II Drawings (Drawings for the said work can be seen/obtained
with a written application from the Bidder to the office of the
Executive Engineer as mention in Annexure-A (1.90) in office
Hours )
h) “Work” shall mean the work to be executed in accordance with the contract.
i) “Specifications” shall mean the specifications for materials and works as

Specified in volume-II of the contract.
j) “Drawing” shall mean prints of the maps, drawings, plans in Volume II of the
contract and shall include any or all modifications of such drawings and any or all
further drawings as may be issued by the Engineer in charge from time to time.
k) “Site” shall mean the land and the other places on, under, in or through which the
works are carried out and any other lands or places provided by the Corporation.
l) “Defect(s) liability period” shall mean period of 36 months after commissioning or
36 months after the completion of works whichever is later.
m) Online shall mean online operation on website https://mahatenders.gov.in only,
with reference to this work.
Singular and Plural

Words imparting the singular number shall also include the plural and vice versa
where the context requires.
Headings and Marginal headings
The headings and marginal headings in the contract are solely for the Purpose of
facilitating references and shall not be deemed to be part thereof or taken into
consideration in the interpretation or construction thereof or of the contract.
2.00 ELIGIBILITY
Uploaded e-tender documents will be made available online, only to those
Contractors who would satisfy the following criteria, related to the estimated cost of the
work put to tender.
ii) Certificate of satisfactory completion in respect of at least ONE work costing

equivalent to the 50% of the cost of the work tendered for, is executed on contract in
Maharashtra during the period between 01-04-2014 to 31-03-2017, issued by Executive
Engineer (In charge of the work) of Government of Maharashtra in Irrigation
Department/ PW Department / Public Undertaking.

11
3. DETAILS OF WORK
The estimated cost, earnest money Deposit, class of contractor, period of completion of
work and other information is given in Annexure ‘A’ of this section.
4. ON-LINE ISSUE OF BLANK e-TENDER FORMS

Information regarding the work for which the e-tenders are invited on-line as well as
blank e-tender forms can be obtained online on the Government of Maharashtra website
e-Tendering Portal https://mahatenders.gov.in. e-tender forms shall be made available
only to those contractors as explained in Para 2 above.
The name of office, the period of availability of e-tender forms and their costs are given
in Annexure ‘A’ of this section. Payment by a cheque will not be accepted.
5. PRE-TENDER CONFERENCE
(Applicable for the works costing above Rs. 100 lakhs)
1) Pre-tenders conference open to all prospective tenderer will be held in the office as
stated in Annexure ‘A’ of this Section, wherein the prospective tenderer will have an
opportunity to obtain clarifications regarding the work and the tender conditions.
2) The prospective tenderers are free to ask for any additional clarification either in
writing or orally and the reply to the same will be given by the Chief
Engineer/Superintending Engineer in writing and these clarifications referred to as
common set of conditions, shall form part of e-tender documents and which will also be
common and applicable to all tenderers.
3) The e-tender submitted on-line by the tenderer shall be based on the clarification,
additional facility issued (if any) by the Corporation and this e-tender shall be
unconditional. Conditional tenders will summarily be rejected as non-responsive.
4) All tenderers are cautioned that the e-tenders containing any deviation from the
contractual terms and conditions, specifications or other requirements and conditional
Tenders will be rejected as non responsive.
6. REVISION OR AMENDMENT OF e-TENDER DOCUMENTS:
Right is reserved to revise or amend the e-tender documents prior to last date
notified for the issue of e-tenders and such revisions or amendments or extensions shall
be communicated to all concerned online or displayed on the portal or by notice in the
press as may be considered suitable.
Tenderer shall be presumed to have carefully examined all documents, forms,
statements, special conditions, schedules, drawings and specifications of contract
available online and to have fully acquainted himself with all details of the site, his own
quarries for rubble, metal, sand, earthwork etc. locations of materials, river and weather
characteristics and labour conditions in general and with all the necessary information
and data etc. pertaining to and needed for the work prior to tendering of the work.
7. MANNER OF ONLINE SUBMISSION OF e-TENDER AND ITS ACCOMPANIMENTS
Tender is to be submitted online on the Government of Maharashtra e-

Tendering Portal https://mahatenders.gov.in.in two separate e-envelopes. The tenderer
shall submit the e-tender and e-documents in two e- envelopes as below. (Technical
Envelope T1 & Commercial Envelope C1)

12
a) Technical e-Envelope T1.
The first envelope mentioned on the portal as ‘Technical e-Envelope T1’ shall contain
the duly Scanned copy / copies of following documents.
1) Scan copy of proof of payment of EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT. Paid via online
mode only through payment Gate-way only
.
2)Audited balance sheet and profit loss A/c duly certified from Chartered Accountant as
per Income Tax rule -1961 clause 44AB. Along with copy of acknowledgement of
Income Tax return filed ( for contractor whose annual turnover is above Rs.100 lakhs)
OR
Statement of total income contract receipt in the format acceptable to the income tax
department duly certified by the Chartered Accountant along with copy of
acknowledgement of Income Tax return filed (for contractor whose annual turnover is
below 100 lakhs)
3) GST Registration Certificates
4) Deed of Partnership or Article of Association and Memorandum of Association for

limited Company duly registered with head office in Maharashtra. (if applicable)
5) Details of Technical personnel with Tenderer (Proforma in Appendix “A” of the tender
form).
6) List of machinery and plants immediately available with the Tenderer for use on this
work and list of machinery proposed to be utilized on this work but not immediately
available and the manner in which it is proposed to be procured. (Proforma in Appendix
“B” and “E” of the tender form).The Contractor shall have to attach the documentary
proof in respect of machinery owned by him as below.
I) RTO Registration.
ii) Certificate of Taxation.
iii) Goods carriage Permit in Form P-Gd C (See Rule 72(I) v)
iv) Certificate of fitness in Form 38 (See Rule 62(I) 7)
In case of Non-RTO machinery, if the machinery is new, the manufacturer’s sale

certificate shall be produced. In case of second hand machinery, the purchase
document with proof of payment and Balance Sheet certified by the Chartered
Accountant shall be produced. In lieu of the certificate of the Chartered Accountant, a
certificate from a Scheduled Bank of having financed the machinery will be acceptable.
7).Details of work of similar type & magnitude carried out by the contractor (Proforma in
Appendix “C” of the tender form) duly certified by the head of the Office under
whom the works were completed.
8) Details of other works tendered for and in hand with the Tenderer the value of work
unfinished on the last date of submission of the tender. The certificates from the head of
offices under whom the works are in progress should be enclosed (Proforma in
Appendix “D” of the tender form). The performance of contractor should be satisfactory.
9) Power of Attorney (duly registered). ( if applicable)

13
10) Professional Tax certificate valid on date of receipt of the tender
11) Attested copy of registration under Employee’s Provident Fund Act and challans for
updated payments for class I & II contractors.
(Contractors should be duly registered with Commissioner of EPF)
12) Scanned copy of proof of payment of cost of uploaded main e- Tender Documents,
paid online via online mode only through payment Gate-way only
13) Undertaking “when there is shortage of funds in Corporation Nagpur, I / we shall not
be entitled to any compensation from the Corporation. This Condition will be treated as
part and parcel of contact documents.” duly stamped and signed.
14) Undertaking “I shall not tamper with or make changes in the tender documents
made available by the department, on the web-site. Otherwise I understand that my
tender shall be liable for rejection” duly stamped and signed.
15) Undertaking “I have studied each and every drawing & design related to the work
made available on-line as well as in the office of Executive Engineer, Pench Irrigation
Division, Nagpur and shall sign before issuance of work order, if my tender is
accepted duly stamped and signed..
16) Undertaking that “I / We have gone through each and every contents, clause,
condition of the whole tender documents & have accepted the same fully,
unconditionally” duly stamped and signed.
(All above undertakings should be uploaded to the relevant template.)
17) Registered Joint Venture if applicable, valid till expiry of Defect Liability Period.
18) The Digitally signed Main e-Tender document duly filled in, including, if any, the
digitally signed common set of conditions/ stipulations issued by the Corporation after
the pre-tender conference shall be deemed to have been agreed by the contractor and
will be a part of the contract.
19) Copy of ADHAR card of contractor
20) A self attested affidavit that ‘Additional Performance Security is enclosed in

envelope no. 2’ (applicable in cases which are found below 1% of amount put to tender)
The respective required original copies of all scanned documents submitted online with
e- tender, shall be kept ready at the time of opening of tender.

14
21) Post Qualification Criteria.
1 Criteria for Post Qualification:-.

The Contractor should have adequate experience of paver lining
A) Maximum Financial Turnover for last Rs 107.34 Lakh

three years
B) Minimum Cost of One (1) Similar Rs 143.13 Lakh

work Executed by the Contractor in
any one year of last three year
C) Minimum Qualification of Main Items Excavation : 10393 Cum
Executed in a year during last three Embankment : 7038 Cum
year C.C. Lining : 1211 Cum
CNS Filling:- 10860 Cum
Cement Concrete :- 142 Cum
D) The Bid Capacity of the Contractor Rs 286.25 Lacs
E) The specific Nature of Work Work of murrum filling and concrete paver
mandates that the contractor should lining in canal bed and slope to be
have successfully completed one Certified by the officer not below the rank
similar Work of Executive Engineer.
2 Scan copy of declaration of bidder regarding value of Civil Engineering work

executed in last five year based on work done certificate in Appendix (J).
3 Scan copy of Bidder self declaration regarding Bid capacity in Appendix (K)
4 Bidders who meet the minimum qualification criteria will be qualified only if their
available bid capacity is more than the total bid value .i.e. Rs 286.25 Lacs
5 The cost of completed works in earlier year shall be given additional weightage
of 10% per year as illustrated below to bring to current price level
.
Sr Year Cost of work executed Derived annual cost of work
No. at current price level
1 2014-15 A 1.210 A
2 2015-16 B 1.100 B
3 2016-17 C 1.0 C
6) Machinery- In order to complete the work contractor should have following

machinery & equipment in good condition own by him or to be hired
immediately.

15
Description of Equipment Capacity Minimum

Sr Number
No Required
1 Transit Concrete Mixer 2 Cum 1
2 Fuel operated Vibratory Plate For sub-grade compaction various plate 2

Compactors sizes capable of delivering an impact
force ranging from ± 1000 kg to ± 3000
kg
3 Truck / Tippers / Dumpers (± 10 t) 2
4 Water Tankers (± 2000 lit) 1
5 Hydraulic Excavator / Loader ± 0.90 Cum 2
6 Water pumps Up to 10 H.P . 1
7 Power Roller (Vibratory / Non - (± 8-10 t) 1

Vibratory type)
8 Paver lining Machine 1
Regarding use of machinery (as per PWD circular dt 19.09.2017)

i) The life of new machinery will be considered as 15 years.
ii) There will be no need of fitness certificate from S.E. (mechanical) for the
first 6 years.
iii) After 6th year, the machinery shall be checked and certified for its fitness by
S.E./A.C.E (mechanical)for every 3rd year till the 15th year.
iv) After the 15th year the contractor shall get machinery certified every year
from S.E./A.C.E. (mechanical) and produce the certificate of fitness. The
certificate will be required for machinery where it is necessary and not
issued by the R.T.O.
b) Commercial e-Envelope C-1
The second e-envelope mentioned on the portal as “Commercial e-Envelope C-1” shall
contain the offer made on the screen online. And
(i) Offer to be submitted online

Excel file format (Microsoft Excel 2003 & above file ) For price /Commercial Bid.
(ii) Performance Security if applicable as mentioned in Para 10 (b) of detailed tender
notice.
TENDERING PROCEDURE: -
1.1 A. Blank Tender Forms.

Tender Forms can be downloaded from the e-Tendering Portal of Water
Resources Department, Government of
Maharashtra i.e. https://mahatenders.gov.in.after entering the details of
payment towards Tender Fees as per the Tender Schedule.

16
1.2 B PRE-TENDER CONFERENCE: -
1.2.1 Pre-tender conference open to all prospective tenderers who have

downloaded tender form before the date of Pre-tender Conference, will be
held on at 12.00 Hrs. in the office of the Chief Engineer, Water
Resources Department, Nagpur wherein prospective Tenderers will have an
opportunity to obtain clarifications regarding the work and the Tender Conditions.
1.2.2 The prospective tenderers are free to ask for any additional information or
clarification either in writing or orally concerning the work, and the reply to the
same will be given by the Chief Engineer, Water Resources Department
Nagpur, in writing and this clarification referred to as Common Set of
Conditions/Deviations (C.S.D.), shall form part of tender documents and which
will also be common and applicable to all tenderers. The point/points if any
raised in writing and/or verbally by the contractor in pre-tender conference and
not finding place in C.S.D. issued after the pre-bid conference, is/are deemed
rejected. In such case the provision in NIT shall prevail. No individual
correspondence will be made thereafter with the contractor in this regard.
1.2.3 The tender submitted by the tenderer shall be based on the clarification,
additional facility offered (if any) by the Department, and this tender shall be
unconditional. Conditional tenders shall be summarily REJECTED.
1.2.4 All tenderers are cautioned that tenders containing any deviation from the
contractual terms and conditions, specifications or other requirements and
conditional tenders will be treated as non responsive. The tenderer should
clearly mention in forwarding letter that his offer (in envelope No. 1& 2) does not
contain any conditions, deviations from terms and conditions stipulated in the
tender.

17
1.2.5 Tenderers should have valid Class II / III Digital Signature Certificate (DSC)
obtained from any Certifying Authorities.
1.2.6 Not Applicable.
1.2.7 For any queries relating to this e Procurement Portal, please call 24 x 7 Toll
Free No. 1800 233 7315. All queries will be answered in English / Hindi only
1.2.8 Not Applicable.
1.3.1 Guidelines to Bidders on the operations of Electronic Tendering

System of Water Resources Department.
i. Tender forms will not be sold / issued manually from the office of Executive
Engineer, Pench Irrigation Division, Nagpur.
ii. Cost of TF (Tender Form) and EMD (Earnest Money Deposit) should be paid via
online payment system available with the portal. For online payment of TF and
EMD bidders has to ensure that their bank account is having facility of online
payment and also to verify the limit of amount transfer of the payment with the
bank for net banking.

18
iii. The date and time for online submission of envelopes shall be strictly followed
in all cases. The bidder should ensure that their tender is submitted online before the
expiry of the scheduled date and time. No delay on account of any cause will be
entertained. Tender(s) not submitted online will not be entertained.
iv. If for any reason, any interested bidder fails to complete any online stages during
the complete tender cycle, department shall not be responsible for that and any
grievance regarding that shall not be entertained.
v. Tender shall be submitted in two Envelopes i.e. Technical Bid in Envelope-1 &
Price Bid in Envelope-2 through e-Tendering procedure only
on https://mahatenders.gov.in portal.
vi. Tenders submitted without two Bid systems and by without e-Tendering
(https://mahatenders.gov.in) procedure shall be rejected.
vii. The Two Bids offer must be submitted along with document(s) as per the guidelines
given in tender document by e-Tendering procedure only.
viii. For technical bid, bidders has to make sure that there should not be any space
or special character in the file name. All the technical documents should be in
.pdf Or .rar format e.g. “Registration certificate.pdf” “Registration certificate.rar” is
wrong file name. The correct file name would be “registration_certificate.pdf”
“registration_certificate.rar”.

19
ix. First the technical bids of the bidder will be opened and all required documents will be
verified and bid capacity or post qualification of the bidder will be evaluated. Commercial bid
will be opened only for those bidders. Who satisfy the bid capacity or post qualification criteria.
x. Bidder, in advance, should prepare the bid documents to be submitted as indicated

in the tender schedule and they should be in PDF/rar (for technical bid) and excel file
formats (Microsoft Excel 2003 and above file) for BoQ or Price Bid. In case of technical
bid, If there is more than one document, they can be clubbed together. i.e. for each
cover of online envelop only single file need to be uploaded. For e.g. to upload
document having multiple pages, bidder has to scan them/clubbed as single document.
xi. Bidders should be view the information regarding revision/corrigendum/ amendment

in tender till due date of on line submission and thereafter. No separate correspondence
will be done in this regard.
xii. For BOQ, Do not modify the BOQ predefined name or sheet name of BOQ.
xiii. Only Green cells of BOQ are for data entry.
xiv. Do not use cut, copy or paste while data entry into the BOQ sheet.
xv. Any violation on the BOQ shall be subjected to rejection of the bid.
xvi. It is important to note that, the bidder has to click on the ‘Freeze Bid Button’, to
ensure that he/she completes the Bid Submission Process. Bids which are not frozen
are considered as Incomplete/Invalid bids and shall not be considered for evaluation
purposes.
.
ENVELOPE No. T-1 :- ( Documents )
First of all Envelope No. T-1 of the tender will be opened online to verify its contents as
per requirements, in the presence of bidders who remain present at the time of opening
of Envelope No. T-1. If the various documents contained in this envelope do not meet
the requirements of the Department, a note will be recorded accordingly by the tender

20
opening authority and the said tenderers Envelope No. C-1 will not be considered for
further action and the same will be recorded. The decision of the tender opening
authority in this regard will be final and binding on the contractors.
(B) ENVELOPE No.C-1: (Commercial Bid)

a) This envelope shall be opened online immediately after opening of Envelope
No. T-1, only if contents of Envelope No. T-1 are found to be acceptable to the
Department. The tendered rates in Schedule ‘B’ or percentage above/below the
estimated rates shall then be read out, in the presence of bidders who remain present at
the time of opening of Envelope No. C-1.
10. INSTRUCTIONS FOR SUBMISSION OF Technical e-Envelope T-1

Documents to be submitted in Technical e-Envelope T-1 shall conform to
the instructions given below.
i) (a) EARNEST MONEY

All tenderers shall pay entire Earnest Money Deposit as below:
Rs. 1,50,000/- (Rs. One Lakh Fifty Thousand only) through an online Payment
Gateway Service via online mode only through payment gate-way only, as non interest
bearing deposit with the corporation.
Certificates of exemption for payment of earnest money will not be accepted.

This earnest money amount shall not carry any interest whatsoever. The earnest money will be
refunded, online, in the case of tenderers whose tenders are not accepted, only after completion
of all formalities in respect of the accepted tender or in case of expiry of validity of offer, when
specially withdrawn by the tenderer. In the case of successful tenderers, the earnest money will
be refunded after completion of contract documents and payment of security deposit as per the
provisions made in para (ii) Security Deposit, or converted into Security Deposit, if required.
ii) (a) SECURITY DEPOSIT

A sum as mentioned in printed B-1 tender form at Para (d) (i) of Memorandum will have to be
Deposited in cash by the contractor at the time of completing the contract documents, if his
tender is accepted by the Corporation.
OR
The initial security Deposit may be paid in the form of Demand Draft / Irrevocable Bank
Guarantee from any Nationalized or Scheduled Bank’s branch situated in the State of
Maharashtra for a period equal to time limit ( with timely extensions if any ) plus the period of
defects liability (Clause 20 of B-1 Tender Form, Vol.-I)
OR
In lieu of Security Deposit mentioned above , corporation Securities , corporation
Bonds in the prescribed form as may be approved by corporation from time to time , standing in
the name of Tenderer shall be accepted if pledged as security Deposit in the name of Executive
Engineer, as stated at serial No.1.9 of Annexure -A of this section.
OR
The earnest money Deposited online by the contractor with his e-tender will be retained by the
WRD as part of security Deposit if tenderer requests in writing to that effect. The balance to
make up this security Deposit may, unless otherwise specified in the special conditions, be
Deposited by the contractor in the form of irrevocable Bank Guarantee or cash or in the forms of
Bonds / Cash Certificates of corporation.
The security Deposit will be retained by the corporation for the due and faithful fulfillment of the
contract by the contractor. In addition to the sum as above, sums as Security Deposit will be

21
deducted from running account bills at the rate shown at Memorandum Para (f) in B-1 tender
form to total up to a sum mentioned at Memorandum Para (d)(ii) in B-1 tender form. The sum of
Security Deposit recovered from the running account bills, will remain in the form of cash of
corporation Securities standing in the name of the Executive Engineer.
B) PERFORMANCE SECURITY
Condition Regarding performance security (in place of condition for payment of additional security
deposit) if offer quoted by the tenderer is below the estimated cost. Following action shall be taken
about making available Bank Guarantee/DD/FDR of performance security.
i) If the tenderer quote his offer up to 10 % below the estimated cost (Cost put to tender) he shall submit
the Bank Guarantee/DD/FDR of the amount equal to 1% of cost put to tender as per performance
security in Envelope No 2 of tender (Scanned copy shall be submitted along with e- tender)
Note :- If the tenderer quote his offer up to 1 % below the estimated cost, he should not produce the
performance security. (As per Government Corrigendum Dt No. BDG 2016/Pra.Kra-2/ema-2(in Marathi)
Dtd 17.03.2016 and dt. 19.09.2017)
ii) If the offer quoted is more than 10 % below the cost put to tender the tender shall submitted the Bank
Guarantee/DD/FDR of the cumulative amount which is equal to the amount by which offer is more than
10% below plus the amount as (i) above in Envelop No 2 of Tender Shal be submitted along with
tender) (For Example, for 14% below rate 1%+(14-10%) i.e. 4% then total 5% (As per Govt
Corrigendum Dtd 14.07.2016)
iii) The offer in envelop No 2 without Bank Guarantee or DD/FDR of appropriate amount of performance
security shall be treated an invalid offer
iv) Bank Guarantee/DD shall be drawn on the name of Executive Engineer, Pench Irrigation Division,
Nagpur
iv) Bank Guarantee/DD/FDR shall be drawn from nationalized or scheduled banks
v) Validity of Bank Guarantee shall be remain upto defect liability period and Demand Draft shall be
remain upto 3 months
vi) Scanned copy of Bank Guarantee/DD/FDR shall be uploaded by the contractor at the time of e-
tendering
vii) contractor shall submit the Bank Guarantee or demand draft or FDR in sealed envelope in the office
of the Executive Engineer Pench Irrigation Division Nagpur within 5 working days from the date of
submission of tender Name of work and e tender no shall be written on the envelop
VIII) On opening the tender if paper in Envelope no 1 don't fulfill the essential qualification documents
requirements the Executive Engineer Shall return the envelop of Bank Guarantee / Demand Draft/FDR
to concerned Contractor within 7 days from the date of opening of tender
IX) Offer in envelope no 2 shall be opened to those contractor whose documents in envelope no 1 fulfill
the essential document requirement Envelop of Bank Guarantee / Demand Draft/FDR of these
contractors envelop 2 lowest tenders shall be returned within 7 days the offer in envelop no 2 without
Bank Guarantee/Demand Draft/FDR of appropriated amount of performance security shall be treated
as invalid offer
X) Bank Guarantee/Demand Draft/FDR of the second lowest tender shall be returned within 3 days
after issuing work order to the lowest tender
XI) EMD of the contractor submitting false documents Bank Guarantee/Demand Draft/FDR in above
process shall be forfeited and registration of the said contractor shall be cancelled for 1 year For this
Superintending Engineer shall have full authority
XII) Executive Engineer shall issue the work order only after encashing the Demand Draft or
Confirmation of Bank Guarantee of the lowest tenderer
XIII) If offer is upto 1% below to the estimated cost, no additional performance security is required.
xiv) Validity of Bank Guarantee/FDR should be valid upto defect liability period after completion of work
or validity of Demand Draft should be valid upto 3 months.
iii) INCOME TAX

Income tax is to be deducted from the sums to be paid to the contractor for the works carried
out at the rate of 2 % of the gross amount, or at the rates revised from time to time, and
surcharge on Income Tax & any Cess as per prevailing Government orders issued from time
to time by Competent Income Tax Authority.

22
iv) Goods and Services Tax

The bidder should get himself registered under the GST Act 2017. Bidder should exercise
due diligence regarding his GST liabilities to be incurred before submitting bid. Department
will not be responsible for any miscalculation on the part of bidder. It shall be the
responsibility of bidder to make himself well conversant with the provisions of GST Act. 2017
TDS under rules 51 of GST Act 2017 will be deducted as pere prevailing rates.
v) JOINT VENTURE
If the application is made by a Joint venture or consortia of two or more firms as
partners:-
a) A joint venture between individual contractors, may be permitted subject to
the following conditions.
b) Firms intending to participate in bidding process as J.V. shall sign Memo of
Understanding in prescribed format on judicial stamp paper of appropriate value. The
scanned copy of MoU should be uploaded along with digitally signed e-Tenders and
supporting documents.
c) J.V. firm must be duly Registered J.V. Firm with Registrar of Firms, under
Partnership Act valid up to the date of expiry of Defect Liability Period i.e. till expiry of 36
months after issue of completion certificate of the work
d) In case of any dispute or any breach of contract, the lead firm shall be held
solely responsible for any recoveries due to the WRD /govt. or any fulfillment of works
mentioned in the contract.
e) One of the partners shall be nominated, as being in-charge and this

authorization shall be evidenced by submitting (uploading) a Registered Power Of
Attorney signed by a legally authorized signatory of all the partners.
f) The partner-in-charge shall be authorized to incur liabilities and receive
instructions for and on behalf of any and all partners of the Joint Venture and entire
execution of the contract including payment shall be done exclusively with the partner
in charge.
g) All partners of Joint Venture shall be liable jointly and separately for execution
of terms and conditions of the contract and part and parcels of the inaccordance with
contract terms, and a relevant statement to this effect shall be included in the
authorization mentioned under ( f ) above.
h) Complete information pertaining to each partner in the respective firms duly
signed by each such partner shall be submitted (uploaded) with the Online digitally
signed e-Tenders and supporting documents.
i) In case of joint Venture of foreign and Indian partners the Indian partners
should be registered with with Public Works Department, Government of Maharashtra
as a Contractor.
j) Separate information in respect of each firm (entered into joint Venture)
should be submitted (uploaded) with the Online digitally signed e-Tenders and
supporting documents.
k) It would be necessary for the Joint Venture to establish to the satisfaction of
WRD that the Venture has been made practical, workable and legally enforceable
arrangements amongst the parties, that responsibilities regarding the execution and
financial arrangements have been clearly laid down and assigned that the individual
parties to whom such responsibilities etc. assigned are capable in their individual
capacity to discharge them completely and satisfactorily and also that the lead firm has
necessary skill and Capacity to lead responsibility and involvement for the entire period
of execution as well as leading role in control and direction on the resources of the
entire Joint Venture.

23
vi) DOCUMENTS TO BE UPLOADED:-

a) Letter of Transmittal
b) Information of the company in format-I
c) Copy of PAN CARD issued by Government of India, Income Tax Department.
d) Copy of Registration under GST Act 2017.
e) Registration under Sub-Section (I) of Section 5 of Maharashtra State Tax on
Professions, Trades, Callings & Employment Act 1977
f) Deed of partnership or Articles of Association and Memorandum of Association for
limited company.
g) Power of Attorney.
h) Undertaking in format- II.
i) Bid Capacity declaration in Appendix J ( Format A-1, A-2, B & Appendix K ).
j) Work done Certificates in proforma 1,1a,1b for each work separately considered for bid
capacity .
k) Details of Plant & Machinery in Appendix B & E .
l) Details of Technical Personnel in Appendix A .
m) Details of similar type of work carried out by contractor in Appendix C .
In the absence of any of the document given in section vi (above ), the bid capacity /
post qualification of the applicant shall not be evaluated.
n) Registration of EPF
o) Details of other works tendered for and in hand on the date of submission of tender.
p) Copy of ADHAR card of contractor
vii) PROFESSIONAL TAX

Valid Certificate of registration with the professional Tax officer of the district in form ‘IA’
certificate of registration under section 5(1) & 5(2) of Maharashtra State Tax on
professions, trades, callings & Employment Act 1975 form is as follows.
PROFESSIONAL TAX CLEARANCE CERTIFICATE
This is to certify that M/s..............................................................................

................ of (address of registered dealer under the Maharashtra Government Tax on
professions. Trades, Callings and Employments Act No. XVI of 1975) holding
Registration Certificate No...................................... and w.e.f. …………...............
...................................................... and under section 5 (1)& 5 (2) respectively.
The said dealer has paid all tax dues up to 31st March................................
(Previous year) under the act. The dealer has paid the professional tax dues for the
employees mentioned below.
No Name of the Employee Designation
NO Name of owner carrying on profession status Designation
There are no Professional Tax dues outstanding against the dealer under the Act. This
Certificate is valid for ONE year from the date of issue
Place:
Signature.......................
Date: Professional Tax Officer
District:-

24
11. INSTRUCTIONS FOR SUBMISSION OF Commercial e-Envelope C-1

Documents to be submitted in Commercial e-Envelope C-1shall confirm to the
instructions given below.
i) CONTRACTOR TO INFORM HIMSELF FULLY:

The tenderer shall be deemed to have fully acquainted himself with the work and site
conditions are carefully examined the special conditions, the specifications, schedules
and drawings and shall be deemed to have fully informed himself regarding the local
conditions. The tenderer shall also be deemed to have fully acquainted with the various
leads and lifts involved in the works and materials of construction as well as shall be
deemed to have fully acquainted with his quarries for various construction materials,
their availability and adequacy etc.
ii) CONDITIONAL TENDER:

Conditional tenders will be summarily rejected. The tenders which do not fulfill any of the
conditions of the notified requirements laid down in this detailed tender notice, the
general rules and directions for the guidance of the tenderer as mentioned in the B-1
form, or are incomplete in any respect, are likely to be rejected without assigning
reasons there-for
iii) TENDERED RATE:

The Tenderer should quote his offer in the form of percentage at appropriate place in
the portal, in “Commercial e-Envelope C-1” on the screen online, in the Uploaded
Copy only in EXCEL Format Issued and Digitally Signed by the Department.
No alteration in the form of tender and in schedule of quantities will be permitted. The
percentage mentioned shall be taken as applying to all conditions of tender and will be
inclusive of all taxes if any.
iv) QUANTITIES PUT TO TENDER:

The quantities given in Schedule-‘B’ as put to tender by the WRD for various items
therein are approximate as some of the items of works put to tender are likely to be
executed departmentally, till the contract agency is fixed.
Such quantities which would be executed till the fixation of contract agency, will stand
deducted from the quantities entered in the Schedule-‘B’ at the time of completing the
tender documents by the Contractor. The contractor should take cognizance of this fact
and no claims will be tenable on account of such reduction in quantity. There may also
be variation in quantities on account of change or modification in design and no claims
will be tenable on account of such reduction/ increase in quantity. The quantities of
items on which the WRD has carried out the work, as measured on the date of work
order shall stand deducted from the quantities stipulated in schedule “B” as put to tender
by the WRD for the purpose of application of the stipulation of Clause 38 of conditions of
contract of the tender.
12. TENDER UNITS
The tender has been invited under the Metric System of measurements. The tenderer
should particularly note the units mentioned in Schedule-‘B’ on which rates are to be
based.
13. CORRECTIONS
No corrections should be made in the e-tender documents.

25
14. SIGNING OF e-TENDER DOCUMENTS:

Successful bidder, after asking him to do so, shall submit hard copies of the e-tender,
common set of Conditions & drawings duly bound in required number of copies to the
office of Executive Engineer for completing contract formalities.
In the system of e-tendering it is presumed that all the pages of the tender document
have been signed by the authorized signatory and requires no physical signature. An
attested copy of the partnership deed shall be furnished as well as uploaded. Tender
submitted by Company shall be signed with the legal name of the company and signed
by the persons authorized to sign in the matter.
Wherever, whether in the submission of the tender or later, in other matters, the
signatures are made by one person on behalf of the company, the tenderer shall
supply/upload an attested copy of the power of attorney.
Witnesses shall be persons of status and probity and their names, occupations and
addresses shall be stated below their signatures. All signatures on the documents shall
be dated.
The tender is also liable to be rejected outright, if while submitting
A) The tenderer proposes any alteration in the work specified in the tender or in the
time allowed for carrying out the work / in any other conditions.
B) Any of the pages of e-tender, Common set of Conditions & drawings are removed
and/or replaced.
C) Cost of blank main e-tender form and earnest money is not received through an
online Payment Gateway Service, via mode only through payment gate-way only.
D) Any erasures are made by the tenderer in the e-tender, Common set of
Conditions & drawings.
E) All pages of the main documents and common set of conditions are not digitally
signed by the Tenderer.
F) In case of firm, each partner, or the person holding power of attorney authorizing
him to do so thereof, does not digitally sign all pages and documents.
G) Tenderer has not signed declaration at Appendix ‘F’.
H) All the guidelines mentioned in the e tendering instructions to tenderers are not
adhered to.
I) Uploaded information is not true, correct, updated till date of on-line submission
and /or is hidden / concealed / disclosed, false or misleading....
J) Procedure laid down for e-tender is not followed
K) Performance security in the form of Bank Guarantee
L) Copy of ADHAR card of contractor
15. ACCEPTANCE OF e-TENDER

Acceptance of tender will rest with the authority as indicated in Annexure ‘A’ of this
section; who reserves the right to reject any or all the tenders without assigning any
reasons. The acceptance of tender may be intimated to the contractor by letter. Such
intimation shall be deemed to be an intimation of acceptance of tender. The tenderer,
whose tender is accepted, will have to complete the contract form within 15 days of
being notified to do so and shall abide by all the rules and regulations and special
conditions enumerated there in or attached herewith. In the event of failure of the
tenderer to sign the agreement within the stipulated time, the earnest money; paid by
him, shall be liable to be forfeited to WRD and the acceptance of the tender shall be

26
liable to be considered as withdrawn. In that event, the work will be awarded to next or
any other contractor to whom the WRD deems to be suitable.
16. VALIDITY OF OFFER

The offer shall remain valid for a period of 90 (ninety) days from the date of the opening
of Envelope No. 2, and thereafter until is withdrawn by notice in writing by the tenderer,
duly addressed to the authority as stated at 2.2 of details of work of Annexure ‘A’, of
this section , and sent by RPAD. If the acceptance of tender is not communicated within
90 days or before and if the offer is withdrawn by the contractor as mentioned above,
earnest money paid in cash shall be refunded in full.
17. COMPLETION OF e-TENDER DOCUMENT

While completing tender documents, the contractor must invariably complete
appendices included in the tender documents giving correct information. However, this
information shall have to be submitted by the contractor in prescribed formats separately
in Envelope No.1 as per provision of Para 9 of the Detailed Tender Notice.
18. LANGUAGE
The language of all correspondence regarding this work shall be English only.
19. LICENSE UNDER CONTRACT LABOUR (REGULATION AND ABOLITION ACT
1970)
The successful tenderer should produce to the satisfaction of the competent authority
accepting the tender a valid and current license issued in his favor under the provision
of Contract Labor (Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970, Maharashtra Contract Labor (R
and A) Rules 1971, before signing the contract. On failure to do so the acceptance of
the tenderer will be withdrawn and also the earnest money will be forfeited to
corporation. The contractor shall submit the certified copy of registration certificate
under ESIC and PF act before payment of first R.A. Bill is made. Attached copy of
certificate obtained from competent authority requisite remittances have been made
under E.P. Fund act should also be produced.
20) KEY DATES FOR e-TENDER FOR WORK
Sr.
Tender Stages Tender Date & Time
No.
1 Tender Publish Date at 13:00 hrs.
2 Document Download/ Sale Start Date at 11:00 hrs.
3 Bid Submission Start Date at 11:00 hrs.
4 Bid Submission End Date upto 17:00 hrs
5 Document Download/ Sale End Date upto 17:00 hrs
6 Bid Opening (If Possible) hrs. onwards
Executive Engineer
Pench Irrigation Division
Nagpur
Note: The contractor shall study the guidelines regarding e-tendering to get clarify
e-tendering procedure.

27
The Contractors are strictly advised to follow the Dates and Times as indicated in
the Time Schedule in the Notice Inviting Tender for each Tender. All the online
activities are time tracked and the e-Government Procurement System enforces
time-locks to ensure that no activity or transaction can take place outside the Start
and End Dates and Time of the stage as defined in the Notice Inviting Tenders.
ANNEXURE A
A) DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT:

Pench Project is located near Navegaon Khairi Village on Pench River which is
tributary of Wainganga River in Godavari Basin. The project comprises of PHEP,
Totladoh, Navegaon Khairi Dam and Khindshi Dam. The C.C.A. of the project is
1,26,913 Ha. & the I.C.A. is 1,01,200 ha. The said work proposed on Pench Left Bank
Canal.
B) STATUS OF THE PROJECT:

The construction of Kalapata Distributory was completed in the 1976-77. The said
distributory offtaking from Pench Left Bank Canal at right side.
C) CLIMATIC CONDITIONS:
Climate of the region is dry and great variation in temperature. In the winter the
temperature drops as low as 100C, where as in summer this same shoots up to 480C.
The precipitation is mostly due to south Monsoon from Jun to Oct. with some occasional
post monsoon showers in the November to December. A few dry spell of a week or
fortnight are generally experienced in August to September.
D) SCOPE OF THE WORK:

The work under this contract includes,
- Excavation of Soil
- Construction of Embankment
- Murum bedding and Concrete Lining with peripheral works of Porous plugs and
Bitumen Joints, (Expansion, Construction, Longitudinal & Transverse Contraction
joints.)
- Concrete of various grades
-
The quantities of main items of work to be executed are as below.
Sr.No. Item Unit Quantity

1 Excavation Cum 20787
2 Embankment Cum 14075
3 CC of all grade Cum 285
4 Concrete Lining Cum 2421
5 CNS Filling Cum 21720

28
E) INFORMATION OF ABOUT WORK SITE

The information on following points is given in this Annexure
1 Location The work is situated on Pench Left Bank Canal at Village
Gundari, Ta-Parshioni, Dist-Nagpur
2 Nearest Railway St. Ramtek

3 Nearest Airport. Nagpur
4 Roads Nagpur – Parshioni 50 Km

Parshioni – Gundari 15 Km
5 Nearest Telephone Telephone and Telegraph facilities are available at

and Telegarph Serice Parshioni which is nearest from work site.
6 Nearest Petrol Pump Petrol, Diesel and lubricant are available at Parshioni
which is nearest from work site.
7 Position of Land Not Required
Aquistion

29
1. DETAILS OF WORK:
(Para of Detailed Tender Notice)
1.1 Name of work Construction of Cement Concrete Lining (Canal

lining length 3710 m) and Repairs to Structure on
Kalapata Distributory offtaking from RD 6105 m
of L.B.C. of Pench Project
1.2 Processing Fees For Rs. 2240/- (Rupees Two Thousand Two Hundred Forty
only) should be paid online using payment gateway.
Financial Bid The fees of tender document will be non refundable.
1.3 Estimated Cost Put Rs. 286.25 Lacs

1.4 Earnest money (EMD) 49.41,50,000/-
Rs. /-
(Rs. One Lakh Fifty Thousand only) Contractors shall pay
the amount of EMD via mode only through payment
gate-way only, as per online process given on Website
i.e. https.//.mahatenders.gov.in
Certificates of exemption for payment of earnest money
will not be accepted.
1.5 Security Deposit (S.D.) 2% of the accepted tender cost.
(i) Initial S.D. ( para 9 Rs. 287000/-
(ii)(a of detailed Tender
Notice ) R.A. bills ( para 9 Rs. 287000/-
Through
(ii)(a) of detailed Tender
Notice 1 % )
b) Additional performance
security ( if required ) (To
be assessed and paid as
per 9 (ii)(b) of detailed
1.6 Date ,Time & Place of In the office of the Chief Engineer, Water Resources
Pre-Tender conference. Department, Sinchan sewa Bhawan, Old secretariat ,
Civil Lines, Nagpur on dt. @ 12.00 hrs.
1.7 Class of Contractor Open to all bidders who are eligible for this work
1.8 Period of completion 0f 24( Twenty Four) Months including monsoon & Irrigation
work rotation period
1.9 Contact Details of

Executive Engineer & The Executive Engineer, Pench Irrigation Division,
Name of Division and Nagpur,
Address
Wainganga Nagar, Ajni, Nagpur. - 440 003.
Email : pongp@rediffmail.com
Phone : 0712-2980143
Fax :

30
2.0 Contact Details of

Superintending Engineer Superintending Engineer and Administrator,
Command Area Development Authority, Nagpur
Name of Circle and
Address Wainganga Nagar, Ajani Nagpur
Email : secadangp1@gmail.com
Phone : 0712-2980141
Fax : 0712-2980142
2.1 Contact Details of Chief
Engineer
Chief Engineer,
Name of Region and
Water Resources Department,
Address Sinchan Sewa Bhavan, Civil lines, Nagpur
Email :
Phone : cewrdngp@gmail.com
0712-2564431
Fax : 0712-2524980
2. INFORMATION FOR OBTAINING TENDER PAPERS & ITS SUBMISSION :
Name and address of the Executive Engineer, Pench Irrigation

Executive Engineer in charge of Division, Nagpur
work on-line issuing tender
papers / Bid assessment forms /
post-qualification document and
in whose name Cost of e-
tender, earnest money,
additional performance security
if applicable & security Deposit
is to be paid.
Time and date of online Bid-
capacity / Document Purchase, As per programme under
Download, Online Preparation, "Key - Dates"
Upload & Submission
Cost of Bid-capacity document. == Not Applicable==
Time and date of online Bid- As per programme under “Key

capacity Document Online Dates”
Resubmission Re-incryptment
Bid-capacity required As per Technical e-Envelope-T1
Period for making available online As per programme under

of Main e- tender Documents. "Key - Dates"

31
Cost of blank e-tender forms Rs. 2240/- (Two Thousand Two

Hundred Forty Only)
Contractors shall pay the amount of
processing fees via online mode only
through payment gate-way only, as per
online process given on Website
i.e https.//.mahatenders.gov.in
Pre-tender Conference will As per programme under
be conducted in the office of :- "Key - Dates"
Time and Date of on-line down- As per programme under

loading, preparation, submission "Key - Dates"
of main e-tender.
Name and address of the Officer Superintending Engineer and

on-line receiving and opening Administrator
online the e-tender document. Command Area Development Authority,
Nagpur
Time and date of online opening Technical e-Envelope T1 and
of tenders Commercial Envelope C1 . .
As per programme under
"Key - Dates"
The name of the authority for Chief Enginer,
accepting the tender. Water Resources Department Nagpur,
3) WORK AND SITE CONDITIONS:

(Para 1.10, 1.2.1, 1.3.0 & 1.5.0 of section -VI General Specifications-)
1 Location The work is situated on Pench Left Bank Canal at Village
Gundari, Ta-Parshioni, Dist-Nagpur
2 Nearest Railway St. Ramtek

3 Nearest Airport. Nagpur
4 Roads Nagpur – Parshioni 50 Km

Parshioni – Gundari 15 Km
5 Nearest Telephone Telephone and Telegraph facilities are available at

and Telegarph Serice Parshioni which is nearest from work site.
6 Nearest Petrol Pump Petrol, Diesel and lubricant are available at Parshioni
which is nearest from work site.
7 Position of Land Not Required
Aquistion
4) PERIOD OF COMPLETION AND PROGRAMME OF WORK

(Para 13 to special condition of contract)
4.1 Period of completion including monsoon period: 24 (Twenty Four ) Months.

32
4.2 THE CONSTRUCTION PROGRAMME IS ENCLOSED AT THE END OF THE

SCHEDULE ‘C’ OF TENDER DOCUMENT.BASED ON WHICH THE PHYSICAL
PROGRAMME IS PREPARED. IF TENDERER DOES NOT AGREE WITH THIS
PROGRAMME HE SHALL SUBMIT HIS OWN PROGRAMME WITHOUT
CHANGING TOTAL PERIOD OF TENDER ALONG WITH TENDER DOCUMENTS
INCLUSIVE OF THE PHYSICAL PROGRAMME. SUBJECT TO THE PROVISION
THAT 50 % OF THE WORK SHALL BE COMPLETED IN 50% OF THE CONTRACT
PERIOD.
5.0 Earnest money (Para 9(I) and (ii)

of detailed Tender Notice.) Rs. 1,50,000 /-
: To be paid through an online via
E Online mode only through
payment gate-way as per online
process give on above
mentioned website url. EMD
exemption certificate will not be
accepted
6.0 Initial Security Deposit As per Rs. 287000/-

para 9(ii) under the ‘Special Guide Any s Any scheduled/
Lines To Contractor’ of this tender form nationalized bank branch
situated in state of
Maharashtra
7.0 Name of in-charge of the work in Executive Engineer
whose name payments are to be made Pench Irrigation Division,
drawn. Nagpur
Contracters shall pay the amount of EMD via online mode only through payment Gate-way
as per online process given on Website i.e . https://mahatenders.gov.in
8.0 PRICE VARIATION INFORMATION. (Vide Para 33 (page 120 of special
conditions of contract)
Sr.No Component Centre/Place Percentage
1 Labour component(KL) Nagpur 21 %
2 Cement (KC) Nagpur As Actual
3 Steel (KS) Nagpur As Actual
4 Material (Km) Nagpur 59 %
5 POL components (K3) Mumbai 20 %
9.0 COST OF CEMENT FOR MIX VARIATION
9.1. If the cement is procured by the contractor (to be Star Rates

Filled in contracts for work costing more than CEMENT Rs. 263/-per Bag
100 Lakhs)
STEEL Rs. 38436/- per MT
(JPC JAN-2017)

33
SECTION –II
B-1 TENDER FORM, SCHEDULE OF WORKS,

WORK PROGRAMME

34
SECTION - II
B-1 TENDER FORM
PERCENTAGE RATE TENDER AND CONTRACT FOR WORKS
WATER RESOURCES DEPARTMENT
CIRCLE : Superintending Engineer & Administrator, Command Area Development
Authority, Nagpur.
DIVISION : Executive Engineer, Pench Irrigation Division, Nagpur.
General Rules and Directions for the Guidance of Contractors.
1. All works proposed to be executed by contract shall be notified in Government of

Maharashtra website (https://mahatenders.gov.in) through Sub-Portal of
https://mahatenders.gov.in during notice publicity period.
This form will state the work to be carried out as well as, the date for submitting an
opening tenders, and the time allowed for carrying out the work, also the amount
earnest money to be deposited with the tender and the amount of the security
deposit to be deposited by the successful tenderer and the percentage, if any, to be
deducted from bills. Copies of the specifications, designs and drawings, estimated
rates, scheduled rates and any other documents required in connection with work,
which shall be signed by the Executive Engineer, for the purpose of identification
and shall also be open for inspection by contractors Government of Maharashtra
website (https://mahatenders.gov.in) through Sub-Portal of
During notice publicity period and at the office of the Executive Engineer during office
hours.
Where the works are proposed to be executed according to the specifications recommended by
a contractor and approved by a competent authority on behalf of the corporation, such specifications
with designs and drawings shall form part of to accepted Tender.
2. In the event of the Tender being submitted by a firm, it must be signed by each partner thereof,
and in event of the absence of any partner, it shall be signed on his behalf by a person holding a
power of attorney, authorizing him to do so.
2. A] i) The Contractor shall pay along with the tender the sum as stipulated in Annexure-A(1.4)
as and by way of earnest money In favour of the Executive Engineer as indicated in Annexure-A(1.9).
ii) If, after submitting the tender, the contractor withdraws his offer or modifies the same, or if,
after the acceptance of his tender the contractor fails or neglects to furnish the balance of security
deposit, without prejudice to any other rights and power of the corporation here under or in law,
corporation shall be entitled to forfeit the full amount of the earnest money deposited by him.

35
iii) In the event of his tender not being accepted, the amount of earnest money deposited by the
contractor shall, unless it is prior forfeited under the provisions of sub-clause (iii) above be refunded
to him on his passing receipt therefore.
3. Receipts for payments made on account of any work, when executed by a firm shall also be
signed by all the partners except where the contractors are described in their tender as firm, in which
case the receipt shall be signed in the name of the firm by one of the partners, or by other person
having authority to give effectual receipts for the firm.
4. Any person who submits a tender shall fill up the usual printed form, down-load from the siad
web-site, stating at what percentage above or below the rates entered in Schedule ‘B’ (Memorandum
showing items of work to be carried out) he is willing to undertake . Only percentage on the estimated
rates/ schedule rates shall be named. Tenders, who propose any alteration in the works specified in the
said form of invitation to tender, or in the time allowed for carrying out the work, or which contain
any other conditions of any sort, will be liable for rejection. No down-loaded and printed form of
Tender shall include a tender for more than one work, but contractors who wish to tender for two or
more works, shall submit a separate Tender of each. Tender shall have the name & the No. of the
work to which they refer written outside the Envelope.
5. The officer indicated in Annexure-A (2.1) of Detailed tender notice or his duly authorized
assistant will open the tenders in the presence of any intending contractors who have submitted
tenders or their representatives who may be present at the time, and he will enter the amounts of the
each tender in a comparative statement in a suitable form. In the event of a tender being accepted, the
contractor shall for the purpose of identification, sign copies of the specifications and other
documents. In the event of tender being rejected, the Competent Officer shall refund the amount of
the earnest money deposited by the contractor making the tender on his giving receipt for the return of
money.
6. The officer competent to dispose of the tenders shall have the right of rejecting all or any of
the tenders without assigning any reasons, therefore.
7. No receipt for any payment alleged to have been made by a contractor in regard to any matter
relating to this tender or the contract shall be valid and binding on the corporation unless it is signed
by the Executive Engineer.
8. No materials of any type required for the work shall be supplied by the corporation.
All the work shall be executed by the tenderer with contractors’ own material(s). The
memorandum of work to be tendered for shall be filled in & completed by the office of the
Executive Engineer before Tender form is made available on Government of Maharashtra
website (https://mahatenders.gov.in ) through Sub-Portal of https://mahatenders.gov.in to an
intending tenderer has not been so filled in the completed, he shall request the said office to have
this done before he completes, and delivers his tender.
9. All work shall be measured by standard measure and according to the rules and customs of the
Water Resources Department and without reference to any local custom.

36
10. Under no circumstance shall any contractor be entitled to claim enhanced rates for items in this
contract.
11. The measurements of work will be taken according to the usual methods in use in the
corporation and no proposals to adopt alternative methods will be accepted. The Executive Engineer’s
decision as to what is the usual method in use in the corporation will be final.
The measurements shall be recorded in the measurement book (MB) on the basis of Field
Book (FB) (for leveling purpose) in black ink. The measurement Book (s) and Field Books shall be
got issued from the Executive Engineer by the authorized Engineer and acknowledged by the
contractor. The MB (s), FB (s) shall be the property of corporation. The rules of measurements as
stipulated in the MPW Manual shall be applicable “Mutatis-Mutandis”. On completion of the work/
termination of contract the MB(s) and FB (s) shall be returned to the corporation.
The contractor shall submit certified (certified by the concerned SDO/ SDE/ AE-1/ AEE)
Copies of the measurement sheet (s) related to the R.A. Bill/Final Bill along with the R.A. Bill/Final
Bill, without which his R.A. Bill / Final Bill shall not be considered for payment. In the case of loss
of measurement Book (s) / Field Book (s) for any reason whatsoever, while in custody of the
contractor, he shall have to pay a penalty of Rs. 10,000/- (Rs. Ten thousand only) per measurement
Book / Field Book.
12. The contractor will have to construct a shed for storing valuable materials at work site, having
double locking arrangement. The materials will be taken for use in the presence of the departmental
person. No materials will be allowed to be removed from the site of works without prior permission
of Engineer-in-charge.
13. Successful tenderer will have to produce to the satisfaction of the competent authority
accepting the tender a valid and current license issued in his favor under the Contract Labour
(Regulation and abolition) Rule 1970 before starting the work. On failure to do so the acceptance of
the tender will be liable to be withdrawn and also the earnest money will be forfeited to corporation.
The contractor shall also submit certified copy of registration under ESIS and PF Act before payment
of the first R.A. Bill is made.
14. The payment of Bills will be made as & when funds are available with corporation. No claim
will be entertained on account of delay in payment due to paucity of funds.

37
B-1 TENDER FORM
PERCENTAGE RATE TENDER AND CONTRACT FOR WORKS
TENDER FOR WORKS:
1. I/We here by tender for the execution for the Water Resource Department, Nagpur (here in
before and here in after referred to as “corporation”) of the work specified in the memorandum as
enclosed with the time specified in such memorandum at* In figures as well as in words
_______________________% ___________________________________________________
Percent below / above the estimated rates entered in Schedule-B (memorandum showing items of
work to be carried out) and, in accordance, in all respects with the specifications, designs, drawings
and instructions in writing referred to in Rule-1 hereof.
2. I/We agree that the offer shall remain open for acceptance for a minimum period of 90 days
and thereafter until it is with-drawn by me/us by notice in writing duly addressed to the authority
opening the tenders and send by registered post A.D. or otherwise delivered at office of such
authority.
Details of Demand Draft ………………………………………..…………………………………
………………………………………..………………………………………..……………………
Details of Bank Guarantee………………………………………..…………………………………
………………………………………..………………………………………..………………………
or cash receipt of WRD / Bank of Maharashtra in respect to the *Amount to be specified sum of Rs.
……………………………………….. In words Rupees* ………………….. in words and in figures
……………………………..…………………………………………….representing the earnest
money herewith forwarded.
The amount of earnest money shall not bear interest and shall liable to be forfeited to the
WRD, should I/We fail to (i) abide by the stipulation to keep the offer open for the period mentioned
above or (2) sign and complete the contract documents as required by the Engineer and furnish the
security deposit and additional security deposit if any as specified in item (e) and (f) of memorandum
enclosed within the time limit laid down in clause (1) of conditions of the contract. The Tenderer
should furnish an agreement in the enclosed format as per Annexure ‘B’ on a non-judicial stamp
paper of Rs. 50/-. The amount of earnest money may be adjusted towards the security deposit or
refunded to me/us if so desired by me/us in writing, unless the same or any part thereof has been
forfeited as aforesaid.
3. Should this tender be accepted, I / We hereby agree to abide by and fulfill all the terms and
provisions of the conditions of the contracts and special conditions of contract included in this booklet
so far as applicable in default thereof to forfeit and pay to Corporation the sum of money mentioned
in and said conditions.

38
MEMORANDUM
a.General description : Construction of Cement Concrete Lining (Canal lining length
3710 m) and Repairs to Structure on Kalapata Distributory offtaking from RD 6105 m of L.B.C. of
Pench Project
b. Estimated Cost : Rs. 28625454/-
c. Earnest Money (EM) : Rs 1.50 lakh
d. Security Deposit (SD) :
i) Initial (in cash) : Rs 2.87 lakh
ii) To be deducted from bills : Rs. 2.87 lakh
e. Additional Performance Security : Rs. --------
(If required as Specified in para 3.44 of
Section-III A in the
Form of Bank Guarantee)
Total Rs. 5.74 lakh
f. Percentage, if any to be deducted from bills so as to ( 2% (two percent) make up the total
amount required as security deposit by the time half the work as measured by the cost is done.
g. Time allowed for the work from 24 calendar months Date of written order to commence
(including monsoon)
Signature of Contractor Signature of Witness
Address:…………………………….… Address …………….…………..
………………..………………………. ………..………………………….
Dated the …………………. day of …….. 20 ……….… Occupation ……………
The above tender is hereby accepted by me for and on behalf of the corporation,
Signature of the Officer by whom

accepted.
Dated day of 2018
• To be filled by tenderer.

39
ANNEXURE – B
AGREEMENT
Articles of agreement executed on this ………….. Day of …………………… ………………… Two

Thousand and ………………………………………………….. Between the executive engineer,
corporation. ………………………………………………..….one part and
Shri………………………… ……………………………………………….. (Name and address of the
tenderer) (here-in-after referred to as ‘the bounden’) of the other part.
Where as in response to the notification No. ………………. Dated ……………….. The bounden has
submitted to the corporation a Tender for the work ………………………. specified therein subject to
the terms and conditions contained in the said Tender.
Whereas the bounden has also deposited with corporation a sum of Rs ………….. As ……… for
execution of an agreement undertaking the due fulfillment of the contract in case his Tender is
accepted by the corporation.
Now these present witness and it is mutually agreed as follows –
1. In case the Tender submitted by the bounden is accepted by the corporation and the contract
for …………… is awarded to the bounden, the bounden shall within ……………………. days of
acceptance of his Tender execute an agreement with the corporation incorporating all the terms and
conditions under which the corporation accepts his Tender.
2. In case the bounden fails to execute the agreement as aforesaid incorporating terms and
conditions governing the contract, the corporation shall have power and authority to recover from the
bounden any loss or any damage caused to the corporation by such breach, as may be determined by
the earnest money is found to be inadequate the deficit amount may be recovered from the bounden
and his properties, movable and immovable, in the manner hereafter contained.
3. All sums found due to the corporation under or by the virtue of this agreement shall be
recoverable from the bounden and his properties, movable and immovable, under the provision of the
Maharashtra Land Revenue Code for the time being in force all such sums as arrears of land revenue
and in such other manner as the corporation may deem fit.
In witness where of Shri………… ……… …… ……… …… …… … ……….
……………………………………………………………………….……… (Name and designation )
for and on behalf on the corporation and Shri …………………………… …. ………… ……
……………………………………….. the bounden have hereunto set their hands the day and year
shown against their respective signature.
Signed by Shri ……………………………………… date ………………………...
In the presence of witness.
1 …………………………………………………………………………………….
2 …………………………………………………………………………………….

40
SCHEDULE “A”
MATERIAL TO BE SUPPLIED BY THE CORPORATION: NIL
NAME OF WORK:- Construction of Cement Concrete Lining (Canal lining length

3710 m) and Repairs to Structure on Kalapata Distributory offtaking from RD 6105
m of L.B.C. of Pench Project
Schedule showing approximate quantities of the various materials required for the work.
Sr. No. Remarks

Name of Approximate quantity
materials required
1. 2. 3. 4.
Cement 16181 Bags

1. Contractor has to make
his own arrangement
for procurement of all
Steel
materials at his own
HYSD/TMT 6 MT.
2. cost.
(Including all
steel)

41
ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS FOR MATERIAL
(Cement H.Y.S.D. / TMT Bars etc.)
Brought by Contractor
1. All materials such as Cement, HYSD/TMT bars etc. required for execution of work shall be
brought by contractor at his own cost & shall be conforming to relevant I.S.
2. The contractor shall maintain the record of these materials (cement, steel etc.) in the
prescribed proforma and register as directed by Engineer-in-charge. The sample of prescribed
proforma is attached separately. The register shall be signed by the contractor and representative of
Engineer-in-charge. The register shall be written and completed up to date by the corporation and
shall be signed by both ie corporation representative and contractor’s authorized representative. The
register shall be in custody of department, and shall be maintained by the corporation.
3. The material required only for this work shall be kept in the go down at site. No material
shall be shifted away from the site except for the work for which this agreement entered, without prior
approval of the Engineer-in-charge.
4. The material i.e. cements, steel etc brought on the work site shall be accompanied with the
necessary Company/ Manufacturing firm’s test certificates. In addition this material shall be tested as
per frequency prescribed by the department and the cost of such testing shall be borne by the
contractor. If the results are satisfactory, then and then only the material shall be allowed to be used
on the work. If the test result is not as per standard this material shall be immediately removed from
the work site at contractor’s cost. In case of cement, if so requested by the contractor in writing,
material shall be allowed to be used before receipt of test results but this will be entirely at the risk
and cost of the contractor.
5. The contractor shall produce sufficient documentary evidence i.e. bill for the purchase
receipts etc for the purpose of material brought on the work site at once it so requested by the
corporation.
6. All these material i e. cement, steel etc shall be protected from any damages, rain etc. by the
contractor at his own cost.
7. The contractor will have to erect temporary shed of approved specifications for storing of
above material at work site having double lock arrangement (by double lock it is meant that go down
shall always be locked by two locks, one lock being owned and operated by contractor and other by
Engineer-in-charge or his authorized representative) and door shall be opened only after lock are
opened.

42
8. If required, the weighment of cement bags/steel etc. brought by the contractor shall be carried
out by the contractor at his own cost.
9. The contractor shall not used cement and other material for the item to be executed outside
the scope of this contract except for such ancillary small items as are connected and absolutely
necessary for execution of this work as may be decided by the Engineer-in-charge.
10. The corporation shall not be responsible for the loss in cement and steel during transit to
work site. The cement brought by the contractor at the work site store shall mean 50 kg. equivalent to
0.0347 Cum per bag by weight. The rate quoted should correspond to this method of reckoning.
11. In case the material brought by contractor became surplus owing to the change in the design
of the work or otherwise for any reason, the material should be taken back by the contractor at his
own cost after permission of the Engineer-in-charge.
12. Contractor shall purchase the pipes, required for the work, only from Maharashtra Small Scale
Industrial Development corporation and that of I.S.I. marked only.

43
Name of Work: Construction of Cement Concrete Lining (Canal lining length 3710 m) and Repairs to Structure on Kalapata Distributory offtaking from RD 6105 m of
L.B.C. of Pench Project
SCHEDULE B
Rate
Quantity Item of Work Unit Amount
In Fig. In Words
1 2 3 4 5
Item Cleaning cutting thorny shrubs bushes, grass as directed including all Rupees One & Paise Ninety
11185.760 Sqm 1.95 21812
No. 1 lead and lift etc. complete. Five Only
Item Removing wet silt from canal bed with all lead and lift etc. complete Rupees Sixty Eigth & Paise
2758.048 Cum 68.10 187823
No. 2 including depositing the excavated stuff as directed. Ten Only
Excavation in all kinds of soil including boulders upto 0.6 m diameter (
0.113 cum) for canal, seating of embankment, filter drains / catch
Item water drains etc., and placing the excavated stuff neatly in dump area Rupees Sixty Seven &
20688.210 Cum 67.25 1391282
No. 3 or for formation of service road / embankment as directed including Paise Twenty Five Only
cost of all materials, machinery, labour, dressing bed and sides to
required level and profile etc., including all lead and lift etc. complete
Providing rubble filling of trap/granite/quartzite/gneiss stones of 80 mm Rupees One Thousand Two
Item
46.360 to 100 mm size in foundation including hand packing ,filling Cum 1288.70 Hundred Eighty Eight & Paise 59744
No. 4
gravel/sand/in the voids and watering etc complete. Seventy Only
Providing hearting embankment using selected impervious material
available directly from excavation in layers including cost of all
materials, machinery, labour, all other operations such as collection of
Item material, spreading soil in layer of specified thickness, sorting out, Rupees Fifty One & Paise
14074.650 Cum 51.60 726252
No. 5 breaking clods, levelling, sectioning edges / sides, watering, Sixty Only
compacting each layer to density control of not less than 95 percent or
as stipulated using vibratory compactor etc., complete with all lead and
lift.

44
Providing & filling CNS of good quality for lining to canals using
selected material from approved borrow area including cost of all
materials, machinery, labour, spreading soil in layers of thickness not
Item more than 150 mm including providing 20 cm or so (perpendicular to Rupees Three Hundred and
21719.530 Cum 304.55 6614683
No. 6 side slope) of extra pride ,removing pride just prior to the placement of Four & Paise Fifty Five Only
lining, breaking clods, watering, compacting to density control of not
less than 95 percent or as stipulated, dressing to required profile etc.,
with all lead and lift etc. complete
Providing and laying in situ mechanised lining in M-15 (20 MSA)(28

days cube compressive strength not less than 15N/sqmm) grade
cement concrete with clean, hard, graded aggregates for canal side
and bed using vibrating cylindrical type mechanical paver including
Item cost of all materials, machinery, labour, cleaning with batching plant
No. 7 and transit mixer placing in position, finishing with all slope of canal
including scaffolding, formwork, compaction, curing, by cutting
grooves, filling with sealing compound and providing porous plugs,
preparation of sub grade excluding royalty of materials etc. with all
lead and lift etc. complete
Rupees Six Thousand Five
717.942 10 Cms Thick Canal Bed Lining Cum 6540.50 Hundred Forty & Paise Fifty 4695700
Only
Rupees Six Thousand Eight
1703.420 10 Cms Thick Canal Slope Lining Cum 6823.05 Hundred Twenty Three & 11622520
Paise Five Only
Providing and laying expansion / construction joint with shalitex super Rupees One Thousand Three
Item expansion pad (jute fiber) 12 mm thick including sealing the joint with
98.817 Sqm 1312.25 Hundred Twelve & Paise 129673
No. 8 shalitex sealing compound etc. complete (For slab thickness of 30
Twenty Five Only
cm.).
Providing underdrainage arrangement below cast in situ cc lining
(prorous rail) including 75 mm thick insitu propous concrete cc 1:2:4
Item having 12 to 20 ,mm size coarse aggregate from hard stone and Rupees One Hundred and
7420.000 Rmt 102.60 761292
No. 9 100x150mm size cc (1:3:6) preacase rail prepared from 12 to 20 mm Two & Paise Sixty Only
size coarse aggregate including 50 mm dia holes as per detailed
drawing , design and tecnhnical specification etc complete

45
Providing and laying in situ cement concrete of grade M-15 of trap /

Item granite / gneiss / quartzite / graded metal of various grade by Batching
0.000
No. 10 Plant and Transit Mixer, shuttering, scaffolding, compacting, curing,
with all lead and lift etc. complete
Rupees Five Thousand Five
33.590 a) M15 (40 MSA) For Foundation and Bedding Cum 5586.10 Hundred Eighty Six & Paise 187637
Ten Only
Rupees Six Thousand Three
193.848 a) M15 (20 MSA) For Superstructure Cum 6332.15 Hundred Thirty Two & Paise 1227475
Fifteen Only
Providing, cutting, bending, binding, hooking, laying in position and Rupees Fifty Thousand Three
Item
5.726 tying HYSD steel Bar for reinforcement as per detailed drawing for all MT 50323.10 Hundred Twenty Three & 288150
No. 11
RCC members Paise Ten Only
Item Providing AC/UPVC pipe of 50 mm dia of required length for releasing Rupees One Hundred Thirty
288.400 Rmt 137.00 39511
No. 12 water presuure etc. complete. Seven & Paise Zero Only
Dismantling stone masonry in cement or lime mortar including
Item Rupees One Hundred Seventy
104.130 stacking / disposing of debris as & where directed with all leads, lifts, Cum 170.65 17770
No. 13 & Paise Sixty Five Only
levies & taxes etc complete as per technical specifications.
Excavation in hard murum including boulders upto 0.6 m diameter (
0.113 cum) for canal, seating of embankment, filter drains / catch
Item water drains etc., and placing the excavated stuff neatly in dump area Rupees One Hundred Twenty
99.220 Cum 122.25 12130
No. 14 or for formation of service road / embankment as directed including Two & Paise Twenty Five only
cost of all materials, machinery, labour, dressing bed and sides to
required level and profile with all lead and lift etc. complete
Providing and laying in situ cement concrete of grade M-25(20 MSA) of Rupees Eight Thousand Nine
Item trap / granite / gneiss / quartzite / graded metal for RCC works of Road
48.870 Cum 8934.10 Hundred Thirty Four & Paise 436609
No. 15 slab, kerb. super passage etc. with Batching Plant and Transit mixer
Ten Only
including shuttering, scaffolding, compacting, curing etc.
Providing laying in situ c.c.M-25 (20 MSA) of trap granite / quartzite / Rupees Five Thousand Seven
Item gneiss metal for wearing course 8 cm. thick including Compacting,
3.250 Cum 5797.85 Hundred Ninety Seven & 18843
No. 16 Finishing, in C. M. 1:3 proportion curing and filling joints with bitumen
Paise Eighty Five Only
complete. (Excluding Reinforcement)

46
Providing and laying in situ cement concrete of grade M-20(20 MSA) of

trap / granite / gneiss / quartzite / graded metal for RCC works of Rupees Six Thousand Six
Item
5.760 retaining walls, piers, abutments, etc. with Batching Plant and Transit Cum 6664.25 Hundred Sixty Four & Paise 38386
No. 17
mixer including shuttering, scaffolding, compacting, curing, with all lead Twenty Five Only
and lift etc. complete
Providing and Laying concrete pipes of I.S.NP.2 class of required
Item diameter in proper line, level and slope including necessary collars,
No. 18 laying, fixing with collars in cement mortar 1:1 and refilling the trench
etc. complete.
Rupees One Thousand Two
20.000 450 mm NP2 Rmt 1280.80 Hundred Eighty & Paise 25616
Eighty Only
Rupees Six Thousand Three
10.000 1200 mm NP2 Rmt 6350.80 Hundred Fifty & Paise Eighty 63508
Only
Item Providing tar paper bearing of approved quality in proper size etc. Rupees Eighteen & Paise
9.000 Sqm 18.90 170
No. 19 complete . Ninety Only
Rupees One Thousand Three
Item Providing expantion joint with 25 mm thick bitumenous pad as per
26.080 Sqm 1312.25 Hundred and Twelve & Paise 34223
No. 20 detailed drawing .
Twenty Five Only
Item Providing galvanised iron 100 mm Dia / UPVC ( S W R ) grade 110 Rupees Two Hundred Thirty
30.000 Rmt 235.00 7050
No. 21 mm. Outer diapipe for water spouts as per Drawing Five & Paise Zero Only
Providing trap/granite/quartzite/gneiss rubble filling behind the
Item Rupees One Hundred and
167.570 abutment, returns or wings as directed with all leads and lifts etc. Cum 105.00 17595
No. 22 Five & Paise zero Only
complete.
TOTAL AMOUNT 28625454
Rs.TWO CRORE EIGHTY SIX LAKHS TWENTY FIVE THOUSAND FOUR HUNDRED FIFTY FOURAND PAISE ZERO ONLY
SE &
Executive Engineer Administrator
Pench Irrigation Division CADA
Nagpur Nagpur

47
Name of Work: Construction of Cement Concrete Lining (Canal lining length 3710 m) and Repairs to Structure on Kalapata Distributory offtaking from RD 6105 m of
L.B.C. of Pench Project
SCHEDULE C
Specification of
Item of Work Item
1 2
Item No. 1 Cleaning cutting thorny shrubs bushes, grass as directed including all lead and lift etc. complete. P. NO. 143 - 143
Item No. 2 Removing wet silt from canal bed with all lead and lift etc. complete including depositing the excavated stuff as directed. P. NO. 144 - 146
Item No. 3 Excavation in all kinds of soil including boulders upto 0.6 m diameter ( 0.113 cum) for canal, seating of embankment, filter drains / catch P. NO. 146 - 163
water drains etc., and placing the excavated stuff neatly in dump area or for formation of service road / embankment as directed including
cost of all materials, machinery, labour, dressing bed and sides to required level and profile etc., including all lead and lift etc. complete
Item No. 4 Providing rubble filling of trap/granite/quartzite/gneiss stones of 80 mm to 100 mm size in foundation including hand packing ,filling P. NO.217 – 217
gravel/sand/in the voids and watering etc complete.
Item No. 5 Providing hearting embankment using selected impervious material available directly from excavation in layers including cost of all P. NO. 167 – 175
materials, machinery, labour, all other operations such as collection of material, spreading soil in layer of specified thickness, sorting out,
breaking clods, levelling, sectioning edges / sides, watering, compacting each layer to density control of not less than 95 percent or as
stipulated using vibratory compactor etc., complete with all lead and lift.
Item No. 6 Providing & filling CNS of good quality for lining to canals using selected material from approved borrow area including cost of all P. NO. 178 – 178
materials, machinery, labour, spreading soil in layers of thickness not more than 150 mm including providing 20 cm or so (perpendicular to
side slope) of extra pride ,removing pride just prior to the placement of lining, breaking clods, watering, compacting to density control of
not less than 95 percent or as stipulated, dressing to required profile etc., with all lead and lift etc. complete
Item No. 7 Providing and laying in situ mechanised lining in M-15 (20 MSA)(28 days cube compressive strength not less than 15N/sqmm) grade P. NO. 179 – 195
cement concrete with clean, hard, graded aggregates for canal side and bed using vibrating cylindrical type mechanical paver including
cost of all materials, machinery, labour, cleaning with batching plant and transit mixer placing in position, finishing with all slope of canal
including scaffolding, formwork, compaction, curing, by cutting grooves, filling with sealing compound and providing porous plugs,
preparation of sub grade excluding royalty of materials etc. with all lead and lift etc. complete
10 Cms Thick Canal Bed Lining
10 Cms Thick Canal Slope Lining
Item No. 8 Providing and laying expansion / construction joint with shalitex super expansion pad (jute fiber) 12 mm thick including sealing the joint P. NO.179 -195
with shalitex sealing compound etc. complete (For slab thickness of 30 cm.).

48
Item No. 9 Providing underdrainage arrangement below cast in situ cc lining (prorous rail) including 75 mm thick insitu propous concrete cc 1:2:4 P. NO. 179 – 195
having 12 to 20 ,mm size coarse aggregate from hard stone and 100x150mm size cc (1:3:6) preacase rail prepared from 12 to 20 mm
size coarse aggregate including 50 mm dia holes as per detailed drawing , design and tecnhnical specification etc complete
Item No. 10 Providing and laying in situ cement concrete of grade M-15 of trap / granite / gneiss / quartzite / graded metal of various grade by P. NO. 196 – 216
Batching Plant and Transit Mixer, shuttering, scaffolding, compacting, curing, with all lead and lift etc. complete
0 a) M15 (40 MSA) For Foundation and Bedding
0 a) M15 (20 MSA) For Superstructure
Item No. 11 Providing, cutting, bending, binding, hooking, laying in position and tying HYSD steel Bar for reinforcement as per detailed drawing for all P. NO. 221 – 228
RCC members
Item No. 12 Providing AC/UPVC pipe of 50 mm dia of required length for releasing water presuure etc. complete. P. NO. 179 – 195
Item No. 13 Dismantling stone masonry in cement or lime mortar including stacking / disposing of debris as & where directed with all leads, lifts, P. NO. 218 – 220
levies & taxes etc complete as per technical specifications.
Item No. 14 Excavation in hard murum including boulders upto 0.6 m diameter ( 0.113 cum) for canal, seating of embankment, filter drains / catch P. NO. 146 – 163
water drains etc., and placing the excavated stuff neatly in dump area or for formation of service road / embankment as directed including
cost of all materials, machinery, labour, dressing bed and sides to required level and profile with all lead and lift etc. complete
Item No. 15 Providing and laying in situ cement concrete of grade M-25(20 MSA) of trap / granite / gneiss / quartzite / graded metal for RCC works of P. NO. 196 – 216
Road slab, kerb. super passage etc. with Batching Plant and Transit mixer including shuttering, scaffolding, compacting, curing etc.
Item No. 16 Providing laying in situ c.c.M-25 (20 MSA) of trap granite / quartzite / gneiss metal for wearing course 8 cm. thick including Compacting, P. NO. 196 -216
Finishing, in C. M. 1:3 proportion curing and filling joints with bitumen complete. (Excluding Reinforcement)
Item No. 17 Providing and laying in situ cement concrete of grade M-20(20 MSA) of trap / granite / gneiss / quartzite / graded metal for RCC works of P. NO. 196 – 216
retaining walls, piers, abutments, etc. with Batching Plant and Transit mixer including shuttering, scaffolding, compacting, curing, with all
lead and lift etc. complete
Item No. 18 Providing and Laying concrete pipes of I.S.NP.2 class of required diameter in proper line, level and slope including necessary collars, P. NO. 228 – 230
laying, fixing with collars in cement mortar 1:1 and refilling the trench etc. complete.
0 450 mm NP2
0 1200 mm NP2 P. NO. 179 – 195
Item No. 19 Providing tar paper bearing of approved quality in proper size etc. complete . P. NO. 179 – 195
Item No. 20 Providing expantion joint with 25 mm thick bitumenous pad as per detailed drawing . P. NO. 167 - 175
Item No. 21 Providing galvanised iron 100 mm Dia / UPVC ( S W R ) grade 110 mm. Outer diapipe for water spouts as per Drawing
Item No. 22 Providing trap/granite/quartzite/gneiss rubble filling behind the abutment, returns or wings as directed with all leads and lifts etc.
complete.

Contractor
N.
S.
4
1
Embank
Item
Wor
of
Concrete Lining CNS Excava tion
k
ment
285 2421 21720 14075
Qty.
20688 Cum
Cum Cum Cum Cum
70 4000 3000 6000 मई-18
70 4000 3000 6000 जून-18
जुलाई-18
अग त-18
सत बर-18
अ तब
ू र-18
नव बर-18
PENCH IRRIGATION PROJECT

दस बर-18
PENCH IRRIGATION DIVISION

जनवर -19
87 421 4000 3000 4000 फरवर -19
Month wise construction programme

माच-19
No. of Corrections
58 3000 2475 4688
49
3000 3000 अ ल
ै -19
3720 मई-19
500 जून-19
500 जुलाई-19
अग त-19
सत बर-19
अ तब
ू र-19
नव बर-19
दस बर-19
Executive Engineer
500 जनवर -20
500 फरवर -20
माच-20
अ ल
ै -20
285 2421 21720 14475 20688 Total Qty

50
SECTION –III
FORMS

51
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
To,
Superintending Engineer & Administrator
----------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------
Subject :- Submission of Tender application for the work of –

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sir,
Having examined the details given in information and instruction to
applicants for the work. (Enter the name of work mentioned at the para 1.1 to Annex-
A)
I (We) hereby submit the post qualification information and relevant
documents as mentioned in the check list.
I (We) hereby certify the truth and correctness of all statements made and
information supplied.
I/We have furnished all information and details necessary for the post
qualification as bidder(s) and that no further information remains to be supplied.
I/We authorize
the project authorities to verify the correctness therefore as well as to approach any
Govt. department individuals, employees, firms and/or corporation to verify
correctness of information submitted by me/us to prove my/our competence and
general reputation.
Signature of Applicant/Contractor.
Seal of applicant.
Date of submission:

52
CHECK LIST OF DOCUMENTS TO BE UPLOADED ALONG WITH

POST QUALIFICATION DOCUMENTS.
( To be filled in by the Contractor)
Sr. Name of Document Attached

No.
Yes / No
1. Information of Company in Format-I
2. PAN CARD.
3. GST Registration Certificate
4. Professional Tax Registration Certificate
5. Certificate of enrollment Under EPF Act.
6. Dead of partnership/ Article of Association/ copy of
MOU for J.V.
7. Copy of Power of Attorney
8. Undertaking in Format-II
9. Bid Capacity: Declaration in Appendix-K
10. Bid Capacity: Declaration of A-1 in Appendix-J
13. Work done certificates in proforma 1,1a,1b for each work
considered for post qualification evaluation.
14. Details of Plant & Machinery Appendix-B & E
15. Details of Technical Personnel Appendix-A
16. Details of similar type of works carried out by contractor.
Appendix-C
17. Copy of ADHAR card of contractor
Signature of the Contractor

53
Format – I
Information of Company
1. Name of applicant.
2. Whether the Applicant is

Individual / proprietary firm /
Limited company /
subsidiary of a large organization /
Joint Venture consortia
3. Year of Establishment of Company
4. Office Address,
e-mail address,
Telephone Number
Fax Number.
5. Name of Power of Attorney holder,

6. PAN No. issued by Income Tax department :
7. GST No. issued by Sale Tax Department :
8. Details of EPF Registration
Certified that the above information is true and correct to the best of my
knowledge and belief.
Signature of contractor

54
Format-II
Declaration of contractor regarding Poor Quality Work & Correctness of information

supplied.
To,
The Superintending Engineer & Administrator
-------------------------------------
Sir,
1) I/We declare that the information submitted by me/us for post qualification
evaluation is true / correct & complete to the best of my/our knowledge.
2) I/We, declare that any contract allotted to me/us by any government/ semi-
government authority is not terminated/ withdrawn for reasons attributable to
me including action under clause 3 of B-1 agreement .
3) I/ We, have give all relevant information & not hide any relevant
information.
4) I / We authorize project authorities to verify correctness of information supplied

as well as to approach any Government department individuals employees,
firms and or corporation to verify correctness of information & certification
submitted by me/us.
5) I/ We will have no objection if I/ We are disqualified at any stage of bidding, or

my/our contract is terminated, if it is proved that I/We have submitted false/
incomplete information. If contract is terminated on this ground, I/We have no
objection to forfeit my/our Security Deposit with VIDC.

55
Proforma- 1
(Separate information for each work)
CERTIFICATE
For the work completed / under progress As on 31 March 2017
1. Name of work
2. Estimate cost
3. Agreement No.
4. Name of Contractor
5. Tendered Cost
6. Date of work order
7. Stipulated period of
completion
8. Scheduled date of completion
9. Extension granted
1st
2nd
3rd
4th
10. Final date of completion
11. Revised cost of work
12. Cost of work executed
13. Balance cost of work
14. Reasons for non-completion

of work in scheduled period of
completion
15. Whether any penalties / fine /
stop notice / compensation /
liquidate damage imposed

56
16 Details of work done :

Excavati Embankm Murum Cost of
Concrete
on ent Lining in Filling work
Unit Cu.m.
(Cu.m.) (Cum) (Cum). (Cum) Rs. In
(All grade)
Lakh
Tendered
Quantity
Revised
Quantity
Executed
Quantity
Year wise
Break-up
2014-15
2015-16
2016-17
17. Remarks about performance of contractor about physical progress and quality of
work:
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
Outward No.: Seal

Date:
(E.E. Stamp with name)
(Stamp with name)

57
PROFORMA– 1(a)
Details of the works completed
( Separate information for each works ).
1. Name of work
2. Agreement No. and year
3. Place and country
4. Total tendered cost of work (Rs. in lakhs)
5. Brief description of works including principal
feature and quantities of main items of the work
6. Annual Turnover
Items Unit Quantities executed
(Certificate of concerned authorities is essential)
6.1 Physical 2014-15 2015-16 2016-17
1 Excavation in various Cum

Strata
2 Concrete of various Cum
grades
3 Embankment Cum
4 CNS Filling Cum
5 Lining Cum
6 Commercial Rs. in Lakhs Rs. in

Commercial.turnover Lakhs
Defined as billing for
works.(excluding
advance payments
received duly certified by
Concerned authorities)
7 Period of completion
a) Date of Commencement
b) Originally stipulated period of completion
a) Scheduled date of completion
d).Extended date of completion
e).Actual time taken for completion
f).Certificate of concerned authority regarding completion of work if
completed in time (Y/N)
g).Reasons for non completion of work in stipulated time limit, if so

58
8 Where there any penalties/fines/stop

notices/compensation /liquidated damaged imposed
(Yes or No. if yes, give amount and explanation)
9 Name , Designation, and complete address with
whom the contents of the preceding Para 1 to 8 could
be verified.
10 Name of applicant’s Engineer-in-charge of the work
and educational qualification
11 Give details of your experience in monthly placement
of important items.
12 Give details of your experience in mobilizing large
value contracts with modern technology on the
deployment of latest heavy construction equipment
13 Details of quality control arrangements made by the
contractor of his own on these works
14 Whether bidder penalized under clause 2 for slow
progress of work
15 Whether work abandoned by the bidder clause 3.
Whether rescind contracts as incomplete work.
16 Whether recorded bad quality of works by Quality
control authority
17 Whether valid bad, poor performance published in
media.
18 Whether evidence of rude behavior of contractors
with office bearers.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Certified that the above information is true and correct to the best of my knowledge
and belief
Signature of Contractor

59
PROFORMA -1 (b)
Details of works in hand
( Separate information for each work .)
1. Name of work
2. Agreement No. and Year
3. Place and country
4. Tendered cost of work ( Rs. in lakhs.)
5 Name of applicant’s Engineer-in-charge with educational qualification
6. Annual turnover
Sr. Item Quantities executed
No. (Certificate of concerned authorities of
Unit Quantities executed is essential )
6.1 Physical 2014-15 2015-16 2016-17
1 Excavation in various Cum

Strata
2 Concrete of various Cum

grades
3 Embankment Cum
4 CNS Filling Cum
5 Lining Cum
6 Commercial turnover : Rs. in

lakhs

60
7) i) Percentage of physical completion

ii) Cost of work completed(Rs. in lakhs)
iii) Revised tendered cost (Lakhs)
iv) Balance cost on the date stipulated
(Refer Para 5.60 )
v) Stipulated date of completion
vi) Anticipated date of completion
8) Whether work progress is as per
tender
programme (Yes or No) If not explain the
reasons.
9) Expected year wise programme of
completion (ref. para 5.62)
i) Present year
ii) Next year
10) Were there any fines, claims or stop
notices filed by the Employer (Yes
or No.)
11) Details of quality control
arrangements made by the contractor of
his own on these works
12) Name, Designation, Department and
complete address with whom the
contents can be verified.
Certified that the above information is true and correct to the best of my knowledge
and belief
Signature of Contractor

61
APPENDIX ‘A’
DETAILS OF TECHNICAL PERSONNEL WITH THE CONTRACTOR
VIDE PARA 7 (vi) of Detailed Tender Notice
Sr. Description Requirement Name Length of Qualifications Professional Remarks
No. service in experience and
firm details of works
carried out
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1. Project Manager 01
2. Works Manager(Civil Senior 01

Engineer)
3. Engineers (Civil) 02
4. Supervisors 02
Note :1. If there is no technical personnel with your firm please give details (in remark column) as to how can you firm manage the
construction work?
1).The names of Technical persons who are proposed to be posted at site shall be identified in the remarks column.
2) Certified copies of technical competency for technical personnel should be attached.
3) Information of Administrative staff and supervisors shall be given by the contractor in suitable format.
4) More sheets should be used, if required.

62
APPENDIX ‘B’
DETAILS OF PLANTS AND MACHINERY IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE WITH THE TENDERER FOR USE ON THIS WORK
VIDE PARA 7 (vii) of Detailed Tender Notice
Sr. Name of equipment No. of Units Kind and Capacity Age and Present Remarks
No. make condition Location
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Note : If no machinery is available with the firm please give details ( in remark column) how your firm will manage the same.

63
APPENDIX ‘C’
DETAILS OF WORKS OF SIMILAR TYPE AND MAGNITUDE CARRIED OUT BY THE TENDERER
VIDE PARA 7(viii) of Detailed Tender Notice
Sr. Name of Work Place Tendered Cost Time in months Stipulated Principal features
No. Rs. In Lakhs by Date of
which completion /
completed Actual Date of
completion
with reasons.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

64
APPENDIX ‘D’
DETAILS OF OTHER WORKS TENDERED FOR AND IN HAND ON THE DATE OF SUBMISSION OF TENDER
VIDE PARA 7 (ix) of Detailed Tender Notice
Sr. Name Place Works in Hand Works tendered for Remarks
No. of Tendered Cost of Anticipated Estimated cost Date by which Stipulated
Work cost Rs. remaining date of Rs. In Lakhs decision is date or
In Lakhs work Rs. In completion expected period of
lakhs completion
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

65
APPENDIX ‘E’
DETAILS OF PLANTS AND MACHINERY PROPOSED TO BE USED FOR THIS WORK BUT NOT IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE
VIDE PARA 7 (vii) of Detailed Tender Notice
Sr. Name of equipment No. of Units Kind and If already owned If to be Remark
No. make purchased s
Age and Present Probable date (when ?
condition Location of availability month and
year)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

66
APPENDIX ‘F
(Vide Para 36 of Special Conditions of Contract)
DECLARATION OF THE CONTRACTOR
1. I/We……… ……. Contractor(s)

hereby undertake that I/We shall pay the labours engaged on the work as indicated in
Section – I Detailed Tender Notice, wages as per Minimum Wages Act, 1948 and
amendments thereto applicable to the zone in which work lies and act accordingly. I/We
also undertake to abide by the various laws in force and extend necessary facilities and
amenities to the staff and workers employed by me/us.
2. I/We hereby declare that I/We have made myself/ourselves thoroughly conversant
with the local conditions regarding all materials and labour on which I/We have bided
my/our rates for this work. The specifications of this work have been carefully
studied and understood by me/us before submitting this Tender.
3. I/We hereby undertake to indemnify and hereby indemnify the Corporation against all
liabilities arising out of application of all labour laws viz. the minimum wages act,
ESIS and PF Act etc. with reference to labour engaged on subject work.
4. All leads and lifts charges for construction materials required are included in the rates
of items under the contract and are agreed by me/us unconditionally. No claim for
lead & lift will be admissible is clear to me/us and I/We give an undertaking that no
claim on this issue will be performed by me/us in this contract.
5. I/We hereby declare that I/We will not claim any interest for delay in payment of
bills of works (Due to non availability of adequate funds ) normally for period of one
year and in exceptional circumstances for two years.
6. I/We understand that the rates of items are inclusive of relevant lead and lift charges,
where ever applicable and I/WE will not claim any compensation against such
charges in any form.
7. I/We also understand that the cost of preparation of approach roads to quarries and
work place along with cost of its maintenance and repairs is included in the rates of
relevant items.
Signature of the Contractor
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer

67
APPENDIX ‘G’
(Vide Para 9 of Detailed Tender Notice)
MODEL FORM OF BANK GUARANTEE BOND

GUARANTEE BOND
1) This deed of Guarantee is made on the _________________________
__________________________________by ________________________________having
his head office at ___________________________________________________________
[hereinafter called the ‘said Contractor(s)’] from the demand under the terms and conditions
of Agreement dated _______________________________________________made
between____________________________________________and _________________for
_________________________(hereinafter called ‘the Agreement’) of additional security
deposit for the due fulfillment by the said contractors of the terms and conditions contained
in the said Agreement on production of a Bank Guarantee for Rs. ___________
(Rs_________________________________________only) We,______________________
(hereinafter referred to as ‘the Bank’) at the request of
______________________(contractor) do hereby undertake to pay to the Vidarbha Irrigation
Development Corporation, Nagpur, hereinafter referred to as Corporation, an amount not
exceeding Rs___________________________ against any loss or damage caused to or
suffered by the Corporation by reasons of any breach by the said Contractor of any of the
terms or conditions contained in the said Agreement.
2) We,___________________________(indicate the name of bank) do hereby

undertake to pay the amount due and payable under this guarantee without any demur,
merely on a demand from the Corporation stating that the amount claimed is due by way of
loss or damage caused to or would be caused to or suffered by the Corporation by reason of
breach by the said Contractor(s) of any of the terms or conditions contained in the said
Agreement or any reason of the contractor(s) failure to perform the said agreement. Any
such demand made on the Bank shall be conclusive as regards to the amount due and
payable under this Guarantee shall be restricted to an amount not exceeding
Rs._____________________.
(3) We undertake to pay to the Corporation any money so demanded not

withstanding any dispute or disputes raised by the Contractor(s)/supplier(s) in any suit or
proceeding pending before any court or tribunal relating thereto, our liability under this

68
present work being absolute and unequivocal. The payment so made by as under this bond
shall be valid for discharge of our liability for payment there under and the
Contractor(s)/Supplier(s) shall have no claim against us for making such payment.
(4) We, _______________________________ (indicate the name of Bank) further

agree that the guarantee herein contained shall remain in full force and effect during the
period that would be taken for the performance of the said Agreement and that it shall
continue to be forceable till all dues of the Corporation under or by virtue of the said
Agreement have been fully paid & its claims satisfied or discharged or till
_______________________ (office/Corporation)
of_____________________________________ (indicate the name of Administrative officer)
certifies that terms and conditions of the said Agreement have been fully and properly
carried out by the said Contractor(s) and accordingly discharges this Guarantee. Unless a
demand or claim under this guarantee is made on us in writing on or before
the________________________________. we shall be discharged from all liabilities under
this Guarantee thereafter.
(5) We, ___________________ (indicate the name of Bank) further agree with the
Corporation that the Corporation shall have the fullest liberty without consent and without
affecting in any manner our obligations hereunder to vary any of the terms and conditions of
the said Agreement or to extend time of performance by the said contractor from time to time
or postpone for any time or from time to time any of the powers exercisable by the
Corporation against the said Contractor(s), and to force or enforce any of the terms and
conditions relating to the said Agreement, and we shall not to be relieved from our liability by
reason of any such variation, or extension being granted to the said Contractor(s) or for any
forbearance, Act or Commission on the part of the Corporation or any indulgence by the
Corporation to the said Contractor or by any such matter or thing whatsoever which under
the law relating to surety would, but for this provision, have effect of so relieving us.
(6) This Guarantee will not be discharged due to the change in the constitution of the
Bank or the change in the constitution of the Contractors/suppliers.
(7) We, _______________________ (indicate the name of Bank) lastly undertake not
to revoke this Guarantee during its currency except with the previous consent of the
Corporation in writing.
Dated the ______________ day of ____________________ 20
For__________________________

69
(indicate the name of bank)
APPENDIX ‘H’
INDENTURE FOR SECURED ADVANCES
(For use in cases in which the contract is for finished work and the Contractor has entered
into an Agreement for the execution of a certain specified quantity of work in a given time.)
THIS INDENTURE made the _______________________day of ___________ between

__________________________________(hereinafter called ‘the contractor which
expression shall where the context so admits or implies be deemed to include his executors,
administrators and assigns) of the one part and THE Vidarbha Irrigation Development
Corporation, Nagpur( hereinafter called as the Corporation which expression shall where the
context so admits or implies be deemed to include his successors in office and assigns) of
the other part.
WHEREAS by an agreement dated __________________________ (hereinafter called ‘the

said Agreement’) the Contractor has agreed.
AND WHEREAS the Contractor has applied to the Corporation that he be allowed advance
on the security of materials absolutely belonging to him and brought by him to the site of the
work, the subject of the said Agreement for use in the construction of such of the works as
he has undertaken to execute at rates fixed for the finished work (inclusive of the cost of
material and labour and other charges.)
AND WHEREAS the Corporation has agreed to advance to the Contractor the sum of
Rupees________________ (in words, Rupees _______________ ___ __ __ __
______________________) on the aforesaid security and has reserved to himself the option
of making any further advance or advances on security of aforesaid nature, the quantities
and other particulars of the materials on the security of which the advance or advances are
made being detailed in Part – ll of the running account bill for the said works, signed at the
time being by the Contractor on.
NOW THIS INDENTURE WITNESS that in pursuance of the said Agreement and in
consideration of the sum of Rs. ______________________________on or before the
execution of these presents paid to the Contractor by the Corporation (the receipt whereof
the Contractor both here by acknowledge) and of such further advances (if any) as may be
made him as aforesaid, the Contractor does hereby convenient and agree with the
Corporation and declare as follows :

70
(1) That the said sum of Rs. ____________________ so advanced by the

Corporation to the Contractors as aforesaid shall be employed by the Contractor in or
towards expediting the execution of the said works and for non other purpose whatsoever.
(2) That the materials detailed in the said running account bill which have been
offered to and accepted by the Corporation as security are absolutely the contractor’s own
property and free from encumbrance of any kind and the Contractor will not make any
application for or receive a further advance on the security of materials which are not
absolutely his own property, and free from encumbrances of any kind and the Contractor
indemnifies the Corporation against all claims to any materials in respect of which an
advance has been made to him as aforesaid.
(3) That the materials detailed in the said running account bill and all other materials
on the security of which any further advance or advances may hereafter be made as
aforesaid (hereinafter called ‘the said materials’) shall be used by the Contractor solely in the
execution of the said works in accordance with the directions of the Divisional Officer,
Division (hereinafter called ‘the Divisional Officer’) and in the terms of the said Agreement.
(4) That the Contractor shall make at his own cost all necessary and adequate
arrangement for the proper watch, safe custody and protection against all risks of the said
materials and that until used in construction as aforesaid, the said materials shall remain at
the site of the said works in the Contractor custody and on his own responsibility and shall at
all times be open to inspection by the Divisional Officer or any officer authorized by him. In
the event of the said materials or any part thereof being stolen, destroyed or damaged, the
Contractor will forthwith replace the same with other materials of like quality or repair and
make good to same as required by the Divisional Officer.
(5) That the said materials shall not on any account be removed from the site of the
said works except with the written permission of the Divisional Officer or an officer
authorized by him in that behalf.
(6) That the advances shall be repayable in full when or before the Contractor
receives payment from the Corporation of the price payable to him for the said works under
the terms and provisions of the said agreement, provided that if any intermediate payments
are made to the Contractor on account of work done, then on occasion of each such
payment, the Corporation will be at liberty to make a recovery from the Contractor’s bill for
such payment by deducting therefore the value of the said materials then actually used in
the construction and in respect of which recovery has not been made previously, the value

71
for this purpose being determined in respect of each description of materials, at the rates at
which the amounts of advances made under these presents were calculated.
(7) That if the Contractor shall at any time make any defaults in the performance or
observance of any of the terms and provisions of the said agreement or of these presents,
the total amounts of the advance or advances that may still be owing to the Corporation shall
immediately on the happening of such defaults be repayable by the Contractor to the
Corporation, together with interest thereon at 20(Twenty) percent per annum from the date
of respective dates of such advance or advances to the date of repayment and with all costs,
charges, damages and expenses incurred by the Corporation in or for the recovery thereof
or the enforcement of this security or otherwise by reason of the default of the Contractor
and the Contractor hereby convenience and agrees with the Corporation to pay and pay the
same respectively to him according.
(8) That the contractor hereby charges all the said materials with the repayment to
the Corporation of the said of Rs. _______________ ______ and any further sum or sums
advanced as aforesaid and all costs, charges, damages and expenses payable under these
presents PROVIDED ALWAYS and it is hereby agreed and declared that notwithstanding
anything in the said Agreement and without prejudice to the powers contained therein, if and
whenever the convenient for Payment and Repayment herein before contained shall
become enforceable and the money owing shall not be paid in accordance therewith, the
Corporation may at any time thereafter adopt all or any of the following courses as he may
deem best :
a) Seize and utilize the said materials or any part thereof in the completion of the
said works on behalf of the Contractor in accordance with the provisions in that behalf
contained in the said agreement, debiting the Contractor with the actual cost of effecting
such completion and the amount due in respect of advances under these presents and
crediting the Contractor with the value of work done, as if he had carried it out in accordance
with the said agreement and at the rates thereof provided if the balance is against the
Contractor, he is to pay the same to the Corporation on demand.
b) Remove and sell by public auction the seized materials or any part thereof and out
of the moneys arising from the sale, retain all the sums aforesaid repayable to the
Corporation under these presents and pay over the surplus (if any) to the Contractor.
c) Deduct all or any part of the money owing out of the security deposits or any sum
due to the Contractor under the said Agreement.

72
9) That except in the event of such default on the part of the Contractor as aforesaid,
interest on the said advances shall not be payable.
10) That in event of any conflict between the provisions of these present and the said
Agreement, the provision of these presents shall prevail and in the event of any dispute or
difference arising over the construction or effect of these presents the settlement of which
has not been herein before expressly provided for the same shall be referred to the
Superintending Engineer.
IN WITNESS WHERE OF the said ___________________________________ and

_________________________________________________ by the order and under the
direction of the Corporation have here unto set their hands the day and year first above
written, Signed, sealed and delivered by the said Contractor in the presence.
Witness :
Signature :
Name :
Address :
Signed by :
By the order and direction of the VIDC, Nagpur in presence of :
Witness : Name :
Signature : Address:

73
APPENDIX ‘J’
Format for computation of "A2"
(Declaration of Contractor regarding (A2) Value of Civil Engineering Works executed

in last 5 years ascertained from total receipts on account of Civil Engineering
Contracts received in a year shown in Balance Sheet submitted to I.T. Department.)
Certificate of maximum value of Civil Engineering works executed during period

of last five years.
This is to certify that M/s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .has received amounts as shown
in column 3 below in years as shown in column 2 below from Civil Engineering
Constricts. The necessary supporting documents will be produced when asked to do so.
No of Year Amount received against Civil Multiplying Updated

year Engr. works executed. IT factor value (Rs.
certificate/ Balance sheet. (Rs. Lakhs)
Lakhs)
1 2 3 4 5
2012-
V 1.464
2013
2013-
IV 1.330
2014
2014-
III 1.210
2015
2015-
II 1.100
2016
2016-
I 1.000
2017
Value of A2 =
Seal & Signature of

Contact Phone No. & Chartered Accountant
Address of Chartered Accountant
Note :The bidder will be disqualified if the information is not certified by Chartered
Accountant .

74
Format B
Declaration of Contractor regarding value of Existing Commitments ( B) in the period

stipulated for completion of work .
Sr. Name of works Agreemen Name of Division Balance Value (B) Multi Updat
No. in hand t No. issuing certificate cost of work to be - ed
in proforma 1(b) work on executed plyin value
Name Ref. & date in period g of B
of Date of given in given in facto Rs.
Division certificat proform Annexure- r Lakhs.
e a Rs. A (1.8)Rs.
Lakhs. Lakhs.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Update value of B = Rs. Lakhs.
Date
Signature of contractor

75
APPENDIX ‘K’
Bidders (self declaration regarding Bid Capacity )
Bidders who meet the minimum qualification criteria will be qualified only if their
available bid capacity is more than the total bid value. The available bid
capacity will be calculated as under:
Assessed Available Bid capacity = ( A*N*2 - B )
where
A = Maximum value of civil engineering construction works executed in any one

year during the last five years (updated to 2016-17* price level) taking into
account the completed as well as works in progress; as specified in
Appendix “J”
(A= Maximum value of A2)
N = Number of years prescribed for completion of the works for which bids are
invited.
B = Value, at 2016-17* price level, of existing commitments and on-going

works to be completed during the next Year (period of completion of the
work for which bid is invited) as specified in Appendix “D”
Note: The statements showing the value of existing commitments and on-
going works as well as the stipulated period of completion remaining for
each of the works listed should be countersigned by the Engineer in
charge, not below the rank of an Executive Engineer .
A= Maximum value of A2.
A2 = Value as declared in Format A2 = Rs. ------------- Lakhs
N = Time period of tender in years as specified in Annexure ‘A’ = 2 years

B = Value as declared in Format B = Rs. ------------- Lakhs
Bid Capacity = ( A x N x 2 ) – B

76
SECTION – IV
CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

77
B-1 TENDER FORM

CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
Clause 1
(A) Security Deposit
The person/persons whose tender may be accepted (hereinafter called the contractor, which
expression shall unless excluded by or repugnant to the context include his heirs, executors,
administrators, and assigns) shall (A) within ten days, (which may be extended by the Superintending
Engineer concerned up to fifteen days if the Superintending Engineer thinks fit to do so) of the receipt
by him of the notification of the acceptance of his tender, deposit with the Executive Engineer in the
form of Bank guarantee endorsed in favor of the Executive Engineer a sum sufficient which will make
up the full security deposit specified in the tender Form at para (e) of memorandum. It shall be lawful
for Corporation at time of making any payment to the contractor for work done under the contract to
make up the full amount of the security deposit as specified in memorandum at para (e) by deducting
a sufficient sum at the rate specified at (g) of memorandum from every such payment as last
aforesaid until the full amount fo the security is made up. Compensation or other sums of money
payable by the contractor to Corporation under the terms of his contract may be deducted from or
paid by the sale of sufficient part of his security deposit or from the interest arising there from, or from
any sums which may be due or may become due by Corporation to the contractor under any other
contract or transaction of any nature or any amount whatsoever and in the event of security deposit
be reduced by reason of any such deduction or sale as aforesaid, the contractor shall within 10 days
thereafter, make good in cash or Corporation securities endorsed as aforesaid any sum or sums
which may have been deducted from or raised by sale of his security deposit or any part thereof . The
security deposit referred to when paid in cash may, at the cost of depositor, be converted into interest
bearing securities provided that the depositor has expressly desired this in writing.
B) PERFORMANCE SECURITY
Condition Regarding performance security (in place of condition for payment of additional security
deposit) if offer quoted by the tenderer is below the estimated cost. Following action shall be taken
about making available Bank Guarantee/DD/FDR of performance security.
i) If the tenderer quote his offer up to 10 % below the estimated cost (Cost put to tender) he shall submit
the Bank Guarantee/DD/FDR of the amount equal to 1% of cost put to tender as per performance
security in Envelope No 2 of tender (Scanned copy shall be submitted along with e- tender)
Note :- If the tenderer quote his offer up to 1 % below the estimated cost, he should not produce the
performance security. (As per Government Corrigendum Dt No. BDG 2016/Pra.Kra-2/ema-2(in Marathi)
Dtd 17.03.2016 & dt. 19.09.2017)
ii) If the offer quoted is more than 10 % below the cost put to tender the tender shall submitted the Bank
Guarantee/DD/FDR of the cumulative amount which is equal to the amount by which offer is more than
10% below plus the amount as (i) above in Envelop No 2 of Tender Shall be submitted along with
tender) (For Example, for 14% below rate 1%+(14-10%) i.e. 4% then total 5% (As per Govt
Corrigendum Dtd 14.07.2016)
iii) The offer in envelop No 2 without Bank Guarantee or DD/FDR of appropriate amount of performance
security shall be treated an invalid offer
iv) Bank Guarantee/DD/FDR shall be drawn on the name of Executive Engineer, Pench Irrigation
Division, Nagpur
iv) Bank Guarantee/DD/FDR shall be drawn from nationalized or scheduled banks
v) Validity of Bank Guarantee/FDR shall be remain upto defect liability period and Demand Draft shall
be remain upto 3 months
vi) Scanned copy of Bank Guarantee/DD/FDR shall be uploaded by the contractor at the time of e-
tendering

78
vii) contractor shall submit the Bank Guarantee or demand draft/FDR in sealed envelope in the office of
the Executive Engineer Pench Irrigation Division Nagpur within 5 working days from the date of
submission of tender Name of work and e tender no shall be written on the envelop
VIII) On opening the tender if paper in Envelope no 1 don't fulfill the essential qualification documents
requirements the Executive Engineer Shall return the envelop of Bank Guarantee / Demand Draft/FDR
to concerned Contractor within 7 days from the date of opening of tender
IX) Offer in envelope no 2 shall be opened to those contractor whose documents in envelope no 1 fulfill
the essential document requirement Envelop of Bank Guarantee / Demand Draft/FDR of these
contractors envelop 2 lowest tenders shall be returned within 7 days the offer in envelop no 2 without
Bank Guarantee/Demand Draft/FDR of appropriated amount of performance security shall be treated
as invalid offer
X) Bank Guarantee/Demand Draft/FDR of the second lowest tender shall be returned within 3 days
after issuing work order to the lowest tender
XI) EMD of the contractor submitting false documents Bank Guarantee/Demand Draft/FDR in above
process shall be forfeited and registration of the said contractor shall be cancelled for 1 year For this
Superintending Engineer shall have full authority
XII) Executive Engineer shall issue the work order only after encashing the Demand Draft or
Confirmation of Bank Guarantee of the lowest tenderer
XIII) If offer is upto 1% below to the estimated cost, no additional performance security is required.
xiv) Validity of Bank Guarantee/FDR should be valid upto defect liability period after completion of work
or validity of Demand Draft should be valid upto 3 months.
Clause 2: Compensation for Delay
The time allowed for carrying out the work as entered in tender shall be strictly observed by the
contractor and shall be reckoned from the date on which the order to commence work is given to the
contractor. The work shall throughout the stipulated period of the contract be proceeded with all due
diligence (time being deemed to be the essence of the contract on the part of the contractor) and
further to ensure good progress during the execution of the work, the contractor shall be bound in all
cases in which the time allowed for any work exceeds one month to complete the part works in
specified time slice as per programme given in Section I- Detailed Tender Notice/enclosed at the end
of Schedule ‘B’ If the contractor has not achieved the target as per physical programme of all items
with respect to time as given in Section I – Detailed Tender Notice/enclosed at the end of Schedule ‘B’
then the compensation will be recovered with prior notice to the contractor till the achievement of
particular target as decided by the Engineer-in-charge. In the event of the contractor failing to comply
with this condition he shall be liable to pay as compensation an amount equal to one percent or such
smaller amount as the Superintending Engineer (whose decision in writing shall be final) may decide,
of amount of the estimated cost of the whole work for everyday that the quantity of work remains
incomplete, un-commenced or unfinished after the proper dates. Provided always that the total
amount of compensation to be paid under the provisions of this clause shall not exceed 10 percent of
the estimated cost of the work as shown in the Tender. Superintending Engineer, shall be the final
authority in this respect.
Clause 3: Action when whole security deposit is forfeited
If any case in which under any clause of this contract, the contractor shall have rendered himself
liable to pay compensation amounting to the whole of his security deposit as specified at para (e)
of memorandum or in the case of abandonment of the work owing to serious illness or death of
the contractor or any other cause the Executive Engineer, on behalf of the Corporation shall have
power to adopt following course. To rescind the contract ( for which rescission notice in writing to
the contractor under the hand of Executive Engineer shall be conclusive evidence) and in that
case the security deposit and additional security deposit of the contractor shall stand forfeited

79
and be absolutely at the disposal of Corporation

In case the contract shall be rescinded under clause above, the contractor shall not be entitled to
recover or be paid any sum for any work therefore actually performed by him
under this contract unless and until the Executive Engineer shall have certified in writing the
performance of such work and the amount payable to him in respect thereof and he shall
only be entitled to be paid the amount so certified. The contractor shall have no claim to
compensation for any loss sustained by him by reason of his having purchased, or procured
any materials, or entered into any engagements or made any advances on account of, or
with a view to the execution of the work or the performance of the contract. The contractor
shall also be not eligible to tender for the work remaining unexecuted work under this
contract.
Clause 4: Action when the progress of any particular portion of the work is
unsatisfactory
If progress of any particular portion of the work is unsatisfactory, the Executive Engineer
shall notwithstanding that the general progress of the work is in accordance with the
conditions mentioned in clause 2, be entitled to take action as under after giving the
contractor 10 day’s notice in writing. The Engineer-in-charge will have to order that the work
of the contractor be measured up and to take such part thereof as shall be unexecuted out of
his hands, and to give it to another contractor to complete, in which case all expenses
incurred on advertisements for fixing a new contracting agency, additional supervisory staff
including the cost of work executed by the new contract agency will be debited to the
contractor and the value of the work done or executed through the new contractor (including
escalation due) shall be credited to the contractor under the terms of his contract. The
certificate of the Executive Engineer as so all the cost of the work and other expenses
incurred as aforesaid for or in getting the unexecuted work done by the new contractor and
as to the value of the work so done shall be final and conclusive against the contractor. In
case of the work executed through a new contractor and other allied expenses exceeding
the value of such work credited to the contractors, the amount of excess shall be deducted
from any money due to the contractor by Government or Corporation under the contract or
otherwise howsoever or from his security deposit and Additional security deposit or the sale
proceeds thereof provided, however, that the contractor shall have no claim against the
Corporation even if the certified value of the work done through a new contractor exceeds
the certified cost of such work and allied expenses. The contractor shall have no claims to
compensation, for any loss sustained by him by reason of his having purchased, or procured
any materials, or entered into any engagements, or made any advances on account for with
a view to execution of the work or the performance of the contract. The Contractor of the
whole work shall not be considered eligible to tender for the execution of work so withdrawn
from this contract. The contractor will have no claim for compensation, for any loss sustained
by him owing to such action.
Clause 5: Power to take possession of or required removal of or sell contractor’s
plant.
In any case in which any of the powers conferred upon the Executive Engineer by clauses 3

80
and 4 hereof shall have become exercisable and the same shall not have been exercised,
the non-exercise thereof shall not constitute a waiving of any of the condition hereof and
such powers shall notwithstanding be exercisable in any future case of default by the
contractor for which under any clause or clauses hereof he is declared liable to pay
compensation amounting to the whole of his security deposit and liability of the contractor for
past and future compensation shall remain unaffected. In the event of the Executive
Engineer taking action under sub-clause he may if he so desires, take possession of all or
any tools, plant, materials and stores, in or upon the work or the site thereof or belonging to
the contractor or produced by him & intended to be used for the execution of the work or any
part thereof, paying or allowing for the same account at the contract rates, or in the case of
contract rates not being applicable at current market rates to be certified by the Executive
Engineer whose certificate thereof shall be final. In the alternative, the Executive Engineer,
may, after giving notice in writing to the contractor or his clerk of the work, foreman or other
authorized agent require him to remove such tools, plant, materials, or stores from the
premises within a time to be specified in such notice, and in the event of the contractor
failing to comply with any such requisition, the Executive Engineer may remove them at the
contractor’s expenses or sell them by auction or private sale on account of the contractor
and at his risk in all respects, and the certificate of the Executive Engineer as to the
expenses of any such removal and the amount of the proceeds and expense of any such
sales shall be final and conclusive against the contractor.
Clause 6: Extension of time
If the contractor shall desire an extension of the time for completion of work on ground of his
having been unavoidably hindered in its execution or on any other ground he shall apply in
writing to the Executive Engineer before the expiration of the period stipulated in tender or
before the expiration of 30 days from the date on which he was hindered as aforesaid or on
which the cause for asking for extension occurred, whichever is earlier and the Executive
Engineer may with prior approval of Superintending Engineer or Chief Engineer as the case
may be if in his opinion, there reasonable grounds for granting an extension, grant such
extension as he thinks necessary or proper. The decision of the Chief Engineer in this
matter shall be final.
Clause 6(A)
In case of delay in handing over the land required for the work due to unforeseen causes the
contractor shall not be entitled for any compensation whatsoever from Government or
Corporation, on the ground that machinery or labour was idle for certain period, contractor
may apply for extension of time limit which may be granted on the merit of the case.
Clause 7: Final Certificate
On the completion of the work the contractor shall be furnished with a certificate by
Executive Engineer (hereinafter called the Engineer-in-charge) of such completion, but no
such certificate shall be given nor shall the work be considered to be complete until the
contractor shall have removed from the premises on which the work shall have executed, all
scaffolding, surplus materials and rubbish, and shall have cleaned off the dirt from all
woodwork, doors, windows, walls, floor or other parts of any building in or upon which the

81
work has been executed or of which he may have had possession for purpose of executing
the work or until the work shall have been measured by Engineer-in-charge or where the
measurements have been taken by his subordinates until they have received approval of the
Engineer-in-charge the said measurements being binding and conclusive against the
contractor. If the contractor shall fail to comply with the requirements of this clause as to the
removal of scaffolding surplus materials and rubbish and cleaning of dirt on or before the
date fixed for the completion of the work the Engineer-in-Charge may at the expense of the
contractor remove such scaffolding, surplus materials and rubbish, and dispose off the same
as he thinks fit and clean off such dirt as aforesaid and the contractor shall forthwith pay the
amount of all expenses so incurred, but shall have no claim in respect of any such
scaffolding or surplus materials as aforesaid except for any sum actually realized by the sale
thereof .
Clause 8: Payment on Intermediate certificate to be regarded as advances.
No payment shall be made for any, work estimated to cost less than rupees one thousand,
till after the whole of the said work shall have been completed and certificate of completion
given. But in the case of works estimated to cost more than rupees one thousand the
contractor shall, on submitting a monthly bill thereof, be entitled to receive payment
proportionate to the part of the work then approved and passed by the Engineer-in-charge,
whose certificate of such approval and passing of the sum so payable shall be final and
conclusive against the contractor. All such intermediate payments shall be regarded as
payments by way of advance against the final payment only & not as payments for work
actually done and completed & shall not preclude the Engineer-in-charge from requiring any
bad, unsound, imperfect or unskillful work to be removed or taken away & reconstructed or
re-erected nor shall any such payment be considered as an admission of the due
performance of the contract or any part thereof in any respect or the accruing of any claim
nor shall it conclude determine or effect in any other way the powers of the Engineer-in-
charge as to the final settlement and adjustment of the accounts, or otherwise, or in any
other way vary or affect the contract. The final bill shall be submitted by the contractor within
one month of the date fixed for the completion of the work, otherwise the Engineer-in-charge
certificate of the measurements and of the total amount payable for the work shall be final
and binding on all parties.
Clause 9: Payments at reduced rates on account of items of work not accepted as
completed to be at the discretion of the Engineer-in-charge.
The rates for several item of works estimated to cost more than Rs 1000/- agreed to within
shall be valid only when the item concerned is accepted as having been completed fully in
accordance with the sanctioned specification. In cases where the items of work are not
accepted as so completed the Engineer-in-charge may make payment on account of such
item at such reduced rates as he may consider reasonable in the preparation of final or on
account bills.
Clause 10: Bills to be submitted monthly
A bill shall be submitted, by the contractor each month on or before the date fixed by the
Engineer-in-charge for all work executed in the previous month, and Engineer-in-charge
shall take or cause to be taken the requisite measurement for the purpose of having the

82
same verified, and the claim, so far as it is admissible, shall be adjusted, if possible within
ten days from the presentation of the bill. If the contractor does not submit the bill within the
time fixed as aforesaid, the Engineer-in-charge may depute a subordinate to measure up the
said work in the presence of the contractor or his duly authorized agent whose counter
signature to the measurement list shall be sufficient warrant, and Engineer-in-charge may
prepare a bill from such list which shall be binding on the contractor in all respects.
Payment of Bills shall be made subject to the availability of funds. No claim shall be
entertained for any delay in payment of bills.
Clause 11 : Bill to be submitted on printed forms
The contractor shall submit all bills on the printed forms in the format approved by Engineer-
in-charge. The charges to be made in the bills shall always be entered at the rates specified
in tender or in the case of any extra work ordered in pursuance of these conditions, and not
mentioned or provided for in the tender at the rates hereinafter provided for such work.
Clause 12: Stores supplied by Corporation
If the specification or estimate of the work provides for the use of any special description of
materials to be supplied from the store of the Corporation or if it is required that the
contractor shall use certain stores to be provided by the Engineer-in-charge (such materials
& stores and the price to be charged therefore as herein after mentioned being so far as
practicable for the convenience of the contractor but not so as in any way to control the
meaning or effect of this contract specified in the schedule or memorandum here to
annexed), the contractor shall be supplied with such materials and stores as may be
required from time to time to be used by him for purposes of contract only and the value of
the full quantity of the material and stores, so supplied shall be set off or deducted from any
sums then due, or thereafter to become due to the contractor under the contract, or
otherwise or from the security deposit, or the proceeds of sale thereof if the security deposit
is held in Corporation securities, the same or a sufficient portion thereof shall in that case be
sold for the purpose. All materials supplied to the contractor shall remain the absolute
property of Corporation and shall on no account be removed from the site of the work and
shall at all times be open for inspection by the Engineer-in-charge. Any such materials
unused and in perfectly good condition at the time of completion or termination of the
contract shall be returned to the Corporation store, if the Engineer-in-charge so requires by a
notice in writing given under his hand, but the contractor shall not be entitled to return any
such materials except with such consent of the Engineer-in-charge and he shall have no
claim for compensation on account of any such material supplied to him as aforesaid but
remaining unused by him or for any wastage in or damage to any such materials.
Clause 12 (A)
All stores of controlled materials such as cement, steel etc. if supplied to the contractor by
the Corporation shall be kept by the contractor under lock and key and they will be
accessible for inspection by the Executive Engineer or his authorized agent at all the times.
Clause 13: Works to be executed in accordance with specifications drawings,
orders etc.

83
The contractor shall execute the whole and every part of the work in the most substantial
and workman like manner and both as regards materials and in every respect in accordance
with the specifications. The contractor shall also confirm exactly, fully and faithfully to the
designs, drawings and instructions in writing relating to work e.g. by the Engineer-in-charge
and lodged in his office and to which the contractor shall be entitled to have access for the
purpose of inspection at such office or on the site of the work during office hours. The
contractor will be entitled to receive three sets of contract drawing and working drawings as
well as one certified copy of the accepted tender along with the work order free of cost.
Further copies of the contract drawings and working drawing if required by him, shall be
supplied at the rate of Rs. 500/- per set of contract drawing and Rs. 100/- per working
drawing except where otherwise specified.
Clause 14: Alteration in specifications and designs not to invalidate contracts.
Rates for works not entered in estimate or Schedule of rates of the
district.
The Engineer-in-charge shall have power to make any alteration in or additions to original
specification, drawings, designs and instructions that may appear to him to be necessary or
advisable during the progress of the work and the contractor shall be bound to carry out the
work in accordance with any instruction in this connection which may be given to him in
writing signed by the Engineer-in-charge and such alteration shall not invalidate the contract
and any additional work which the contractor may be directed to do in the manner above
specified as part of the work shall be carried out by the contractor in the same conditions in
all respects on which he agreed to do the main work at the same rate as specified in the
tender for the main work. And if the additional and altered work includes any class of work
for which no rate is specified in this contract then such class of work shall be carried out at
the rates entered in the Schedule of rates of the Division or at rates mutually agreed upon
between the Engineer-in-charge and the contractor, whichever are lower. If the additional or
altered work for which no rates are entered in the schedule of rates of the Division is ordered
to be carried out before the rates are agreed upon then the contractor shall within seven
days of the date of receipt by him of the order to carry out the work, inform the Engineer-in-
charge of the rate which it is his intention to charge for such class of work, and if the
Engineer-in-charge does not agree to his rates he shall by notice in writing be at liberty to
cancel his order to carry out such class of work and arrange to carry out in such manner as
he may consider advisable provided always that if the contractor shall commence work or
incur any expenditure in regard thereof before the rates shall have been determined as lastly
herein before mentioned, then in such case he shall only be entitled to be paid in respect of
the work carried out or expenditure incurred by him prior to the date of determination of the
rates as aforesaid according to such rate or rates as shall be fixed by the Engineer-in-
charge. In the event of a dispute, the decision of the Superintending Engineer of the Circle
will be final.
Where however, the work is to be executed according to the designs, drawing and
specifications, recommended by the contractor and accepted by the competent authority the
alteration above referred to shall be within the scope of such designs, drawings, and
specifications appended to the Tender.

84
Extension of time in consequences of additions or alterations.

The time limit for the completion of the work shall be extended in the proportion that the,
increase in its cost carried by alterations or additions bears to the cost of the original contract
work, and the certificate of the Engineer-in-charge as to such proportion shall be conclusive.
However such an extension will be governed by provisions of Clause 6.
Clause 15: No claim to any payment or compensation for alteration in or restriction
of work.
1) If at any time after the execution of the contract documents the Engineer-in-charge
shall for any reason whatsoever (other than default on the part of the contractor for which the
Corporation is entitled to rescind the contract) desires that the whole or any part of the work
specified in the tender should be suspended for any period or that the whole or part of work
should not be carried out at all, he shall give to the contractor a notice in writing of such
desire & upon the receipt of such notice the contractor shall forthwith suspend or stop the
work wholly or in part as required, after having due regard to the appropriate stage at which
the work should be stopped or suspended so as not to cause any damage or injury to the
work already done or endanger the safety thereof provided that decision of the Engineer to
the stage at which the work or any part of it could be or could have been safely stopped or
suspended shall be final and conclusive against the contractor. The contractor shall have no
claim to any payment or compensation whatsoever by reason of or in pursuance of any
notice as aforesaid, on account of any suspension, stoppage or curtailment except to the
extent specified hereinafter.
2) Where the total suspension of work ordered as aforesaid continues for a continuous
period exceeding 90 days the contractor shall be at liberty to withdraw from the contractual
obligations under the contract so far as it pertains to the unexecuted part of the work by
giving a 10 days prior notice in writing to the Engineer-in-charge, within 30 days of the expiry
of the said period of 90 days, of such intention and requiring the Engineer-in-charge to
record the final measurement of the work already done and to pay final bill. Upon giving such
notice the contractor shall be deemed to have been discharged from his obligation to
complete the remaining unexecuted work under his contract. On receipt of such notice the
Executive Engineer shall proceed to complete the measurement and make such payment as
may be finally due to the contractor within a period of 90 days for the work already done by
contractor. Such payment shall not in any manner prejudice the right of the contractor to any
further compensation under the remaining provision of this clause.
3) Where the Engineer-in-charge required the contractor to suspend the work for a
period in excess of 30 days at any time or 60 days in the aggregate the contractor shall be
entitled to apply to the Engineer within 30 days of the resumption of work after such
suspension for payment of compensation to the extent of pecuniary loss suffered by him in
respect of working machinery remained idle on the site or on the account of his having had
to pay the salary or wages of labour engaged by him during the said period of suspension,
provided always that the contractor shall not be entitled to any claim in respect of any such
working machinery, salary or wages for the first 30 days whether consecutive or in the
aggregate or such suspension or in respect of any suspension whatsoever occasioned by
unsatisfactory work or any other default on his part. The decision of the Engineer-in-charge
in this regard shall be final and conclusive against the contractor.

85
4) In the event of
i) Any total stoppage of work on notice from the Engineer-in-charge under Sub clause
(1) in that behalf
ii) Withdrawal by the Contractor from the contractual obligation to complete the remaining
unexecuted work under sub clause (2) on account of continued suspension of work for a
period exceeding 90 days.
OR
iii) Curtailment in the quantity of item or items originally tendered on account of any
alteration, omission or substitutions in the specifications, drawings, designs or instructions
under clause 14 where such curtailment exceeds 25% in quantity and the value of the
quantity curtailed beyond 25% at the rates for the item specified in the tender is more that
Rs. 50,000/-
OR
It shall be open to the contractor, within 90 days from the service of (i) the notice of stoppage
of work or (ii) the notice of withdrawal from the contractual obligations under the contract on
account of the continued suspension of work or (iii) notice under clause 14 resulting in such
curtailment, to produce to the Engineer-in-charge satisfactory documentary evidence that he
had purchased or agreed to purchase material for use in the contracted work, before receipt
by him of the notice of stoppage, suspension or curtailment and require the Corporation to
take over on payment such materials at the rates determined by the Engineer-in-charge,
provided, however, that such rates shall in no case exceed the rates at which the same was
acquired by the contractor. The Corporation shall thereafter take over the materials so
offered, provided the quantities offered, are not in excess of the requirements of the
unexecuted work as specified in the accepted tender and are of quality and specifications
approved by the Engineer
Clause15(A): No claim to compensation on Account of loss due to delay in supply
of materials.
The contractor shall not be entitled to claim any compensation from Corporation for the loss
suffered by him on account of delay by the Corporation in supply of materials where such
delay is caused by-
i) Difficulties relating to the supply of railway wagons.
ii) Force majeure
iii) Act of God
iv) War or Act of enemies of the States or any other reasonable cause beyond the
control of Corporation.
In the case of such delay in the supply of materials, Corporation shall grant such extension
of time for the completion of the works as shall appear to the Executive Engineer to be
reasonable in accordance with circumstances of case. The decision of Executive Engineer
as to the extension of time shall be accepted as final by the contractor and will be governed
by the provision of Clause 6.
Clause 16: Time limit for unforeseen claims.
Under no circumstances whatever shall the contractor be entitled to any compensation from

86
Corporation on any account unless the contractor shall have submitted a claims in writing to
the Engineer-in-charge within one month of the case of such claim occurring, subject to
provision in clause (30) and (40).
Clause 17: Action and Compensation payable in case of bad work.
If at any time before the security deposit or any part thereof is refunded to the contractor it
shall appear to the Engineer-in-charge or his subordinate in charge of the work, that any
work has been executed with unsound, imperfect or unskilled workmanship or with materials
of inferior quality, or that any materials or articles provided by him for execution of the work
are unsound or of a quality inferior to that contracted for, or are otherwise not in accordance
with the contract, it shall be lawful for the Engineer-in-charge to intimate this fact in writing to
the contractor and then notwithstanding the fact that the work materials or articles
complained of may have been inadvertently passed, certified and paid for the contractor
shall be bound forthwith to rectify, or remove and reconstruct the work so specified in whole
or in part as the case may require or if so required, shall remove the materials or articles so
specified and provide by other proper and suitable materials or articles at his own charge
and cost, and in the event of his failing to do so within a period to be specified by the
Engineer-in-charge in the written intimation aforesaid, the contractor shall be liable to pay
compensation at the rate of one percent on the amount of the estimate for everyday not
exceeding ten days during which the failure so continues and in the case of the any such
failure the Engineer-in-charge may rectify or remove and re-execute the work or remove and
replace the materials or articles complained of as the case may be at the risk and expense in
all respects of the contractor. Should the Engineer-in-charge consider that any such inferior
work or material as described above may be accepted or made use of it shall be within his
discretion to accept the same at such reduced rates as he may fix therefore subject to
Clause 9.
Clause18: Works to be open to inspection. Contractor or responsible agent to be

present
All works under or in course of execution or executed in pursuance of the contract shall at all
times be open to the inspection and supervision of the Engineer-in-charge and his
subordinates and the contractor shall at all times during the usual working hours, and at all
other times at which reasonable notice of the intention of the Engineer-in-charge and his
subordinates, to visit the work shall have been given to the contractor either himself be
present to receive orders and instructions or have a responsible agent duly accredited in
writing present for that purpose. Order given to the contractors duly authorized agent shall
be considered to have same force and effect as if they had been given to the contractor
himself. Contractor should provide safe arrangement for inspection of work at his cost.
Clause19: Notice to be given before works is covered up.

The contractor shall give not less than five days notice in writing to the Engineer-in-charge or
his subordinate in-charge of the work before covering up or otherwise placing beyond the
reach of measurement any work in order that the same may be measured and correct

87
dimensions thereof taken before the same is so covered up or placed beyond the reach of
measurement and shall not cover up or place beyond the reach of measurement any work
without the consent in writing of the Engineer-in-charge or his subordinate in-charge of the
work, and if any work shall be covered up or placed beyond the reach of measurement,
without such notice having been given or consent obtained the same shall be uncovered at
the contractor’s expenses, and in default thereof no payment or allowance shall be made for
such work or for the materials with which the same was executed.
Clause 20: Contractor liable for damage done and for imperfections or 36 months
after certificate.
If during the period of 36 months from the date of completion as certified by the Engineer-in-
charge pursuant to clause 7 of the contract 36 months after commissioning the work,
whichever is earlier in the opinion of the Executive Engineer, the said work is defective in
any manner whatsoever, the contractor shall forthwith on receipt of notice in that behalf from
the Executive Engineer, duly commence execution and completely carry out at his cost in
every respect all the work that may be necessary for rectifying and setting right the defects
specified therein including dismantling and reconstruction of unsafe portions strictly in
accordance with and in the manner prescribed and under the supervision of the Executive-
Engineer. In the event of the Contractor failing or neglecting or commence execution of the
said rectification work within the period prescribed therefore in the said notice and/or to
complete the same as aforesaid as required by the said notice, the Executive Engineer may
get the same executed and carried out departmentally or by any other agency at the risk on
account and at the cost of the contractor. The Contractor shall forthwith on demand pay to
the Government the amount of such costs, charges and expenses sustained or incurred by
the Government of which the certificate of the Executive Engineer, shall be final and binding
on the contractor. Such costs, charges and expenses shall be deemed to be arrears of land
revenue and in the event of the contractor failing or neglecting to pay the same on demand
as aforesaid without prejudice to any other rights and remedies of the Government, the
same may be recovered from the contractor as arrears of land revenue. The Government
shall also be entitled to deduct the same from any amount which may then be payable or
which may there after become payable by the Government to the contractor either in respect
of the said work or any other work whatsoever or from the amount of security deposit
retained by Corporation.
However, for the purpose of security towards the maintenance in the defects liability period
the SD at the time of final bill shall be converted into an irrevocable BG from any branch of a
Nationalized/Scheduled Bank in the State of Maharashtra. The BG shall be for a total period
of 36 months with values being adjusted as below from the date of completion certificate.
(Please see clause 7 of Conditions of Contract)
From 0 to 36 months 100% value of SD
Clause 21: Contractor to supply Plant, Ladders, Scaffolding etc.

The contractor shall supply at his own cost all materials (except such special materials, if
any as may, in accordance with the contract, be supplied from the Corporation Stores) plant,
tools, appliances, implements, ladders, cordage, tackle scaffolding and any temporary works
requisite for the proper execution of the work, whether in the original, altered or substituted

88
form & whether included in the specification or other documents forming part of the contract
or referred to in these conditions or not and which may be necessary for the purpose of
satisfying or complying with the requirements of the Engineer-in-charge as to any matter on
which under these conditions he is entitled to be satisfied, or which he is entitled to require
together with carriage there for to and from the work. The contractor shall also supply
without charge the requisite number of persons with the means and materials necessary for
the purpose of setting out works and counting, weighing and assisting in the measurement
or examination at any time and from time to time of the work or the materials, failing which
the same may be provided by the Engineer-in-charge at the expense of the contractor and
expenses may be deducted from any money due to the contractor under the contract or from
his security deposit or the proceeds of sale thereof or of a sufficient portion thereof. The
contractor shall provide all necessary fencing and lights required to protect the public from
accident, and shall also be bound to bear the expenses of defense of every suit, action or
other legal proceedings, at law that may be brought by any person for injury sustained owing
to neglect of the above precautions and to pay any damages and costs which may be
awarded in any such suit, action or proceedings to any such person or which may with the
consent of the contractor be paid in compromising any claim by any such person. The
contractor indemnifies the Corporation against all such claims.
Clause 21(A)
The contractor shall provide suitable scaffolds and working platform gangways and stair
ways and shall comply with the following regulations in connection therewith
a) Suitable scaffolds shall be provided for workmen for all works that cannot be safely
done from a ladder or by other means.
b) A scaffold shall not be constructed, taken down or substantially altered except,
i) Under the supervision of a competent and responsible person and
ii) as far as possible by competent workers possessing adequate experience in this
kind of work.
c) All scaffolds and appliances connected therewith and all ladders shall,
i) be of sound material
ii) be of adequate strength having regard to the loads and strains to which they will
be subjected and
iii) be maintained in proper condition.
d) Scaffolds shall be so constructed that no part there of can be displaced in
consequence of normal use.
e) Scaffolds shall not be over-loaded and so far as practicable the load shall be evenly
distributed.
f) Before installing lifting gear on scaffolds special precautions shall be taken to ensure
the strength & stability of the scaffolds.
g) Scaffolds shall be periodically inspected by a competent person.
h) Before allowing a scaffold to be used by his workmen the contractor shall, whether
the scaffold has been erected by his workmen or not, take steps to ensure that it
complies fully with the regulations herein specified.
i) Working platform, gangways, stairways shall

89
1) be so constructed that no part thereof can sag unduly or unequally.

2) be so constructed and maintained having regard, to the prevailing conditions as
to reduce as far as practicable risks of persons tripping or slipping, and
3) be kept free from any unnecessary obstruction.
j) In the case of working platform, gangways, working places and stairways at a height
exceeding 3 Meters.
i) every working platform & every gangway, working place and stare ways at a height of
3 meters,
ii) every working platform and gangway shall have adequate width and
iii) every working platform, gangway, working place and stairway shall be suitably
fenced.
k) Every opening in the floor of a building or in a working platform shall except for the
time and to the extent required to allow the access of persons or the transport or
shifting of material be provided with suitable means to prevent the fall of persons or
material.
l) When persons are employed on a roof where there is a danger of falling from a
height exceeding 3 Meters suitable precautions shall be taken to prevent the fall of
persons or materials.
m) Suitable precautions shall be taken to prevent persons being struck by articles which
might fall from scaffolds or other working places.
n) Safe means of access shall be provided to all working platform and other working
places.
o) The contractor(s) will have to make payments to the labourers as per Minimum
Wages Act and will have to strictly follow all relevant labour laws.
Clause 21(B)
The contractor shall comply with the following regulations as regards the Hoisting
Appliances to be used by him.
a) Hoisting machines and tackles, including their attachments, anchorages and
supports shall-
i) be of good mechanical construction, sound material and adequate strength and free
from patent defect &
ii) be kept in good repair and in good working order.
b) Every rope used in hoisting or lowering materials or as a means of suspension shall
be of suitable quality and adequate strength and free from patent defect.
c) Hoisting machines and tackle shall be examined and adequately tested after erection
on the site and before use and re-examined in position at intervals to be prescribed
by the Corporation.
d) Every Chain, ring, hook, shackle, swivel and pulley block used in hoisting or lowering
materials or as a means of suspension shall be periodically examined.
e) Every crane driver or hoisting appliance operator shall be properly qualified.
f) No person who is below the age of 18 years, shall be in control of any hoisting
machine, including any scaffold winch, or give signals to the operator.
g) In the case of every hoisting machine and of every chain, ring, hook, shackle, swivel

90
and pulley block used in hoisting or lowering or as means of suspension, the safe
working load shall be ascertained by adequate means.
h) Every hoisting machine and all gear referred to in preceding regulation shall be
plainly marked with the safe working load.
i) In the case of hoisting machine having a variable safe working load, each, safe
working load and the conditions under which it is applicable shall be clearly indicated.
j) No part of any hoisting machine or any gear referred to in regulation(s) above shall
be loaded beyond the safe working load except for the purpose of testing.
k) Motors, gearing, transmission, electric wiring and other dangerous parts of hoisting
appliances shall be provided with efficient safeguards.
l) Hoisting appliances shall be provided with such means as will reduce to a minimum
risk of the accidental descent of the load.
m) Adequate precaution shall be taken to reduce to a minimum the risk of any part of a
suspended load becoming accidentally displaced.
Clause 22: Measures for prevention of fire.

The contractor shall not set fire to any standing jungle, trees, bush wood or grass without a
written permission from the Executive Engineer When such permission is given and also in
all cases when destroying out or dug up trees, bush wood, grass etc. by fire, contractor shall
take necessary measures to prevent such fire spreading to or otherwise damaging
surrounding property. The contractor shall make his own arrangements for drinking water &
other necessary facilities for the labour employed by him.
Clause 23: Liability of contractor for any damage done in or out side work
area
Compensation for all damages done intentionally or unintentionally by contractor’s labour
whether in or beyond the limits of Corporation property including any damage caused by the
spreading of fire mentioned in Clause 22 shall be estimated by the Engineer-in-charge or
such other officer as he may appoint and the estimate of the Engineer -in-charge subject to
the decision of the Superintending Engineer on appeal shall be final and contractor shall be
bound to pay the amount of the assessed compensation on demand, failing which the same
will be recovered from the contractor as damages in the manner prescribed in Clause I or
deducted by the Engineer-in-charge from any sums that may due to or become due from
Corporation to contractor under this contract or otherwise.
The contractor shall bear the expenses of defending any action or other legal proceedings
that may be brought by any persons for injury sustained by him owing to neglect of
precautions to prevent the spread of fire and he shall pay any damages and cost that may
be awarded by the court in consequence. The contractor indemnifies the Corporation against
all such legal actions and consequences thereof.
Clause 24: Employment of female labour

The employment of female labourers on works in the neighborhood of soldier’s barracks
should be avoided as far as possible.

91
Clause 25: Work on weekly holidays.

No work shall be done on weekly local holidays without the sanction in writing of the
Engineer-in-charge.
Clause 26: Contract may be rescind and security deposit forfeited for subletting
without approval or for bribing a Corporation officer or if contractor
becomes insolvent.
The contract shall not be assigned or sublet without the written approval of the Engineer-in-
charge. And if the contractor shall assign or sublet his contract, or attempt to do so or
become insolvent or commence any proceedings to get himself adjudicated as insolvent or
make any composition with his creditors, or attempt so to do or if bribe, gratuity, gift, loan,
perquisite, reward of advantage, pecuniary or otherwise shall either directly or indirectly be
given promised or offered by the contractor or any of his servants or agents to any
Corporation officer or person in the employment of Corporation in any way relating to his
office of employment, or if any such officer or person shall become in any away directly or
indirectly interested in the contract, the Engineer-in-charge may thereupon by notice in
writing rescind the contract and the security deposit of the contractor shall thereupon stand
forfeited and be absolutely at the disposal of Corporation, and the same consequences shall
ensue as if the contract had been rescinded under Clause 3 hereof and in addition the
contractor shall not be entitled to recover or be paid for any work therefore actually
performed under the contract.
Clause 27: Sums payable by way of compensation to be considered as reasonable

compensation without reference to actual loss.
All sums payable by a contractor by way of compensation under any of these conditions
shall be considered as a reasonable compensation to be applied to the use of Corporation
without reference to the actual loss or damage sustained and whether any damage has or
has not been sustained.
Clause 28: Changes in the constitution of firm to be notified

In the case of tender by partners any change in the constitution of a firm shall be forthwith
notified by the contractor to the Engineer-in-charge for his information.
Clause 29: Direction and control of Superintending Engineer

All works to be executed under the contract shall be executed under the direction and control
and subject to the approval in all respects of the Superintending Engineer of the circle for
time being, who shall be entitled to direct at what point or points and in what manner they
are to be commenced, and from time to time carried out.
Clause 30.1
Except where otherwise specified in the contract and subject to the powers delegated to him
by Corporation under the code, rules then in force, the decision of the Superintending
Engineer of the circle for the time being shall be final, conclusive and binding on all parties of
the contract upon all questions relating to the meaning of the specifications, designs,
drawings and instruction herein before mentioned and as to the quality or workmanship, or
material used on the work, or as to any other questions, claim, right, manner or thing
whatsoever, in any way arising out of or relating to the contract designs, drawings,
specifications, estimates, instructions, orders, or these conditions, or otherwise concerning

92
the works, or the execution or failure to execute the same, whether arising during the
progress of work or after the completion or abandonment there of.
Clause 30.2
The contractor may within thirty days of receipt by him of any order passed by the
Superintending Engineer of the Circle as aforesaid appeal against it to the Chief Engineer,
concerned with the contract work or project provided that-
a) The accepted value of the contract exceeds Rs. 100 Lakhs
(Rs. One Hundred Lakhs)
b) Amount of claim is not less than Rs. 1.00 lakh (Rs. One Lakh)
Clause 30.3
If the contractor is not satisfied with the order passed by the Chief Engineer as aforesaid the
contractor may within 30 days of receipt by him of any such order appeal against it to the
Executive Director, Vidarbha Irrigation Development Corporation, Nagpur, who if convinced
that prima-facie the contractor’s claim rejected by Superintending Engineer/Chief Engineer is
not frivolous and that there is some substance in the claim of the contractor as would merit a
detailed examination and decision by the Executive Committee/Claim Committee at
Corporation level for suitable decision.
Clause 31: Stores of European or American manufacturer to be obtained from
Corporation.
The contractor shall obtain from Corporation all stores and articles of European or American
manufacture which may be required for the work or any part of the work or in making up any
article required thereof or in connection therewith unless he has obtained ‘permission in
writing from the Engineer-in-charge to obtain such stores articles elswhere. The value of
such stores and articles as may be supplied to the contractor by the Engineer-in-charge will
be debited to the contract in his account at the rates shown in schedule ‘A’ attached to the
contract and if they are not entered in the said schedule, they shall be debited to him at cost
price which for the purpose of this contract shall include the cost of carriage and all other
expenses whatsoever, which shall have been incurred in obtaining delivery of the same at
the stores aforesaid.
Clause 32: Lump sum in Estimate

When the estimate on which a tender is made includes lump sum in respect of parts of the
work, the contractor shall be entitled to payment in respect of the items of work involved or
the part of the work in question at the same rate as are payable under this contract for each
item, or if the part of the work in question is not in the opinion of the Engineer-in-charge
1capable of measurement, the decision of Engineer-in-charge shall be final & conclusive
against the contractor with regard to any sum or sums payable to him under the provisions of
this clause.
Clause 33: Action where no specifications

In the case of any class of work for which there in no such specification as is
mentioned in Rule I such work shall be carried out in accordance with the Divisional
specifications, and in the event of there being no Divisional specifications, then in such case
the work shall be carried out in all respects in accordance with all instructions &
requirements of the Engineer-in-charge.
Clause 34: Definition of Work

The expression “work” or “works” where used in these conditions, shall unless there be
something in the subject or contract repugnant to such construction, be constructed to mean

93
the work or works contracted to be executed under or in virtue of the contract, whether
temporary or permanent and whether original, altered, substituted or additional.
Clause 35: Contractor’s percentage whether applied to net or gross amount of bill
The percentage referred to in the tender shall be deducted from/added to the gross amount
of the bill before deducting the value of any stock issued.
Clause 36: Payment of Quarry fees & Royalties
All quarry fees royalties, octroi dues and ground rent for stacking material, if any shall be
paid by the contractor. The tendered rates shall be inclusive of all the liability under
Maharashtra minor mineral extraction rules and the contractor shall take all steps necessary
as are essential in terms of Maharashtra minor mineral extraction rules. Except sand, metal,
rubble etc.
Clause 36(A)
i. The bill wise royalty charges for construction material other than for items as per
WRD CSR Earthwork items, payable by the contractor as per prevailing rates shall be
calculated. The amount of royalty charges so calculated shall be deducted from every bill
and shall be deposited by the Executive Engineer to Revenue Department. In case the
contractor has directly paid royalty charges while procuring sand / metal / rubble and
Earthwork, same shall be reimbursed on production of valid proof of payment of royalty and
royalty clearance certificate issued by component authority form Collector Office. However, it
will be the primary responsibility of the contractor to get statutory clearance required for the
quarry.
Clause 37: Compensation under Workmen’s Compensation Act
The contractor shall be responsible for and shall pay any compensation to his workmen
payable under the Workmen’s Compensation Act, 1923 (VIII of 1923), (therein after called
the said Act) for injuries caused to the workmen. If such compensation is payable and/or
paid by Corporation as principle under sub-section (i) of section 12 of the said Act on behalf
of the contractor, this shall be recoverable by Corporation from the contractor under sub-
section (2) of the said section, such compensation shall be recovered in the manner laid
down in Clause 1 above. The contractor indemnifies the Corporation against such
compensation.
Clause 37(A)
The contractor shall be responsible for and shall pay the expenses of providing medical aid
to any workman who may suffer a bodily injury as a result of an accident. If such expenses
are incurred by the Corporation the same shall be recoverable from the contractor forthwith
& be deducted without prejudice to any other remedy of Corporation from any amount due or
that may become due to the contractor.
Clause 37 (B)
The contractor shall provide all necessary personal safety equipment and first-aid apparatus
available for the use of the persons employed on the site and shall maintain the same in
condition suitable for immediate use at any time and shall comply with the following
regulations in connection therewith.
i) The workers shall be required to use the equipments so provided by the contractor
and the contractor shall take adequate steps to ensure proper use of the equipment
by those concerned.
ii) When work is carried on in proximity to any place where there is a risk of drowning all
necessary equipment shall be provided and kept ready for use and all necessary
steps shall be taken for the prompt rescue of any person in danger.

94
iii) Adequate provision shall be made for prompt first-aid injuries likely to be sustained
during the course of the work.
Clause 37 (C)
The contractor shall duly comply with the provisions of The Apprentices Act 1961’ (III of
1961), the rules made there under and the orders that may be issued from time to time
under the said Act and the said Rules and on his failure or neglect to do so he shall be
subject to all the liabilities & penalties provided by the said Act & said Rules. Etc.
Clause 38: Claim for Quantities of work entered in the Tender (DELETED)
1) Quantities in the Tender are approximate and no claim shall be entertained for
quantities of work executed being either more or less than those entered in the
Tender.
2) Quantities in respect of the several items shown in the Schedule - B of the tender
are approximate and no revision in the tendered rate shall be permitted in respect of
any of the items so long as subject to any special provision contained in the
specifications prescribing different percentage of permissible variation quantity of
the item does not exceed the tender quantity by more the 25 percent and so long as
the value of the excess quantity beyond this limit at the rate of the item specified in
the tender, is not more than Rs. 50,000/- .
3) The contractor shall, if ordered in writing by the Engineer-in-charge to do so, also
carry out any quantities in excess of the limit mentioned in sub clause (2) hereof on
the same conditions as and in accordance with the specifications in the tender and
at the rates (i) derived from the rates entered in current schedule of rates and in the
absence of such rates (ii) at the rates prevailing in the market. The price variation
clause shall be applicable with the initial basic index existing on the date when
quantity exceeds/decreases more than 25% in Schedule `B`. The rates once
decided as above shall not be revised till completion of the quantity under that item.
4) In case the quantity of any item reduced by more than 25%, the rates of such item
shall be revised as per provisions of sub clause 3 of clause 38. However, the total
payment of such item shall be limited to seventy five percent of estimated cost of
that item put to tender.
5) Payment for quantities in excess of 125% of tendered quantities, in respect of
excavation, masonry and concrete, will be regulated as per the provisions of para

95
55 of Special Conditions of contract.

6) For quantities above 125% V.I.D.C.’s prior sanction shall be essential. V.I.D.C.’s
decision on this issue will be binding on the Contractor.
7) This clause shall be read and operated with Government Circular tender
0812/(420/2012)/MP 1/Mumbai-32/Dt. 11.10.2012
Clause 39: Employment of Famine Labour

The contractor shall employ any famine, convict or other labour of a particular kind or class if
ordered in writing to do so by the Engineer-in-charge.
Clause 40: Claims for compensation for delay in starting the work.
No compensation shall be allowed for any delay caused in the starting of work on account of
any acquisition of land and in the case of clearance works on any account.
Clause 41: Claim for compensation for delay in the execution of work
No compensation shall be allowed for any delay in the execution of the work on account of
water standing in borrow pits or compartments. The rates are inclusive for hard or cracked
soil, excavation in mud, sub-soil water or water standing in borrow pits and no claim for an
extra rate shall be entertained unless otherwise expressly specified in this regard.
Clause 42: Entering upon or commencing any portion of work.

The contractor shall not enter upon or commence any portion of work except with the written
authority and instructions of the Engineer-in-charge or of his subordinate in-charge of the
work, failing such authority the contractor shall have no claim to ask for measurements of or
payment of work.
Clause 43: Minimum age of person employed, the employment of donkeys and or
other animals.
i) No contractor shall employ any person who is under the age of 18 years.
ii) No contractor shall employ donkeys or other animals with breeching of string or thin
rope. The breeching must be at least three inches wide and should be of tape
(Nawar)
iii) The Engineer-in-charge or his agent is authorized to remove from the work, any
person or animal found working which does not satisfy these conditions and no

96
responsibility shall be accepted by Corporation for any delay caused in the

completion of the work by such removal.
iv) The contractor shall pay fair and reasonable wages which will not be below the
minimum wages to the workmen employed by him, in the contract undertaken by
him. In the event of any dispute arising between the contractor and his workmen on
the grounds that the wages paid are not fair and reasonable, the dispute shall be
referred without delay to the appropriate Government authority concerned with
labour who shall decide the same. The decision of the said authority shall be
conclusive and binding on the contractor but such decision shall not in any way
affect the conditions in the contract regarding the payment to be made by
Corporation at the sanctioned tender rates.
v) Contractor shall provide drinking water facilities to the workers. Similar amenities
shall be provided to the workers engaged on large work in urban areas.
vi) The contractor shall take precautions against accidents which takes place on
account labour using garments while working near machinery.
Clause 44: Method of Payment

Payment to contractors shall be made by cheque drawn on Bank of Maharashtra, provided
the amount exceeds Rs. 500/-. Amounts not exceeding Rs. 500/- will be paid in cash.
Clause 45: Acceptance of conditions compulsory before tendering for work

Any contractor who does not accept these conditions shall not be allowed to Tender for
work.
Clause 46: Employment of scarcity labour

If Government declares a state of scarcity or famine to exist in any village situated within 16
Km of the work, the contractor shall employ upon such parts of the work as are suitable for
unskilled labour, any person certified to him by the Executive Engineer, or by any person to
whom the Executive Engineer may have delegated this duty in writing to be in need of relief
and shall be bound to pay to such person wages not below the minimum wages which
Government may have fixed in this behalf. Any disputes which may arise in connection with
the implementation of this clause shall be decided by the Executive Engineer whose
decision shall be final & binding on the contractor.

97
Clause 47
The price quoted by the contractors shall not in any case exceed the control price, if any
fixed by Government or reasonable price which it is permissible for him to charge to a
common purchaser for the same class and description the controlled price or the price
permissible under Hoarding and Prefiguring Act, 1948 as amended from time to time. If the
price quoted exceed the controlled price or the price permissible under Hoarding and
Prefiguring Prevention Act, the contractor will specifically mention this fact in his Tender
along with the reasons for quoting such higher prices. The purchaser at his discretion will in
such case exercise the right of revising the price at any stage so as to conform with the
controlled price as the permissible under the Hoarding and Prefiguring Prevention Act. This
discretion will be exercised by the contractor.
Clause 48
The rates to be quoted by the contractor must be inclusive of all taxes. Tenderer shall quote
his offer considering the GST Act 2017. Govt. direction on this regard will governed and
binding on the contractor
Clause 49
In the case of materials, which may remain surplus with the contractor from these issued for
the work contracted, the date of ascertainment of the materials being surplus will be taken
as the date of sale to the contractor, for the purpose of GST and the GST will be recovered
on such sale.
Clause 49 (A)
Registration under GST Act 2017 is mandatory. TDS under Rule 51 of GST Act 2017 will be
deducted from the sums to be paid to the contractor as pere applicable rates.

98
Clause 50
The contractor shall employ the unskilled labour to be employed by him on the said work
from locally available labour and shall give preference to those persons enrolled under
Maharashtra Government Employment and Self Employment Departments Scheme;
provided, however, that if the required unskilled labour are not available, and there after may
with the previous permission, in writing of the Executive Engineer -in-charge of the said work
obtain the rest of the requirement of unskilled labour from outside the above scheme.
Clause 51: Wages to be paid to the skilled and unskilled labourers engaged by the
contractor
The contractors shall pay to the labourers, according to the wages prescribed by Minimum
Wages Act of 1948 applicable to the area in which the work of the contractor is located.
Clause 52
All amounts whatsoever which the contractor is liable to pay to the Corporation in connection
with the execution of the work including the amount payable in respect of (i) materials and/or
stores supplied/issued hereunder by the Corporation to the contractor (ii) hire charges in
respect of heavy plant, machinery and equipment given on hire by the Corporation to the
contractor for execution by him of the work and (iii) any outstanding advance have been
given by the Corporation to the contractor shall be deemed to be arrears of the Land
Revenue and the Corporation may without prejudice to any other rights, remedies of the
Corporation recover the same from contractor as arrears of land revenue.
Clause 53
The contractor shall duly comply with all provisions of the Contract Labour (Regulation and
Abolition) Act, 1970 (37 of 1970) and the Maharashtra Contract Labour (Regulation and
Abolition) Rules, 1971 amended from time to time and all other relevant statues and
statutory provisions concerning payment of wages particularly to workmen employed by the
contractor and working on the site of the work. In particular the contractor shall pay wages to
each worker employed by him on the site of the work at the rates prescribed under the
Maharashtra Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Rules, 1971. If the contractor fails
or neglects to pay wages at the said rates or makes short payment and the Corporation
makes such payments of wages in full or part thereof less paid by the contractor, as the case
may be, the amount so paid by Corporation to such workers shall be deemed to be arrears
of Land Revenue and the Corporation shall be entitled to recover the same as such from the
contractor or deduct the same from the amount payable by the Corporation to the contractor
here under or from any other amount payable to him by the Corporation.

99
Clause 54
The contractor shall duly comply with all the provisions of the Maharashtra State Tax on
Professions, Trades, Callings and the Employment Act 1975. { See Rule 3(2)}. The
contractor shall obtain certificate of Registration under this Act and shall produce to
Corporation clearance certificate as and when demanded.
Clause 55
The contractor shall duly comply with all the provisions of GST Act 2017. He shall obtain
registration under this Act, TDS under Rule 51 of GST Act 2017 will be deducted as per
applicable.
Clause – 56
“Contractor shall make payments of salaries and wages to all the employees and Labouers
through bank account linked to Unique Identification Number (AADHAR CARD). and shall
submit a certificate accordingly to the Engineer- in- charge. The certificate shall be submitted
by the contractor within 60 days from the commencement of contract. If the time period of
contract is less than 60 days, the such certificates shall be submitted within 15 days from the
date of commencement of contract.”.

100
SECTION - V
SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

101
SECTION-V
SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
CONTENTS
Sr.No. Particulars Pages
From To
1 2 3 4
1 Contractor to inform himself fully 104 104
2 Contract Drawings and Specifications 104 104
3 Data and Drawings to be furnished by the contractor 104 104
4 Errors, Omissions, Discrepancies 105 105
5 Use of site 105 106
6 Contractor not to dispose off soil etc. 106 106
7 Gold/Silver, Minerals, oils, Relics etc. found on the site. 106 106
8 Access to site and work and co-operation with other contractors 106 106
9 Cleaning up 107 107
10 Layout of construction roads. 107 107
11 Period and hours of work. 107 107
12 Signing fields books, longitudinal section, cross sections and
measurement books. 107 107
13 Programme of construction. 108 108

14 Materials 108 111
15 Laboratory for testing work. 111 111
16 Hire of construction equipments 111 113
17 Bills and payments 113 113
18 Security deposits. 113 113
19 No Interest on money due to the contractor 113 114
20 Other contractor for the work.103 114 114
21 Contract documents and matters to be treated as confidential
114 114
22 Access to the Contractor's book 114 114

23 Breach on part of Corporation not to annual contract 114 114
24 Local Laws 115 115
25 Personal of the contractor 115 115
26 Death, Bankruptcy etc. 115 118
116 Notices, How to be given. 116 116
28 Passing of foundation etc. 116 116

102
1 2 3 4
29 Reference to standard specifications 116 117
30 Communications and Notices by contractors 117 117
31 Non compliance of contract conditions 117 117
32 Extra items 117 117
33 Price variation clause 117 119
34 Electric power 119 119
35 Co-ordination with other contractors 119 119
36 Undertaking under Contract labour Act 119 119
37 Photographs of the works 119 119
38 Fencing, lighting and ventilation 119 120
39 Liability for accidents to persons 120 120
40 The contractor to supply and be responsible for the sufficiency 120 121
of the means employed
41 Covering of work 121 121
42 Quantities of work 121 121
43 Accuracy of lines, levels and grades 121 122
44 Excavated materials 122 122
45 Safety measures 122 122
46 Maintenance 122 123
47 Sundays and holidays 123 123
48 Bank Guarantee 123 123
49 Handling over of works 123 124
50 Instrumentation 124 124
51 Inspection of work 124 124
52 Opening out works 124 124
53 Removal of imperfect works 124 125
54 Jurisdiction of court for disputes 125 125
55 Mode of payment of quantities of excavation, masonry and 125 126
concrete items executed in excess of 125%
56 Mode of payment in running and final bill 126 127
57 Location and layout 127 127
58 Insurance for contract work 127 127
59 Special Condition 127 128
60 Colony 128 129

103
1 2 3 4
61 Labor Welfare Cess 129 129
62 Stamp Duty 129 129
63 Excise Duty 129 129
64 Work in Tribal Area 129 130
65 Deduction of Income Tax 130 130
66 Supply fuel for domestic use 130 130
67 Additional conditions regarding payment of royalty charges 130 130
68 Excavation by Controlled Blasting and chiseling 130 131
69 Shifting of electric line 131 131
70 No Claims for Delay in Payments 131 132
71 Land required for the work 132 132

104
1. Contractor to inform himself fully :The contractor shall be deemed to have

carefully examined the work and site conditions, the special conditions, the specifications,
schedules and drawings and shall be deemed to have visited the work site, his own quarries
for rubble and sand and to have fully informed himself regarding the availability of
construction materials, local conditions materials, local conditions ancillary works required to
be done etc. before quoting the offer. If he shall have any doubts as to the meaning of any
portion of the special conditions or the scope of work or the specifications or any other
matter concerning the contract, he shall in good time, set forth the particulars thereof and
submit them to the Engineer in charge. The Engineer-in-charge generally means the
Executive Engineerdirectly in-charge of the work, but also means the Superintending
Engineer, Chief Engineer of Corporation, for exercising powers under this contract.
2. Contract Drawings and Specifications
2.1 On acceptance of the Tender, three sets of contract drawings and working drawings
as well as one certified copy of the accepted Tender will be supplied to the contractor free of
charge within one week. On request by the contractor and at the discretion of Engineer-in-
charge, the contractor may be supplied additional copies of contract documents to be
charged at the rate of Rs, 3000/- (Rs. Three thousand only) per set.
2.2 The drawings which form part of this contract show the works to be done in such
details as possible to do for the present. They will be supplemented or superseded by such
additional detailed drawings as may be necessary as the work progresses. The contractor
shall carry out the work in accordance with these additional and/or revised drawings as the
case may be at the applicable rates as per the contract. The contractor shall be supplied
maximum number of three copies of each of the such working drawings free of charge.
Should the contractor require any additional copy for his use, the same may be supplied at
the discretion of Engineer-in-charge and the contractor will be charged Rs 500/- per set of
contract drawings and Rs. 500/-( Rs. Five Hundred Only) for each of such additional copy of
each drawing.
2.3 The contractor shall check all drawings carefully and intimate the Engineer-in-charge
immediately any errors or omissions discovered. The contractor shall not take advantage of
any kind of errors or omissions in the drawings supplied.
3. Data and Drawings to be furnished by the Contractor:-
a) Prior to the commencement of the work, the contractor shall submit to the Engineer-
in-charge for approval, drawings or prints on white ammonia paper of size 1020 mm x 690
mm or 510mm x 345 mm as may be suitable in triplicate showing the location of major plant
work- shop, if any, roadways, temporary bridges, unloading facilities and storage yards, etc.
which he proposes to put up at the site.
b) Then contractor shall submit to the Engineer-in-charge for approval within 7 days
from the date of his receiving notice to start work, a layout plan of construction plant and
equipment or the execution of the work which the contractor proposes to adopt at site.
c) Any changes in the approved layout will be subject to further approval.
d) The approval of the drawings, however, will not relieve the contractor of his
responsibility from any errors or omissions.

105
4. Errors, Omissions, Discrepancies:

a) In case of errors, omissions and/or disagreement the following orders of preference
shall apply.
A) Between scaled and written dimensions the latter shall prevail.
B) Between the written description of the item in the schedule of quantities and the
detailed specifications of the same item, the latter shall prevail.
C) Between the quantities in the schedule of quantities and those arrived at from the
drawings, the latter shall prevail.
D) The details in working drawings shall prevail over contract drawing.
E) The special conditions of contract, the specifications and conditions in B-1 form shall
prevail in following order.
1) Item wise specifications
2) Special conditions of contract.
3) Conditions in B-1 form.
In all cases of omission and/or doubts or discrepancies; in the dimensions or
description of any item, a reference shall be made to the Engineer-in-charge whose
elucidation, elaboration or decision shall be considered as authentic and final subject to the
Clause 30 of B-I form. The Contractor shall be held responsible for any errors that may occur
in the work through lack of such reference and precaution.
5. Use of Site:
a) All land required shall be arranged by the contractor from private land
owner/Revenue department at his own cost and no claim on this account shall be
entertained.
b) All areas of operation, including those of his staff and labour colonies in case handed
over to the Contractor shall be cleared and handed over back in good condition to the
Engineer-in-charge, except the areas under works. The contractor shall make good, to the
satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge, any damage or alterations made to areas which he
has to handover back or to other property or land handed over to him for the purpose of this
work.
c) The lands shall as herein before mentioned, be handed over back to the Engineer-in-
charge within three months after the completion of the work under this contract or the
termination of the contract whichever is earlier. Also no land shall be held by the Contractor
longer than the Engineer-in-charge shall deem necessary and the Contractor shall, on due
notice by the Engineer-in-charge vacate and return the land which the Engineer-in-charge
may certify as no longer required by the Contractor for the purpose of the works. In case the
lands are not handed over back to the Corporation within the time limit; specified above,
penal rent as may be decided by the Engineer-in-charge will be recoverable.
d) The vegetation and forest is noticeable in project area. The contractor should take

106
utmost care for the preservation of this vegetation and forest. Any damage in this vegetation
and forest will have to be compensated by the contractor and decision from Engineer-in-
charge will be final and binding on contractor.
e) There is a Forest area nearby the work site. Contractor shall take at most care, so
that knowingly or unknowingly the provisions of Forest Conservation Act 1980 do not get
violated by labour, machinery or any of its staff. All though, corporation is the principal
employer, the responsibility of such act of violation of Forest Conservation Act shall be on
the contractor, who shall indemnify the corporation from any legal proceedings, fines &
penalties.
6. Contractor Not To Dispose Off Soil etc.
The contractor shall not sell or otherwise dispose off or remove except for the
purpose of this contract, sand, stone, clay ballast, earth, rock or other substance or materials
which may be obtained from the excavation made for the purpose of this contract or any
produce from the site. All such substance, materials and produces shall be the property of
Corporation and shall be disposed off in a manner and at a place shown in the drawings or
as and where the Engineer-in-charge may direct.
7. Gold/Silver, Minerals, Oils, Relics, etc. found on the site:
All gold, silver, oil or other minerals of any description and all precious stones, coins
treasure, relics, antiquities and other similar things which shall be found in or upon the site,
shall be property of Government and the Contractor shall duly preserve the same to the
satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge and shall from time to time, deliver the same to such
person or persons as the Engineer-in-charge may appoint.
8. Access to site and work and co-operation with other contractor:
The Engineer-in-charge may, if he considers fit, from time to time, enter on any lands
which may be in the possession of the Contractor under the contract for the purpose of
executing any works not included in the contract and may execute such works not included
in this contract by agents or by other contractors at his option and the contractor shall in
accordance with the requirements of Engineer-in-charge afford all reasonable facilities for
execution of the works, including occupation of lands by structures or otherwise to any other
contractor employed by the Corporation and his workmen or for the workmen of the
Corporation who may be employed in the execution on or near the site of the work not
included in the contract, or of any contract in connection with or specially to the works and in
default, the contractor shall be liable to the Corporation for any delay or expenses incurred
by reason of such default. The contractor shall not however, on account of any such
modified, new or extra work erected by or for the sake of Corporation be entitled to claim
relief from the obligation to execute the works. The contractor shall also co-operate with
other contractors with all fairness and mutual understanding and use the common facilities
like access roads to quarries, water supply arrangements. etc.
The contractor shall also not cause advertently or inadvertently any obstruction or
impediments in the progress of the other works being executed by Corporation or through
other agencies. In the event of dispute regarding the claim, the responsibility, liabilities etc. in

107
respect of such facilities, the decision of the Engineer-in-charge shall be final.

9. Cleaning up:
a) The contractor shall at all times keep the construction areas and his colony and
storage free from accumulation of waste or rejected materials.
b) Prior to the completion of the work, the contractor shall remove all rubbish from and
around the premises and all tools, scaffolding equipment and materials which are not
part of permanent structures except otherwise asked for or as provided under any
other clauses of this contract, the premises will be left in a manner fully satisfactory to
the Engineer-in-charge.
10. Layout of construction roads.
The contractor shall have to submit detailed plan to the Engineer-in-charge, showing the
layout of the work site, roads and approach roads proposed by him, before he starts the
actual work. Such a road layout plan will be scrutinized by the Engineer-in-charge and any
modifications suggested by him will be binding on the contractor. If it is decided by the
Engineer-in-charge to have some of the roads proposed by the contractor as common roads
for common use of Corporation and other contractors or convenient and for compact and
planned layout of work site, the contractor will be bound to construct them and allow them to
be used simultaneously by other contractors and departments. In case of disputes, the
decision of the Engineer-in-charge shall be final and binding on the contractor.
11. Period and hours of work:
The work shall be done usually during the day time. In the interest of progress if it is felt
necessary to work during night, the contractor shall obtain specific permission of the
Engineer-in-charge, for the work to be done at night and adequate lighting arrangement shall
be made as directed by the Engineer-in–change.
12. Signing Field Books, Longitudinal Sections, Cross Sections and Measurement
Books:
Before starting the work, and at the end before the work is covered, levels for plotting the
longitudinal section (along the axis as decided by the Engineer-in-charge or his authorised
representative) and cross sections of the portion of the work shall be taken by contractor or
his duly authorised representative and the same shall have to be got attested from the
Engineer-in-charge or his authorised representative in token of acceptance. If the contractor
fails to take measurements and sign them the measurements recorded by the Engineer-in-
charge or his representative in the authorised books shall be final and binding on the
contractor. For this purpose, suitable date or dates shall be fixed by the Engineer-in-charge
and intimated to the contractor at least three days in advance. If the contractor or his duly
authorised agent fails to attend on the appointed date or dates, the levels shall be taken in
his absence and such levels and longitudinal sections and cross sections based there on
shall be final and binding on the contractor. The levels will be taken on such alignment and
cross sections as will be useful for reference permanently and described under
specifications for ‘Excavation’. The point of locations for the level will depend upon the
roughness of the area and will also be at least in conformity with the requirements of

108
specifications for ‘Excavation’ as far as possible.

13. Programme of Construction:
Work and Progress Schedules:
The construction programme is given in Section VI at the end of Schedule ‘B’ of Tender
Document based on which the physical programme is prepared. If the tenderer does not
agree with this programme, he shall submit his own programme without changing total
period of Tender along with Tender Documents inclusive of the physical subject to following
phase period.
1/4 of work in 1/3 of Contract period
In case, it is subsequently found necessary to alter this programme agreed in contract
document, including the changes in the sequence of the items, the contractor shall submit in
good time a revised programme incorporating necessary modifications proposed and get the
same approved from the Engineer-in-charge.
Additional detailed programme for each working season, beginning from October, showing
the progress to be achieved month by month for controlling items shall also be submitted to
the Engineer-in-charge not later than the 31st August preceding the working season and got
approved. The Engineer-in-charge is further empowered to ask for more detailed
programme, say week by week, for any items of special importance, and contractor shall
supply the same as and when asked for without delay.
The submission of the works programme and approval to it by the Engineer-in-charge shall
not relieve the contractor of any of his duties or responsibilities under the contract, like timely
completion, the damages due to flood or other natural calamities etc. The contractor shall
not be entitled for any claims for any damages caused, due to particular works programme.
It is the entire responsibility of the contractor to frame the programme after anticipating the
rains, floods etc. Actual work turned out shall be mainly taken into account and not just the
sum total of the various payments made to the contractor. The advance on the material
brought to the site of the work will be accounted for while arriving at the progress achieved
by the contractor in terms of proportion of the total work tendered for.
14 MATERIALS
14.1 PETROL OIL AND LUBRICANT
The Contractor shall have to install his own supply arrangements for petrol and diesel at the
site at his own risk and cost. Location of pumps shall have to be got approved from the
Engineer-in-charge and usual precautions which are necessary for such installation will have
to be taken.

109
14.2 STONE FOR RUBBLE MASONRY AND FOR METAL
The Contractor shall make his own investigation regarding location of quarries, quality of
stone and its adequacy. Over burden on quarry shall have to be removed by the Contractor
at his own cost. The contractor shall seek permission for operation of rubble quarry from
respective department & shall pay royalty & other necessary charges to respective
department.
The locations of quarries have to be such that they do not affect permanent structures and
should not be near the existing or proposed habitations.
If the quarries located are in private properties, the Contractor shall negotiate with the
respective owners and shall attend to legal rights and attend to payments etc. to the
concerned parties for operations of these quarries at his own cost. Similarly he shall make
arrangements for haul roads leading to and from the stone quarries to the work site at his
own cost. And contractor shall maintain the roads. The cost of preparation and maintenance
of haul loads shall be born by the contractor.
14.3 SAND
The Contractor is advised to make his own investigation regarding adequacy proper quality
sand, approaches to quarries etc.
The Contractor shall, obtain permission from Revenue and other authorities before removing
the material and shall pay royalty and other taxes Octroi duty escort fee if any for sand which
shall not be reimbursed. The Contractor shall have to make his own inquires regarding
legal rights and attend to the aspect of payments due etc. for the operation of the
quarries.The contractor shall make his own estimation regarding extent of annual
replenishment of the sand and opt to collect the sand in advance in sufficient quantity.
The Contractor shall make his own arrangements for quarrying and transport of sand from
the quarries to the work site. Haul roads to the quarries shall also be constructed and
maintained by the Contractor at his own cost.
All the cost of transport of sand shall be borne by the contractor and no claims on this
account will be entertained.
Use of crushed sand conforming to the required gradation and specifications may be
permitted by the Engineer-in-charge on written request.
14.4 Procurement, storage and maintaining cement store account:
14.4.1 43 grade PPC/OPC cement shall be used for this work unless otherwise specified
by Engineer-in-charge. The cement shall conform to I.S. 269-1989 and subsequent
revisions for Portland cement and I.S.1489-1991 and subsequent revisions for Pozollona
Cement & IS 8112-2013 for OPC cement.

110
14.4.2 All cement required for the work under this contract shall be procured, well in
advance by the contractor in polythene bags as received from the cement factories.
In case, where batching plant is used, the procurement of cement through silo will be
permitted if requested by contractor to Engineer-in-charge.
14.4.3 The contractor shall produce proof of purchase of cement from the cement
factories. The purchase bill supported by Delivery Challan and Excise Gate Pass which
shall constitute adequate proof of purchase and shall be enclosed with the Running Account
bills of work in which said cement is consumed.
14.4.4 Cement shall be stored in such a way as to allow the removal and use of cement
in chronological order of receipt i.e. first received being first used.
14.4.5 Cement shall be kept in a store under double locking arrangement (one key be
operated by contractor and second key be operated by the authorized person of
Corporation) so that it can be taken out or fresh stock admitted with the knowledge of
supervising staff of the Corporation. The watch and ward of the cement stores shall be the
responsibility of the contractor.
14.4.6 The account of receipt and issue of cement from store shall be maintained by the
contractor in PWD Form No. 31 Stock Ledger and PWD Form No. 24 (Bin Cards). Stock
quantity shown in ledger and bin cards should match with physical quantity in store. The
stock account and physical quantity in store will be verified by Engineer-in-charge at any
time. The surplus quantity found will be treated as less use in work and shortage quantity
will be treated as less purchase. Such excess or shortage quantity found will be recovered
from next bill of work. Further the work executed with less use of such cement quantity will
be rejected and not paid for if does not fit into the standard cement consumption.
14.4.7 Daily cement consumption report:

Contractor shall maintain daily cement consumption account for each item in format as
directed by Engineer-in-charge. The daily quantity executed for all the items executed and
cement consumed shall tally with the daily cement issued from store. The report of daily
cement consumed, quantity executed shall be maintained by contractor on site and copy
signed by the site engineer of the Corporation shall be submitted to Engineer-in-charge. The
abstract of item wise daily cement consumption and quantity executed shall be enclosed
with bills by the contractor, which will form basis of payment of bills.
14.4.8 The empty bags shall be returned to Engineer-in-charge who will arrange to
maintain the account of empty bags.
14.5 STEEL
Structural steel used for fabrication of gates etc shall comfom to IS 2062-1992 and
subsequent revisions H.Y.S.D. steel to be used in R.C.C. shall confirm to I.S. 1786-1985
mild steel shall be conforming to I.S. 432--1982. TMT-500 steel shall be acceptable in lieu of

111
H.Y.S.D. however; no extra charges will be paid for the same. This shall conform to IS 456-
2000. Steel of steel authority of India shall be preferably used.
14.6 No extra lead charges for material shall be paid on any grounds.
14.7 ADVANCES ON CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS
For imperishable materials brought on site by the Contractor and meant to be incorporated
or consumed in work, secured advance at 75 percent (Seventy five percent) of the cost as
assessed by the Engineer-in-charge shall be paid provided that such materials are not in
excess of the requirement of the work. The Contractor shall furnish indenture bond for the
amount of the advance in the form prescribed by Corporation for the same. The recovery of
such advances shall be made from each succeeding work bill, at the rates the material have
been consumed in the relevant finished item.
15. Quality Assurance And Testing
15.1 Specification
It is the responsibility of the contractor to assure the desired quality of work. Whenever the
testing of construction materials are required as per the detailed specifications or otherwise
required by the Engineer-in-Charge, the same shall be carried out at the laboratory, selected
by the Engineer-in-Charge at Contractor's cost. The other field tests of mortar, concrete,
colgrout etc. shall be carried out as per specification in field laboratory set up by the
contractor in presence of quality control representative. Contractor shall assure the quality of
work.
In Addition to field test carried out by contractor in his laboratory, surprise test will be carried
out by Q.C.C. wing as directed by Engineer-in-charge and as per Q.C.C. direction for which
charges will be bourn by contractor.
The materials, mixes and any other arrangements, including labourers, shall be supplied by
the contractor to the Corporation at contractor's cost. The samples for testing shall be taken
in the presence of Engineer-in-Charge or his representative present on site.
The contractor or his authorized representative shall have a free access in these
laboratories, to get himself satisfied about procedures of testing etc. Even if the contractor or
his representative fails to remain present while collecting samples or testing the results will
be considered as authentic and binding on the contractor.
16. Hire of Construction Equipments:
Construction equipment owned by the Corporation, if available and can be given on hire
conveniently, will be made available on specific request, to the contractor at rates that will be
prescribed by Corporation from time to time. Supervision charges will also be levied as

112
prescribed by the Corporation from time to time. The contractor shall execute the agreement
bond as prescribed by the Corporation, and shall agree to the specific rates of hire and
supervision charges in force on the day of transaction in writing before machinery is taken
out of the Corporation's yard by him. The contractor shall pay irrevocable bank guarantee for
the value equal to 25% of the cost of similar new machinery for a period equal to period of
hire plus three months. Some such items of equipment are indicated below:
Rented Equipments
I. Tanker
II. Diesel road rollers
III. Tippers
IV. Dozers
V. Loaders
VI. Seismopactors.
The machinery shall be entirely in the custody of the Corporation. It shall be issued to the
contractor at the yard where they are stationed. The machinery will not be allowed to leave
the work area on any account. All machineries so hired will be entirely operated and
maintained by the Corporation in consideration of the hire charges to be paid by the
contractor. If any equipment is to be used in excess of 8 (eight) hours per day, permission of
the Engineer-in-charge shall be obtained in advance.
Reckoning of working hours will start from the time the machinery leaves Corporation yard,
where it has to return to it daily, and in other cases, when the machinery actually starts
working. Closing time of working will be when it returns to the Corporation yard or actually
ceases working for the day, respectively.
Log books shall be maintained by the Engineer in charge or his authorized representative for
each piece of equipment in the form laid down by the Engineer in charge. The Contractor or
his duly authorized agent shall verify and sign in the log book or on the machinery duly slip in
lieu thereof, daily. If the contractor's representative fails to sign the log book, the entries
made by the Corporations representative shall be binding on the contractor. Any complaint
or representation regarding the recorded working hours must be submitted in writing within
24 (twenty four) hours of the close of the shift. The Engineer's in charge decision regarding
such disputes pertaining to working hour shall be final and binding on the Contractor.
Complaints or representations made after lapse of 24 (twenty four) hours limit shall not be
considered. The log books shall form the basis for raising debits against the Contractor.
All expenses in respect of oil, fuel, grease, cotton waste etc. shall be borne by the
Corporation. Crew for operating the equipment shall be provided by the Corporation.
All minor and major repairs shall be carried out by the Corporation, to keep the equipment in
working condition. However, in case of any breakage, damages, slips etc. which may occur
due to the negligence of contractor's labour, equipment or staff or by reason, for which
Corporation personnel are not responsible, the cost of such damages shall be recovered
from the contractor. The decision regarding fixing of responsibility for any damages shall rest
with the Engineer-in-charge and decision given by him shall be binding on the Contractor.

113
Equipment shall be given on hire only when these can be spared. No claim on account of
sickness or non availability of machinery shall be entertained.
In case of damage to the equipment during haulage to site of work from Corporation stores
or servicing yard, full cost of repairs shall be recovered from the contractor when damage is
due to handling. That damage to trucks/tippers due to bad haulage roads will also be
recovered from the contractor. Decision of the Engineer-in-charge regarding the repairs and
cause of damage shall be final and binding on the contractor.
A truck, tipper, tanker and any other equipment may be hired for a single day at a time and
the minimum charges to be levied will be 8 (eight) hours plus mileage or for 8 (eight) hours
when mileage is not applicable.
Compressor and concrete mixers shall not be hired for less than a day time and minimum
charges for hire will be that for four hours per day. Crusher shall not be hired for a period
less than a month, at a time. The minimum charges for hire will be those for 25 (twenty five)
days and 8 (eight) hours per day.
17. Bills and Payments
1) One running bill in a month is permitted. The bill shall be submitted by the contractor
on or before the date fixed by Engineer-in-charge. Payment of this bill shall be
effected as stated in Clause 10 of B-1 form. Non-submission of the bills on the
scheduled dates will absolve the Corporation of the liability to make payment.
2) The format of running bill on which the bills are to be submitted by the contractor will
be supplied to the contractor by the Corporation. Printed copies of the bill forms as
per this format shall be arranged by the contractor at his cost. The bills in five copies
shall be submitted to the concerned Deputy Engineer, in the standard proforma only.
3) The final bill shall be submitted within one month of the date of issue of completion
certificate. The final bill shall be paid as per the availability of funds.
4) Payment of Bills shall be made subject to the availability of funds. No claims shall be
entertained for any delay in payment of bills.
18. Security Deposit
The security deposit accumulated from deductions from the running account bills may from
time to time and at any time, on application by and at the cost of the Contractor, be
converted into interest bearing Corporation securities, approved by and in the name of the
Corporation. Should the market value of the securities fall, for any reason whatsoever below
that specified, the contractor shall make good the same in cash or as may otherwise be
acceptable whenever called upon to do so or to replace the security by other acceptable to
the Engineer-in-charge.
The contractor shall bear all charges for commission and brokerage incidental to the
purchases, safe custody, withdrawal and collection of interest on these securities.
19. No Interest on money due to the contractor:
No omission by the Engineer to pay the amount due upon measurements or otherwise shall

114
vitiate or make void the contract nor shall the contractor be entitled to interest on any
guarantee bond or payment neither in arrears nor on any balance which may on the final
settlement of his account be found due to him.
20. Other Contractor for the work:
Corporation has the right to split-up the project work detailed in the Work and Site
Conditions, into distinct items and this contract shall apply only of those items which shall
have been specified in this contract.
Should Corporation enter into other contractors for specified items of the project work, each
contractor shall cooperate with others to the fullest extent and shall allow others every facility
and co-operation for execution of their works simultaneously, and satisfactorily, as intended
in the designs, specifications and drawings.
Should there be a dispute or disagreement between the contractors for any cause
whatsoever, the same shall be referred to the Engineer-in-charge whose decision regarding
the co-ordination, co-operation and facilities to be provided by any of the contractors to
others shall be final and binding on all parties and such a decision or decisions shall not
vitiate any contract nor absolve the contractor of his responsibilities under the contract nor
form the grounds for any claim of compensation.
21. Contract document and matters to be treated as confidential :
All documents, correspondence, decision and other matters concerning .the contract shall be
considered as of confidential and restricted nature by the contractor and he shall not divulge
them to any unauthorized person.
22. Access to the Contractor's Books:
Whenever it is considered necessary to the Engineer-in-charge to ascertain the actual cost
of execution of any particular item of work or supply of plant or material he shall direct the
Contractor to produce the relevant documents, such as pay-rolls, records or personnel,
invoices of materials and any/all other data and documents relevant to the item or necessary
to determine its cost etc. and the contractor shall when so required furnish information to the
aforesaid items in the mode and manner that may be specified.
23. Breach on part of Corporation not to Annual contract.
No breach or non-observation on the part of Corporation of any of the conditions contained
herein shall annual this contract or discharge the contractor from the observance and
performance thereof, but on application to the Engineer-in-charge, an extension of time may
be given to the Contractor in respect of such breach or nonobservance by the Corporation,
which shall be governed by Clause 6 of B-1 form.
The Contractor shall not, however, be entitled to consideration or any extension of time for
any item of the work unless the contractor shall have made an application in writing to the
Engineer-in-charge within one month of the arising of the cause needing such extension, but
the Engineer-in-charge may at his discretion, which shall be conclusive, waive the condition
regarding this period of one month.

115
24. Local Laws

All local laws in force at the time of entering into the contract and those enacted thereafter
shall be binding on the Contractor and he shall abide by the same.
All import and excise duties, sales tax, local panchayat tax and other taxes shall be borne by
the Contractor and they shall be deemed to have been covered by his quoted tender rates,
except that the contractor shall not be liable to any land tax for the land handed over to him
for the operation in connection with this contract or for his colony or appurtenant works
constructed by him for the purpose of this contract.
The contractor shall also be liable to all relevant provisions of the Indian Income Tax Act and
other Tax laws and labour laws which may be applicable to him from time to time.
The contractor shall protect and indemnify Corporation against all claims or liabilities arising
from or based on the violation of such laws, ordinances, and regulations, by laws by him or
his employee.
25. Personnel of the Contractor:

The Contractor shall, at all times, maintain on the work, a staff of duly qualified engineers
and supervisors of sufficient experience of similar other jobs, to assure that the quality of
work turned out shall be as intended in the specifications. The Contractor shall also maintain
at the work, a Works Manager of sufficient status, experience and office, and duly authorize
him to deal with all aspects of the day to day work. All communications to and commitments
by this Works Manager shall be absolutely binding on the Contractor.
The Contractor shall supply to the Engineer-in-charge details of names, qualifications and
experience in regards to all supervisory staff employed by the Contractor and notify changes
when made, and satisfy the Engineer-in-charge regarding the quality and sufficiency of staff
thus employed.
The Engineer-in-charge will have the unquestionable right to ask for changes in the quality
and number of contractor's staff. The contractor shall on the written directives of the
Engineer-in-charge, remove from the works any person employed thereon, who may in the
opinion of the Engineer-in-charge be incompetent or has misconduct himself. Such person
shall not be employed again on the work, without the written permission of the Engineer-in-
charge.
26. Death, Bankruptcy etc. :
If the contractor shall die or commit any act of bankruptcy or being a corporation,
commences winding up except for reconstruction purposes or carryon its business under a
receiver, the executors, successors or other representatives in law of the contractor or any
such receiver, liquidator or any person whom the Corporation and shall for one month,
during which he shall take all reasonable steps to prevent a stoppage of work, have the
option of carrying out this contract subject to his or their providing such guarantee as may be
required by the Corporation, but not exceeding value of the work for the time being
remaining unexecuted.

116
In the event of stoppage of work, the period of the option under this clause shall be fourteen
days only. Should the above option be not exercised, the contract may be terminated by
Corporation, by a notice in writing to Contractor or his successor. The power and provision
reserved to Corporation in this contract of taking of the work out of the Contractor's hand
shall immediately become operative. Copy of such notice shall be pasted on work site and
advertised in newspaper.
27. Notices, How to be given:
Where any legal or other notice or any other document or any other direction is to be given
to or served upon the Contractor, it shall be deemed to be duly given or served, if it shall
have been either delivered to him personally or to his recognized agent or Works Manager
(including in the case of company, the Secretary of such Company) or delivered at or sent
through the post, addressed to the last known place of business, or abode of the Contractor,
a notice or other documents which shall be so given to or so served on anyone of the
partners in such firms, shall be deemed to have been given or served on all of them.
27A. Work Order Book:
The contractor shall maintain bound work order book at work site as the Engineer-in-charge
may direct. This work order book shall have machine numbered pages in triplicate. The
contractor shall make them available to the Engineer-in-charge or his representative,
whenever called for.
Executive Engineeror his representative may record order about works, in this book, leaving
the original copy in the book and removing the second and third copy with him. The
contractor or his authorized representative, shall also sign this work order, in token of it's
acceptance.
All orders recorded in these work order book, shall be deemed to have been served on the
contractor. On completion of the work all the work order books may be handed over to the
Executive Engineer.
In the event of refusal of the Contractor's representative on the spot to sign the work order
book, Engineer-in-charge shall take the necessary further steps in respect of further
communication and control, modification or stoppage of work as deemed fit at the entire
responsibility of the contractor.
28. Passing of Foundation etc. :
After the completion of the work of excavation, the same will be checked and passed by the
Executive Engineer. No masonry or concrete or back filling shall be laid unless the
foundation is so passed. No concreting shall commence unless the centering and the
reinforcement is checked and passed by the Engineer-in-charge.
29. Reference to Standard Specification:
The specifications of the work as enclosed with this contract document are drawn with a
specific reference to site conditions and do not every where include the details of the
standard tests and procedures which are already laid down and available in the current
Indian Standard Specification. Wherever such details are not specified in this contract, the

117
provision under current Indian Standard Specifications and/or the Standard Specifications
(1970) of the Government of Maharashtra shall be deemed to be applicable.
30. Communications and Notices by Contractors:
All communications and/or notices pertaining to work and concerning matters, such as
passing and approving of foundation, reinforcement and framework, measurements, mark
outs etc. shall not be addressed by the Contractor to an officer below the rank of Sub-
Divisional Officer. All such notices communications etc. shall be addressed in good time so
as not to hold up the work.
31. Non-Compliance of Contract Conditions:
If the contractor shall neglect or fail to proceed with the works, with due diligence or he
violates any of the provisions of the contract, the Engineer-in-charge may give notice to the
contractor, identifying deficiencies in performance and demanding corrective action. The
Engineer-in-charge, shall also clearly state in the notice the nature of action that shall be
taken, if contractor fails to fulfill by necessary corrective action.
Depending on nature of default the Engineer-in-charge at his discretion, shall have two
options, regarding action to be taken in case of default by contractor. He shall withhold any
of the payments due to the contractor or shall terminate the contract in whole or in part. But
Engineer-in-charge shall, clearly mention in his notice, the action that shall be taken if the
contractor fails to take the corrective action. The period of 14 days shall be given to the
contractor to take such corrective action after the issue of such notice.
No claims for compensation of any sort, from contractor will be entertained for withholding
the bills indefinitely till specified requirements are complied with by the contractor. After the
issue of the notice about default by the contractor, the contractor shall not remove, from the
site any plant, equipment and materials. The Corporation shall have a lien on all such plants,
equipments and materials, from the date of such notice, till deficiencies have been corrected.
32. Extra items:
Extra items of work shall not vitiate the contract. The contractor shall be bound to execute
extra items of work as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The rates for extra items will be
governed by the provisions of clause 14 and 30 of conditions of contract. However no extra
items can be started without prior written permission from the Engineer-in-charge.
33. Price Variation Clause: PWD circular no. Sankirn 2017/CR 121/Part II/Bid of 2
mantralaya Mumbai dt 23.10.17
As per Govt. of Maharashtra PWD circular no. sankirn-2017/CR 121/Part-
II/Bldg-2 dated 23.10.2017 modified price variation clause as below is incorporated the
maximum amount due to price variation will be restricted to 5 % of the accepted
contract value excluding the compensation payable for materials (bitumen, steel and
cement) which have been directly given difference in purchases price and star rate.
The difference between purchase of price of contractor and star rate shall be
recoverable from the contractor or payable to the contractor.
Contract price shall be adjusted for increase or decrease in rates and price of
labour, materials, fuels and lubricants excluding bitumen, cement and steel in accordance

118
with the following principles and procedures and as per formula given in the contract data.
The price variation clause to be included shall be read as follows: (a) The price adjustment
shall apply for the work done from the start date given in the contract data upto end of the
initial intended completion date or extensions granted by the Engineer and shall not apply to
the work carried out beyond the stipulated time for reasons attributable to the contractor. (b)
The price adjustment shall be determined during each month from the formula given in the
contract data. (c) Following expressions and meanings are assigned to the work done during
each month:
R = Total value of work done during the month. It would include the amount of
secured advance granted, if any, during the month, less the amount of secured advance
recovered, if any during the month. It will exclude value for works executed under variations
for which price adjustment will be worked separately based on the terms mutually agreed.
To the extent that full compensation for any rise or fall in costs to the contractor is
not covered by the provisions of this or other clauses in the contract, the unit rates and
prices included in the contract shall be deemed to include amounts to cover the contingency
of such other rise or fall in costs.
The formula (e) for adjustment of prices are: R = Value of work
Adjustment for labour component
(i) Price adjustment for increase or decrease in the cost due to labour shall be paid in
accordance with the following formula:
(ii) VL= 0.85 x P1/lOO x R x (LI- Lo )/Lo
(iii) VL= increase or decrease in the cost of work during the month under
consideration due to changes in rates for local labour.
(iv) Lo= the consumer price index for industrial workers for the State on 28 days
preceding the date of opening of Bids as published by Labour Bureau, Ministry of
Labour, Government of India.
(v) LI= The consumer price index for industrial workers for the State for the under
consideration as published by Labour Bureau, Ministry of Labour, Government of
India.
(vi) PI= Percentage of labour component of the work.
Adjustment of POL (fuel and lubricant) component

(v) Price adjustment for increase or decrease in cost of POL (fuel and lubricant) shall be
paid in accordance with the following formula:
Vf = 0.85 x P/100 x R x (Fi – Fo)/Fo
Vf = Increase or decrease in the cost of work during the month under consideration due
to changes in rates for fuel and lubricants. Fo = The official retail price of High Speed
Diesel (HSD) at the existing consumer pumps of IOC at nearest center on the day 28
days prior to the date of opening of Bids. F, = The official retail price of HSD at the
existing consumer pumps of IOC at nearest center for the 15th day of month of the under
consideration. Government Circular No.: Sankirn-2017/C.R.121/Part II/Bldg.2 Page 7 of
7 P, = Percentage of fuel and lubricants component of the work. Note: For the application
of this clause, the price of High Speed Diesel oil has been chosen to represent fuel and
lubricants group.
Adjustment of Other materials Component (Excluding bitumen, steel and cement )
(vii) Price adjustment for increase or decrease in cost of local materials other than
cement, steel, bitumen and POL procured by the contractor shall be paid in accordance
with the following formula:
Vm = 0.85 x Pm /100 x R x (MI - M0 )/M0

119
Vm= Increase or decrease in the cost of work during the month under consideration due
to changes in rates for local materials other than cement, steel, bitumen and POL.
M,= The all India wholesale price index (all commodities) on 28 days preceding the date
of opening of Bids, as published by the Ministry of Industrial Development, Government
of India, New Delhi.
M, = The all India wholesale price index (all commodities) for the month under
consideration as published by Ministry of Industrial Development, Government of India,
New Delhi.
Pm= Percentage of local material component (other than cement, steel, bitumen and
POL of the work.
34. ELECTRIC POWER
Electric power, if required shall be arranged by the contractor at his own efforts and cost and
he shall have to make his own arrangements for laying, installation, maintaining the power
lines etc. He should observe all requirements of the Indian Electricity Act. 1910, 1948 Indian
Electricity Rules 1956, and rules in existence and framed from time, failure to which
Corporation accepts no responsibility for any damage, injury or compensation. Further, the
contractor shall make local enquires regarding Load – shading hours in the area. And shall
make standby arrangement of diesel generator at his own cost.
35. Co-ordination with other contractors
The contractors should note that there will be other agencies including the Corporation,
working in the same area for works other than included in this contract. The contractor shall
co-operate with these agencies to the fullest extent and shall allow them reasonable facility
and co-ordination for execution of works, simultaneously and satisfactorily as intended in the
contract conditions, specifications and drawings. Agencies, for any cause whatsoever, the
same shall be referred to the Engineer-in-charge whose decision regarding co-ordination
and facilities to be provided by all the contractors to others shall be final and binding on all
parties and such decision shall not vitiate any contract or absolve the contractor of his
responsibility under the contract, and shall not form ground for any claim or compensation.
36. Undertaking under contract labour Act

The contractor shall furnish the undertaking towards implementation of Contract Labour Act
as given in Appendix ‘F’.
37. Digital Photographic Record:

The contractor shall maintain digital photographic record of all components of the work
showing monthly progress of work. The digital photographic record (C.D. / Pen Drive) shall
be submitted in five sets to the Engineer-in-charge. The photographic record should include
date and time. The expenses on this account shall be deemed to be included in contract
price.
38. Fencing, Lighting & Ventilation

a) The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper lighting, fencing, guarding and

120
necessary health and safety measures while executing all works under this contract and for
proper provision of temporary roadways, guards, foot-ways, fences, caution notices, etc. as
far as the same may be rendered necessary by reasons of the work, for the accommodation
of workmen, foot passengers or other traffic and of owners and occupiers of adjacent
property and of the public and shall remain responsible for any accidents that may occur on
account of his failure to take proper and timely precaution.
b) Maintenance of Services.
After all the work under this contract is completed and accepted as such, in case the
Engineer-in-charge so directs, the contractor shall maintain the lighting, ventilation,
communication facilities etc. up to a date determined by the Engineer-in-charge, but not
longer than for a period of twelve months. All reasonable charges for such maintenance
otherwise not required by the contractor for his purposes under the contract will be borne by
the Corporation. As regards the reasonableness of such charges, the decision of the
Engineer-in-charge shall be final and binding on the Contractor.
39. Liability for accidents to Persons.

It shall be contractor's responsibility to protect against accidents on the work site. He shall
indemnify the Corporation against any claims for damage to the property, injury to workers or
any other persons, deaths etc.
On the occurrence of an accident resulting in death or which is so serious as to be likely to
result in death, the contractor shall within 24 hours, report in writing to the Engineer-in-
charge, the facts stating clearly about the circumstances in which accident has occurred and
the subsequent action taken. Other minor accidents causing minor injuries and loss to
property should be communicated in writing, promptly to the Engineer-in-charge. In all cases
the contractor shall indemnify the Corporation against all losses or damage resulting directly
or indirectly from the contractor's failure to report in the manner aforesaid or otherwise
arising from such occurrences. This includes penalties or fines, if any, payable by the
Corporation as a consequence of failure to give notice under Workmen's Compensation Act
or failure to conform to the provisions of the said Act in regard to such accidents.
In the event of accident in respect of which compensation may become payable under the
Workmen's Compensation Act, VIII, of 1923 including all subsequent modifications thereof,
Engineer-in-charge may retain the sums of money as may in the opinion of Engineer-in-
charge be sufficient to meet such liability out of the amounts payable to the contractor.
These sums shall be recovered from the immediate payment due to the contractor in one
installment or in more than one installments. The decision of the Engineer-in-charge
regarding this shall be final and binding on the contractor. On receipt of awards from the
Labour Commissioner, the balance amount shall be reimbursed to or re-covered from the
contractor.
It should be noted that though the Corporation is a Principal employer, the complete
responsibility of compensation shall be on the contractor.
40. The contractor to supply and be responsible for the sufficiency of the means
employed.

121
The contractor shall supply and take upon himself the entire responsibility of the sufficiency
of the scaffolding, timbering, machinery, tools, implements and generally of all the means
irrespective of whether such means may or may not have been approved of or
recommended by the Engineer-in-charge and the contractor must accept and discharge all
risks of accidents or damages from whatever cause they may arise, until the completion of
this contract.
41. Covering of work:
The contractor shall give not less than seven days notice in writing to the Engineer-in-charge
of the work which is proposed to be covered up or placed beyond the reach of
measurements so that the measurements may be taken before the work is covered up or
placed beyond the reach of measurements. No work shall be covered up or placed beyond
the reach of measurements, before ensuring that the measurements of work to be covered
up are recorded. Any work covered up or placed beyond the reach of measurements without
such notice having been given and consent obtained, the same shall be uncovered at the
contractor's expenses and in default thereof no payment or allowance shall be made for
such work or for materials with which the same was executed.
42. Quantities of work :
The quantities of work under the various items in the Schedule 'B', Schedule of
quantities and bid rates as estimated by the Corporation, have been provided as could be
reasonably anticipated and should be taken as indicative only. The amount of work will
depend upon the actual conditions that will be encountered in the construction and the
results of detailed designs which will continue to be refined as more field data and
information comes to hand. If the work is started by the Corporation, the quantities put to
tender shall be reduced to the extent the work is done by the Corporation up to the date of
starting the work by the contractor. No claims due to reduction in quantity on this account will
be entertained.
43 Accuracy of lines, levels and Grades.
Setting out :
a) The contractor shall be responsible for the true and proper setting out of the work and for
the correctness of the position, levels, dimension and alignment of all parts of the work and
for the provisions of all necessary instruments, appliances and labour in connection
with this.
a) For the purpose of setting out, one permanent bench mark shall be established by
the wrd near the site, the value of which shall be given to the contractor by the Engineer– in-
charge on demand by the contractor. Similarly the reference line in the form of centre line of
junction wall and of some other components, if found necessary by Engineer-in-charge for
complete setting out of the structure shall be given. All the setting out shall be with reference
to this bench mark and reference line.
b) If at any time during the progress of works the error shall appear or arise in the
position, level, dimension or alignment of any part of the work, the contractor shall
rectify such error to the satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge without any extra cost
to the WRD
c) The periodical checking of these by the Corporation staff shall not absolve the

122
contractor of his responsibility regarding accuracy. In case of deviation, the

contractor shall make good to the discrepancy at his own cost and without any
compensation for the additional work involved. Wherever such discrepancies, if
any are found to arise between the work of different contractors at the junction of
their works, the relative liability to set right their respective discrepancies shall be
fixed by the Engineer-in-charge whose decision shall be final and binding on the
contractors concerned. The Engineer-in-charge shall further have the
unquestioned right to rectify the discrepancies and recover the costs from the
contractor or contractors according to proportions as he may consider
reasonable.
d) It is the responsibility of contractor to preserve the bench mark and the reference
points established for setting out.
44, Excavated Material.
All the materials available from excavation will be the property of Corporation and shall be
disposed off only as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The materials of approved quality
available from the excavation including that carried out by the Corporation may be used by
the contractor in the items of works included in Schedule 'B' or for ancillary or preparatory
work, free of cost. Prior approval of Engineer-in-charge for such use shall, however, be
taken. The Contractor shall make proper arrangements for sorting out and stacking material
of approved quality that he proposes to use as aforesaid. The Corporation will be free to
make use other materials not required or not likely to be required for use by the contractor as
will be determined by the Engineer-in-charge.
The excavated material not to be used by the contractor as above or stacked for his use, but
remaining unused at site after completion of works, shall be disposed off by the contractor at
his own cost in a manner and at place shown in the drawings or as and where the Engineer-
in-charge may direct. The contractor should utilize material available from excavated stuff for
backfilling.
45. Safety Measures:

The Contractor shall arrange for the safety in his operations as required including the
provisions in the safety manual published by the Central Water and Power Commission,
New Delhi. (Jan, 1962 Ed.) In case the contractor fails to make such arrangements the
Engineer-in-charge shall be entitled to cause them to be provided and to recover the cost
thereof from the contractor. The following are some of the measures listed, but the same are
not exhaustive and the contractor shall add to and suggest improvement to these
precautions on his own where necessary and should comply with the directions issued by
the Engineer-in-charge in this behalf from time to time and at all times.
Providing protective head guards to workers in the works like deep excavation to protect
them against fall of overburden materials.
Getting the workers in such jobs periodically examined for chest trouble due to too much
breathing in fine dust.

123
Taking such normal precaution like fencing and lighting to excavations or trenches, not
allowing nails or metal parts or useless timber spread around, marking danger area for
blasting, whistles etc.
Providing sufficient suitable and safe accesses to all works spots including ladders,
gangways, platforms, etc. avoiding naked wires, etc. such would electrocute the worker.
Taking necessary steps towards training the workers concerned on the use of machinery
before they are allowed to handle them independently and taking all necessary precautions
in and around areas where machines hoists and similar units are working.
46. Maintenance:
After the works are completed in all respects in accordance with the contract conditions, a
completion certificate will be issued by the Engineer-in-charge.
From the date of issue of the completion certificate, till the expiry of Thirty Six calendar
months, the contractor shall be liable for the replacement of any part of plant or work found
to be defective for the causes arising from faulty materials of workmanship or other causes,
for making good any damage arising therefrom.
47. Sundays and Holidays :

No work shall be done on weekly local holidays or on other Government holidays duly
gazetted or on holidays observed by local usage without the prior sanction of the Engineer-
in-charge. Withholding of such sanction shall not form any grounds for compensation of time
limit.
If on the other hand, the Engineer-in-charge directs that the work shall be proceeded with on
days and during hours otherwise not permissible under this contract, the contractor shall
proceed with the works as directed, without, in any way violating this contract or forming any
grounds for compensation or claim.
The Contractor shall, in his dealing with labour at all times during the period of this
contract, have due regard to local festivals, religious and other customs and all relevant
laws.
48. Bank Guarantee :

Bank guarantee shall be given on the stamp paper of Rs. 100/- in the form prescribed by the
Corporation (Appendix-B, section vii). The bank guarantees shall be valid for the entire
period of contract, including defect liability period. It will be the responsibility of the contractor
to get validity of Bank Guarantee extended at least 36 month prior to expiry date from time to
time, failing which the Bank Guarantees shall be en-cashed by the Corporation one month
before expiry date of Bank guarantees and cash accrued will be at the disposal of the
Corporation, without interest.
49. Handing over of work:
All the work and materials, before finally taken over by the Corporation will be the entire
liability of the contractor for guarding, maintaining and making good any damages of any

124
magnitude. Interim payments made for such work will not alter this position. The handing
over by the contractor and taking over by the Executive Engineer or his authorised
representative will be always in writing of which copies will go to the Executive Engineer or
his authorized representative and the contractor. It is, however, understood that before
taking over such work, the Corporation will not put it into regular use as distinct from casual
or incidental one, except as specifically mentioned elsewhere or as mutually agreed to.
50. Instrumentation:
In case, it is proposed to have any instrumentation, in work, the instruments and their
accessories will be procured and installed by the Corporation as per programme framed by
the Engineer-in-charge. Care should be taken by the contractor to protect these instruments
as well as their connections during various constructions operations. The Contractor shall
also extend all facilities for installation and observation of these instruments. All the
operations required for facilitating the installation of the instruments shall stand included in
the relevant items of tender. No claim, however shall be entertained due to any delay or
obstruction that might be created due to installation or observation.
51. Inspection of Works:

The Engineer in charge or his duly authorised representative shall have at all times full
power to inspect the work, whenever in progress either on the site, in the contractor's
premises or the work site. Further, contractor shall not without written authorization, permit
entry on site of work of any person except authorised representative of the Corporation or
the Engineer or the Contractor's staff and labour directly engaged on and in connection with
the work . The contractor shall, at his cost, provide all necessary facilities for proper
inspection and supervision of the work gangways, platforms, scaffoldings and ladders, etc. of
suitable dimensions and sufficiently strong at appropriate locations and all accesses to
passage etc. shall be well lighted and maintained in good order. The Engineer in charge
decision about the sufficiency and adequacy thereof shall be final.
The contractor shall, during working hours, maintain supervisors of sufficient training and
experience to supervise various items and operations of the work and the said supervisors
shall remain present during inspections of the Engineer in charge. All orders and directions
given to such supervisors or other staff of the contractor shall be deemed to have been given
to the contractor directly. Further the Engineer may, by due notice to the contractor, to
remain present on any specified inspection and the contractor shall comply with such
directions.
52. Opening out works:
Should the Engineer consider, if necessary, in order to satisfy himself as to the quality of
work the contractor shall at any time during the continuance of the contract pull down or cut
into any part of the work, and make such openings into and to such an extent through the
same as the Engineer in charge may direct and the contractor shall make good the same at
his cost and to the satisfaction of the Engineer in charge.
53. Removal of imperfect work:

125
If it shall appear, that the work has been executed with unsound, imperfect or of an inferior
quality or otherwise not in accordance with the contract documents, the contractor shall at
his own cost rectify, reform, remove or reconstruct the same.
54. Jurisdiction of court for disputes:
Disputes, if any, arising out of this contract shall be subject to the jurisdiction of the Nagpur
Bench of High Court of Mumbai.
55. Mode of payment of the quantities of excavation, masonry and concrete
items executed in excess of 125%. DELETED
Clause No. 38 of B-1 Tender Form pertains to payment of quantities of different items of
Schedule 'B' in excess of 125% of the tendered quantities. It is to be clarified that in the case
of items of excavation in soft strata and hard strata, in the present Tender, this clause will
become applicable only if the total quantity of excavation (i.e. quantity executed in excess of
125% of total i.e. quantity given in schedule 'B' of excavation in soft strata plus quantity
given for excavation in hard strata) exceeds 125% during execution. For payment of quantity
executed in excess of 125% of total quantity of excavation following procedure will apply.
Case 1 : Where quantity of excavation executed, exceeds 125% of total of tendered quantity
of items of excavation in soft strata and in hard strata, but quantity executed of anyone of the
individual items is less than or equal to the. tendered quantity for that item. All the excess
quantity beyond 125% of total tendered quantity in items .of excavation in soft strata and
hard strata; taken together, will be paid by revising the rate of only that item where excess
has occurred.
Case 2 : Where total quantity of excavation executed for both items (excavation in soft strata
and hard strata) exceeds 125% of the total tendered quantity of items of excavation, quantity
in excess of 125% of total tendered quantity will be distributed in the
Ratio of = Executed quantity of individual item of excavation.
Total executed quantity of items of excavation in soft strata and hard strata
and will be paid by revising the rate of individual item as per clause 38(2), subject to the
provision that the revision of rate will be applicable only for the quantity of individual item
executed beyond the tendered quantity.
In case of executed quantity is less than 75% of the total quantity of excavation in soft strata
and hard strata, these will be treated on similar lines as in case (1) and (2) above.
Case 3 : Where total quantity of all masonry items taken together exceeds 125% of the total
tendered quantities of all masonry items, quantity in excess of 125% of total tendered
quantity will be distributed in the
Ratio of = executed quantity of individual item of masonry.
Total executed quantity of all masonry items taken together
and will be paid by revising the rate of individual item as per clause 38 (2), subject to the
In case of executed quantity is less than 75% of the total quantity of all masonry items taken

126
together, these will be treated on similar lines as in case (1) and (2) above.
Case 4 : Where total quantity of all concrete items taken together exceeds 125% of the total
tendered quantities of all concrete items, quantity in excess of 125% of total tendered
quantity will be distributed in the
Ratio of= Executed quantity of individual item of concrete.

Total executed quantity of all concrete items taken together
and will be paid by revising the rate of individual item as per clause 38(2), subject to the
In case of executed quantity is less than 75% of the total quantity of all concrete items taken
together, these will be treated on similar lines as in case (1) and (2) above. For payment of
quantities in excess of 125% of tendered quantity for items other than excavation, masonry
and concrete items, provision of clause 38(2) & (B) of B-1 Tender Form will be applicable.
56. Mode of payment of excavation quantities in running bill and final bill.
Payment of work done under Items of excavation in soft strata and hard strata will be made
at 90% of the contract rate in R.A. Bills for all excavated quantities till the final designed
cross section of component as decided by the Engineer-in-charge is reached. The
component cross section as per design shall be deemed to have been reached only if no
work remains to be executed between the two adjacent cross sections. 100% of payment at
contract rate in R.A. Bills may be released only after the work of excavation is completed
between two adjacent cross sections.
56 (A): In case of agreement for the "Construction of Earth work & structures on canal “ the
following provisions shall apply.
i) If the contractor has not achieved the targets as per physical programme on all
items of work particularly with reference to, the structures on canals, where the progress on
structures has not been hampered for want of land, detailed design, or any other difficulties
(which the contractor has pointed out beforehand & duly acknowledged by the Engineer-in-
charge) twenty percent (20%) deduction shall be effected from the payment of items of earth
work in the running bills, till the contractor achieves the desired progress on the works of
structures and the payment so deducted will be released depending upon the progress on
work of structures as detailed below. The total deduction (20% of earth work) so made will
be restricted to 10% of the estimated cost of work as shown in the tender.
Sr.No Progress on Structures Amount to be released
1 25% of cost of work of structures 25% of amount deducted

127
57. Location and Layout

The VIDC reserves the right to change the location of different components of work, amend
the layout, due to any reason whatsoever. No claim of any nature due to above change shall
be entertained.
58. Insurance of Contract Work
58.1 Contractor shall take out necessary insurance Policy/Policies (viz Contractors All
Risk Insurance policy, Erection All Risk insurance policy etc as decided by the Directorate Of
Insurance) so as to provide adequate insurance cover for execution of the awarded contract
work for total contract value and for complete contract period including defect liability period
compulsorily from the "Directorate Of Insurance, Maharashtra State, Mumbai' only. Its Postal
address for correspondence is 264. MHADA, First floor, Opposite Kalanagar Bandra [E],
Mumbai 400051 [Telephone Nos 26590403/26590690) and fax No 26592461/ 26590403].
Similarly all workmen appointed to complete the contract work are required to be insured
under Workmen's Compensation Insurance Policy. Insurance Policy/Policies taken out from
any other company will not be accepted. If any contractor has effected Insurance with any
insurance company, the same will not be accepted and the amount of premium calculated by
the Government Insurance Fund will be recovered directly from the amount payable to the
contractor for executed contract work and paid to the Directorate Of Insurance Fund,
Maharashtra State Mumbai. The Contractor shall renew the insurance policy till defect
liability period is over.
58.2 The contractor is entitled for payment of insurance charges on items provided in Part I
of schedule B only at the rate of 1 % of amount of Items as per WRD & PWD CSR & payable
on Part I of Schedule B. This payment will be released on verification of insurance premium
paid to Director of Insurance Maharashtra State on policy of entire work included in the
contract.
58.3 If the contractor failed to submit the insurance policy, as described in above sub clause,
an amount of 1% of agreement cost shall be deducted from Ist running bill, and amount due
to contractor as per sub clause 58.2 will not be released. Further, the non submission of
insurance policy, may also lead to breach of contract.
59. Special Condition: - Deleted
The contractor has to carry out the work in planned manner. He should to carry out the work

128
in reaches of 200 m. He has to complete the work in this reach along with structures and
then switchover to next reach. 60% payment is only payable till completion of structure in
the reach. The contractor has to bear all expenses of without any extra compensation for
smooth irrigation in kharif and Rabi season of existing canal system. Deleted one Items
60 COLONY
60.1 ESTABLISHMENT OF COLONY
The Contractor shall be allowed to construct his own colony for his workers and supervisory
staff within the limits of Corporation land, if available.
The land used by the Contractor for his staff and labour colony shall be handed over back to
the Corporation within three months after the physical completion of work or termination of
the contract whichever is earlier duly cleared and fairly brought to the original condition. No
structures or constructions shall be left on the land at the time of vacating it without the
specific approval of the Engineer-in-charge. The contractor shall prepare and submit his
proposed plan of colony. The Contractor shall have to construct and maintain all access and
approach roads etc. to his colony areas at his own cost. Any modifications, changes and
alterations suggested by the Engineer-in-charge in respect of area of colony, layout of roads
etc will be binding on the Contractor and shall have to be done at his cost.
60.2 WATER SUPPLY

The Contractor will have to make his own arrangements for the water supply required for his
work, staff and labour. He will have to provide all arrangement for making water potable and
safe for drinking by his staff, labourers and other dependants on Contractors services.
Disinfection of all drinking water by chlorination will be obligatory, on the part of the
Contractor and all such costs are deemed to be included in the bid.
Fresh and potable drinking water shall be made available by the Contractor to all persons
working at work spots in clean and hygienic earthen or other pots at all working places and
in sufficient quantity.
60.3 SANITATION AND UP-KEEP OF COLONY
The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining satisfactory water supply and sanitary
facilities in his labour camp and for his other staff. He will take precautions not to allow any
unhealthy and insanitary conditions in his camp. The Engineer-in-charge shall have the right
to inspect the Contractors colonies at any time and to suggest improvement, modification etc
with special regards to cleanliness and sanitation, sludge water and garbage disposal, any
other nuisance, and proper layout, which shall be binding on the Contractor
The contractor shall provide adequate number of portable chemical closets for
use, and urinals and water closets, and make proper lighting and scavenging arrangements

129
to the satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge. Separate arrangements should be made for female

labour
60.4 CAMP REGULATIONS
The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining law and order in his camp and on his
work and to that end shall employ such officers, watchmen labour etc. as required.
Unauthorized and undesirable persons shall be expelled from the camp and from the works.
If in the opinion of Engineer-in-charge any employee or agent of the contractor misbehaves
or causes obstruction in proper execution of work or otherwise makes himself undesirable,
the Contractor on receipt of instructions from the Engineer-in-charge shall remove him from
premises.
60.5 MEDICAL AID:

The Contractor shall arrange all the necessary medical facilities for his staff and labour at his
own cost and to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge
61. Labour Welfare Cess :
As per Industry and Energy department Government of Maharashtra Resolution BCA –
2009/ CR-108/Labour 7- A dated 17.6.2010, 1% provision for Labour welfare cess is
included in unit rate of all items of Schedule – B.
As per the provisions in the above G.R, 1 % of gross amount of every running bill will be
deducted and shall be credited to above cess departmentally. The contractor shall consider
this provision while bidding.
62. Stamp Duty :-
Contractor shall pay the stamp duty on works contract, as per Mumbai stamp Duty Act 1958,
clause 63 at the following rate.
i) For work contract up to 10 Lakhs- Rs. 500/-
ii) For work contract up to 10 Lakhs- Rs. 500/- plus Rs. 100/- for Rs. One Lakhs or
part thereof , subject to maximum of Rs. 5,00,000/- ( Five Lakhs )
iii) No claim for reimbursement of this amount shall be considered on any
ground. If contractor fails to pay this amount; acceptance of the tender shall
be liable to be considered as withdrawn.
63. Excise Duty:- Deleted
Excise duty paid by the contractor on fabrication of Rising Main Pipe (including
cost of plate) shall be reimbursed on actual basis on production of documentary evidence
regarding payment of excise duty on the same product & on same project. This clause will
be over riding over provisions in clause 43 (A) of B1-form. Deleted one Items
64. The work site is located in Tribal area. Considering, the difficulties involved while
working in this area, reasonable provisions are already made while framing the cost
estimates. Unit rates in schedule – B are inclusive of such provisions.

130
However, contractor shall make his own enquires in the project areas to anticipate likely
difficulties & quote accordingly.No claim shall be tenable due to any problem encountered
during construction due to this reason. Deleted one Items
65. Deduction of Income Tax at 2% of the value of the work done will be made from
the Contractor’s R.A. bills having valid PAN NO. & 20 % from contractors not having valid
PAN NO. and surcharge at the appropriate rate in Income Tax will be deducted.
66. The contractor shall make arrangements to supply fuel for domestic use to all the
labours engaged on site and prevent the labours from cutting trees for the purpose of fuel. If
the contractor’s labour found to cut the trees the contractor shall be held responsible for the
same and shall be punished as per the provision in Forest Conservation Act, 1980.
67. Additional conditions regarding payment of royalty charges as per Bombay

Minor Mineral Extraction (Amendment) Rules, 2003.
Contractor is liable for the payment of royalty charges to the Revenue authorities. This is the
prime responsibility of Contractor. The royalty charges payable on date of floating of bids are
included in the completed items. Any revision of rates in royalty after the date of receipt of
bids shall be accounted as under.
a) Any downward revision will be effected by reduced rates.
b) Contractor shall be compensated for any upward revision provided if the progress
of work is as per programme/ revised programme if extension is granted.
68. Excavation by Controlled Blasting and Chiseling:
The location where excavation by controlled blasting and chiseling is to be done is shown in
Annex – 5.7-C-1 respectively. At other location the excavation is to be done by ordinary
blasting.
(A) Controlled blasting-
The rate of excavation by controlled blasting is allowed at following site condition-
(i) The roads having heavy traffic within 100 metre radius of work.
(ii) The habitation and public buildings with 200 metre radius of work.
(iii) The electric lines within 100 metre radius of work.
(B) Chiseling-
The rate of excavation by chiseling is allowed at location where permanent and important
structure is within 30 metre radius from work.
68.1 Where rate of chiseling and controlled blasting is allowed, the contractor shall be
responsible for damage to any type of property or life. If any damage is occurred due to
activity of excavation the contractor has to pay the compensation to the concerned party. If
he fails, the compensation will be paid by the Corporation and recovered from contractor.
68.2 If the excavation by controlled blasting or chiseling is required to be done at

chainages and locations other than mentioned in Annex -5. 7-C-1 and 5.7-C-2 then

131
contractor shall write to the Engineer-in-charge. The Engineer-in-charge will inspect the site
and if the work is within the prescribed zone of controlled blasting or chiseling he will submit
the proposal for obtaining permission of higher authority.
In such case the contractor shall execute the item of excavation only after approval of
controlled blasting or chiseling zone by Chief Engineer. Otherwise the quantity executed will
be paid at the rate of ordinary blasting.
68.3 Contractor shall note that the rate of controlled blasting will be paid only if he has
done the work of excavation by taking proper precaution and methods. If the work in
controlled blasting zone is executed by ordinary blasting without any special efforts then
payment of excavation will be made at the rate of ordinary blasting, though the work lies
within approved zone of controlled blasting or chiseling.
69. Shifting of electric line:

In case shifting of electric line is necessary, Engineer-in-charge will initiate the proposals to
concerned authorities. It will be the responsibility of contractor to make good for early
clearance of the proposal so that there should not be any delay in completion of the work.
Contractor should pay the required cost of shifting these lines to the concerned authorities.
The same will be reimbursed to the contractor by Corporation as per availability of funds.
70. No Claims for Delay in Payments :

1) Payment will be made to the contractor as per availability of funds with VIDC. Contractor
shall have to make himself well informed about the financial status of VIDC and also about
funds availability status for this work.
2) Contractor shall not claim any amount in view of condition No. 1 above for any delay in
payments, increase in period of contract, interest, price index increase etc. Measurements
shall be recorded in the same month when works are carried out. Contractor shall not claim
any price escalation based on basis of date of payment of the bill & price index on the date
of measurement shall only be applicable irrespective of date of payment.
3) In case of financial crisis of any other reasons VIDC reserves the right to withdraw above
works under contract clause No. 15.
71. Land required for the work -
71.1 The contractor shall enquire with Engineer-in-Charge, regarding status of acquision
of land required for the work, before mobilizing for the work.
71.2 Contractor will not be entitled for any compensation, for delay in handing over of part
or whole of the land required for the work.
71.3 Reasonable extension will be granted for delay in handing over of the land.

132
71.4 However, contractor shall be at liberty to withdraw unconditionally from the

contractual obligations under clause 15 of B-1 Form, if delay in handing over of the land is
more than 90 days. No claim of any kind shall be entertained for such withdrawal from
contractual obligations.
72 The bidder should note that there will be irrigation in Kharip,Rabbi & Hot Weather
season on the canal. The bidder has to execute the work in closure periods available and
after the irrigation schedule. The extra efforts / inputs required for this constraints are already
accounted for in the rates put to tender. Hence , No claim or extension shall be granted on
this ground. Further any rise in the price indices beyond scheduled Date of completion shall
not be considered for calculation of price variation/escalation. The bidders should get the
information regarding prevailing rotation periods and make his own assessment before
bidding.

133
SECTION – VI
SPECIFICATIONS

134
SCHEDULE SHOWING ITEMS OF WORK AND APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS
Sr. No. Section No. Particulars Page No.

1 2 3 4
1 Section –VI -1 General Specifications 135.142
2 Section –VI -2 Site Clearance. 143-143
3 Section –VI -3 Silt Removal 144-146
4 Section –VI -4 Excavation. 146-164
5 Section –VI -5 Earthwork for canal Embankment 167-175
6 Section –VI -6 Providing and laying Murum Topping 175-177
7 Section –VI -7 Km & Chainage Stone 177-178
8 Section –VI -8 Murum Material below Lining 178-178
9 Section –VI -9 Canal Lining 179-195
10 Section –VI -10 Cement Concrete. 196-216
11 Section –VI -11 Filling foundation Rubble/Sand/Murum 217-217
12 Section –VI -12 Dismantling 218-220
13 Section –VI -13 Providing selected Backfill 220-221
14 Section –VI -14 Reinforcement. 221-228
15 Section –VI -15 RCC Pipe 228-230
16 Section –VI -16 M.S. Screw type gates 230-244
17 Section –VI -17 Form work 244-248
18 Section –VI -18 Sand Filling 249-249

135
SECTION VI
1- GENERAL SPECIFICATION
1.00 SCOPE
The general specifications shall apply to all the items of Schedule ‘B’ under this
Tender.
1.1.0 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

The information given in Annexure “A” to section 1 - Detailed Tender Notice.
1.1.1 WORK AND SITE CONDITION

It shall be presumed that the Contractor has acquainted fully himself onto as to the
nature and locations of works, general and local condition and particularly those
having bearing on approaches to the site, location of stone and sand and sand quarries,
availability and transport of material, tools and plants machinery disposal areas,
availability of labour, weather condition and river stages etc and has estimated his
cost accordingly. WRD will bear no responsibility for any lack of such acquaintance
with site conditions on the part of the contractor and the consequences thereof to the
contractor. The information and data about site conditions shown in the drawings and
mentioned herein is furnished as a rough guide only but WRD will not be responsible
for the accuracy thereof or for any deductions interpretations and conclusions drawn
there from by the contractor
1.1.2 Results of trial pits and exploratory bore holes taken along the canal are as shown
in the drawings. The WRD does not accept any responsibility for any variation in strata
classification found in actual excavations.
1.1.3 CLIMATIC CONDITIONS
The information is given in Section- V (5.3)
1.1.4 LABOUR AVAILABILITY

Some local unskilled labour may be available during non agricultural season but
skilled labour may not be available Contractor must however make his own enquiries.
1.1.5 LOCATION
The information is given in SECTION – V (5.1).
1.1.6 RAIL ROUTE

The information is given in SECTION – V (5.6.2).

136
1.1.7 ROADS
The information is given in SECTION – V (5.6.4).
1.1.8 WATER SUPPLY

The Contractor will have to make his own arrangements for the water supply required
for his work, staff and labour. He will have to provide all arrangement for making
water potable and safe for drinking by his staff labourers and other dependants on
Contractors services. Disinfection of all drinking water by chlorination will be
obligatory, on the part of the Contractor.
Fresh and potable drinking water shall be made available by the Contractor to all
persons working at work spots in clean and hygienic earthen or other pots at all
working places and in sufficient quantity.
1.2.0 ELECTRIC POWER

Electric power, if required shall be arranged by the contractor at his own efforts and
cost and he shall have to make his own arrangements for laying, installation
maintaining the power lines etc. he should observe all requirements of the Indian
Electricity Act. 1910, 1948 Indian Electricity Rules 1956, and ruins in existence and
framed from time, failure to which WRD accepts no responsibility for any damage,
injury or compensation.
1.3.0 TELEPHONE AND TELEGRAMS

Nearest telephone and telegraph facilities are available at the places indicated in
Annexure “A” to SECTION -V of Detailed Tender Notice.
1.4.0 COLONY
ESTABLISHMENT OF COLONY
The Contractor shall be allowed to construct his own colony for his workers and
supervisory staff within the limits of WRD land, if available.
The land used by the Contractor for his staff and labour colony shall be handed over
back to the WRD within three months after the physical completion of work or
termination of the contract whichever is earlier duly cleared and fairly brought to the
original condition. No structures or constructions shall be left on the land at the time
of vacating it without the specific approval at the Engineer-in-charge The contractor
shall prepare and submit his proposed plan of colony either or the Labourers or tar the
supervisory staff. The Contractor or shall have to construct and maintain all access
and approach roads etc. in his colony areas at his own cost. Any modifications,
changes and alterations suggested by the Engineer-in-charge in respect at area at

137
colony, layout of roads etc will be binding on the Contractor and shall have to be done
at his cost
1.4.1 SANITATION AND UP-KEEP OF COLONY

The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining satisfactory water supply and
sanitary facilities in his labour camp and for his other staff. He will take precautions
not to allow any unhealthy and insanitary conditions in his camp. The Engineer-in-
charge shall have the right to inspect the Contractors colonies at any time and to
suggest improvement, modification etc with special regards to cleanliness and
sanitation, sludge water and garbage disposal, any other nuisance, and proper layout,
which shall be binding on the Contractor
The contractor shall provide adequate number of portable chemical closets for use,
and urinals and water closets, and make proper lighting and scavenging arrangements
to the satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge. Separate arrangements should be made for
female labour
1.4.2 CAMP REGULATIONS

The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining law and order in his camp and on
his work and to that end shall employ such officers, watchmen labour etc. as required.
Unauthorized and undesirable persons shall be expelled from the camp and from the
works. If the opinion of Engineer-in-charge any employee or agent of the contractor
misbehaves or causes obstruction in proper execution at work or otherwise makes
himself undesirable, the Contractor shall on receipt at instructions from the Engineer-
in-charge remove him from premises.
MEDICAL AID:
The Contractor shall arrange all the necessary medical facilities for his staff and
labour at his own cost and to the satisfaction at the Engineer-in-charge
GENERAL
The Cost for sanitation and supply of drinking water is deemed to have been included
in the unit rates of items of work.
1.5.0 MATERIALS
1.5.1 PETROL OIL AND LUBRICANT

The Contractor shall have to install his own supply for petrol and diesel at the site the
location of pumps shall have to be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge and
usual precautions which are necessary for such installation will have to be taken.

138
1.5.2 STONE FOR RUBBLE MASONRY AND FOR METAL

The Contractor shall make his own investigation regarding location of quarries,
quality of stone and adequacy of the various sources of stone in quarry areas known to
him. Excavated material of hard rock excavation has been dumped on the canal dam
site. Contractor can make use of this material. Material has to be sorted out by
Contractor at his cost and should be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge before
its use in the work. However it is for Contractor to investigate the quarries which will
yield stone in sufficient quantities and of required quality. Over burden on quarry
shall have to be removed by the Contractor at his own cost.
The locations of quarries have to be such that they do not affect permanent structures
and should not be near the existing or proposed habitations. The locations and size of
the quarries shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer-in-charge, on it’s opening
does not yield adequate or suitable stone, no claims can be raised against the WRD. In
that case other quarries will have to be established by the Contractor at his own cost
and risk and the stone got approved from the WRD for its quality before using it in the
work.
If the quarries located are in private properties, the Contractor shall negotiate with the
respective owners and shall attend to legal rights and attend to payments etc. to the
concerned parties for operations of these quarries at his own cost. Similarly he shall
make arrangements for roads leading to and from the stone quarries to the work site at
his own cost.
1.5.3 SAND
The Contractor is advised to make his own enquiries regarding adequacy proper
quality and cost of sand approaches to quarries etc. The sand quarry to be used and
any change in location shall have prior approval of the Engineer-in-charge.
The Contractor shall, however obtain permission from Revenue and other authorities
before removing the material and shall pay royalty and other taxes Octroi duty escort
fee if any for sand which shall not be reimbursed
The Contractor shall have to make his own inquires regarding legal rights and attend
to the aspect of payments due etc. for the operation of the quarries.
The extent of annual replenishment of the sand sources is unknown The Contractor
may therefore choose to collect the sand in advance of its use for the work.
The Contractor shall make his own arrangements for quarrying and transport of sand
from the quarries to the work site. Approach roads to the quarries shall also be
constructed and maintained by the Contractor at his own cost.

139
All the cost of transport of sand shall be borne by the contractor and no claims on this
account will be entertained.
Use of crushed sand conforming to the required gradation and specifications can be
permitted with specific approval of the Engineer-in-charge.
1.6.0 PRECAUTIONS DURING THE FLOODS

It shall be responsibility of the Contractor to preserve and maintain in safe condition
all materials, machinery and tools floods and rain and no compensation whatsoever
will be payable to him on account of loss due to floods, rain and any other causes.
1.7.0 CONTRACT DRAWING, WORKING DRAWING AND SPECIFICATIONS

On acceptance of the tender, sets of copies of contract conditions and drawing to a
maximum of one, will be supplied to the Contractor free of charge. On request by the
Contractor and in the discretion of the Engineer-in-charge, the Contractor may be
supplied additional copies of contract documents and drawing to be charged at the
rate of Rs.3000/- (Rs. Three Thousand Only) per set.& Rs. 500/- ( Rs. Five Hundred
Only) per drawing.
The drawings which form part of this contract show the work to be done in such
details as is possible to for the present. They will be supplemented or superseded by
such additional detailed working drawings as may be necessary as the work
progresses. The Contractor shall carry out the work in accordance with these
additional or revised working drawing, as the case may be and at the applicable rates
as per the contract. The Contractor shall be supplied a maximum number of four
copies of each of all such working drawings free of charge. Should the Contractor
require any additional copy for his use the same may be supplied at the discretion of
the Engineer-in-charge?
The Contractor shall check all drawings carefully and advise the Engineer-in-
charge immediately of any errors or omissions discovered. The Contractor shall not
take advantage of any kind of errors or omissions in the drawings supplied.
1.8.0 EMBEDDED ITEMS

Before placing concrete and or masonry care shall taken to see that all embedded
items are firmly and securely fastened in place as indicated on the drawings or as
directed. All embedded items shall be cleaned free from all foreign matter such as
scale, rust, oil paint etc. The Contractor shall be responsible for correctly embedding
the parts as directed without any charge, the cost of such embedding being deemed to
have been included in the items of concrete and or masonry as the case may be no
extra payment will be made for the installations of this embedded work or for delays,
or for interruptions arising there from.

140
1.9.0 SIGNING THE FIELD BOOKS, LONGITUDINAL SECTIONS, CROSS

SECTIONS AND MEASUREMENT BOOKS
Before starting the work for intermediate payments and at the end before the work is
covered, level for plotting the longitudinal section (along the axis as decided by the
Engineer-in-charge or his authorized representative) and cross sections of the portion
of the work shall be taken by the authorized engineer of the contractor in the presence
of Engineer-in-charge or his duly authorized representative. The Contractor or his
authorized engineer shall have to sign the field books and plans showing longitudinal
sections and cross sections of the portion of the working token of acceptance. If the
Contractor fails to sign them, the levels recorded by the Engineer-in-charge or his
representative in the authorized books shall be final and binding on the Contractor If
the Contractor or his duly authorized agent fails to attend, the levels shall be taken in
his absence and such levels and longitudinal sections and cross sections based thereon
shall be final and binding on the Contractors. The levels will be taken on such
alignments and cross sections as will be useful for reference permanently and will be
in harmony with the mode of the measurements for payments as described under
specifications. The point locations for the levels will depend upon the raggedness of
the area and will also be at least in conformity with the requirements of specifications.
1.10.0 CEMENT AND STEEL

No material will be issued by the WRD on Schedule “A”. The Contractor is
responsible for all materials including cement, steel, explosives etc.
1.10.1 CEMENT
(A) Cement shall be confirming to IS 269-1989 and subsequent revision for Portland
cement & IS 1489-1991 & subsequent revision for pazzolana cement, from
recognized manufactures such as, A.C.C., Manikgarh, Birlagold etc.
(B) The use of admixtures and agents shall be made as per instructions of the Engineer-in-
charge. The cost of cartage/ storing/ handing/ batching/ mixing shall be borne by the
Contractor and shall be included by them in unit prices tendered for concrete.
1.11.0 STEEL
(A) The reinforcement steel shall conform to the specification laid down by the Bureau of
Indian Standards (Vide their specification Non.I.S.432/1982(Part-I) of 1139-1966,
1786 -1979) amended from time to time.
1.12.0 ROYALTIES
The Contractor shall arrange for the materials from approved quarries. It is necessary
for the Contractor to obtain permission from Revenue Authorities or other relevant
authorities before removing the materials, pay royalties etc.

141
1.13.0 ADVANCE ON CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS

For imperishable materials brought on site by the Contractor and meant to be
incorporated or consumed in work, secured advance at 75 percent (Seventy five
percent) of the cost of assessed by the Engineer-in-charge shall be paid provided that
such materials are not in excess of the requirement of the work. The Contractor shall
furnish indenture bond for the amount of the advance in the form prescribed by WRD
for the same. The recovery of such advances shall be made from each succeeding
work bill, at the rates the material have been consumed in the relevant finished item.
1.14.0 PAYMENT
1.14.1 Generally the WRD will pay one running bills in a month subject to availability of
funds. The recoveries for various advances shall be affected from this bill. The total
recovery on all accounts shall be limited to 50 % (Fifty percent) of the gross bill and
the balance, if any shall be recovered from the succeeding monthly bills.
1.15.0 NO INTEREST ON MONEY DUE TO THE CONTRACTOR

No omission, by the Engineer-in-charge, to pay the amount due upon measurements
or otherwise shall vitiate or make void, the contract, nor shall Contractor be entitled to
get interest on any guarantee bond or payment in arrears nor on any balance which
may on the final settlement of his account be found due to him.
1.16.0 If due to difficulties in land acquisition, land does not become available, the same
cannot be handed over to the Contractor. In such situation the Contractor shall not be
entitled to any claim. If the lands do not become available up to 50 percent of the time
limit of the tender, the execution of the quantities of works under various items
pertaining to such, lengths shall be optional.
1.17.0 HANDING OVER OF COMPLETED REACHES AND LETTING OUT

WATER FOR IRRIGATION
1.17.1 On the request of the Contractor the continuous completed reaches of Distributor and
Minors including sub-Minors would be taken over by the WRD provided if it fulfills
the conditions specified below:
1.17.2 The term “completed” under 1.17.1 above shall be deemed to be inclusive of
structures and selective lining and ready to receive flow of water for irrigation.
The taking over (i) Distributory will be in stage with its completed Minors and Sub-
minors (ii) one complete Minor with its sub-Minors from Head reaches (or starting
point of contract length) taking off from completed distributory lengths as described
in sub-para (i) above Reaches of canal in continuous length as specified in (i) and (ii)

142
above may be taken over by recording final measurements. In case silting of canal
takes place or scouring damages due to the flow of rain water/flood water entered
through incomplete reaches, it would be the responsibility of the Contractor to rectify
it.
1.17.3 Water is likely to be let out in distributor and Minors including Sub-Minors in the
completed reaches handed over to the WRD for Irrigation purpose. However, in
reaches not handed over to the WRD maintenance liability of the contractor would
continue to be for the entire period of contract with maintenance period of Six months
after completion, while for reaches handed over the maintenance period of six months
would commence from the date of taking over by the Corporation irrespective of
whether water is let out for Irrigation or not.
1.17.4 Water is available free of cost for use on works when water is let out in the
Distributory / Minor for irrigation purpose. However, during closure periods the
Contractor has to make his own arrangements for storage of water for use in works.
In case Distributory / Minors are closed for intervals the Contractor has to make his
own arrangement of water at his cost. No claim of any kind will be entertained on this
account.
1.18.0 The measurements for the work shall be taken by Contractors authorized engineer in
the presence of Engineer-in-charge or his authorized representative and recorded in
the authorized books. The contractor shall obtain the signature of Engineer-in-
charge or his authorized representative on such recorded measurements in token of
acceptance. If the contractor fails to take such measurements then the Engineer-in-
charge will cause to record the measurements which will be final and bindings on the
contractor.
This Para is applicable to all items.

143
SECTION VI
2-SITE CLEARANCE
2.1 Scope
The item pertains to the provision of site clearing including cutting small shrubs, vegetation
bushes and clearing stumps and molehills in the canal works.
2.2 Clearing Site

The land width required for component of canal shall be cleared for all trees having a girth of
30cm and less brushwood, vegetation. Bushes, stumps and other objectionable material. The roots
of trees shall be removed to a depth of 30cm. below the surface of the foundation land and side
slopes and the excavation filled up with excavated material in 15 cm to 20cm. layers and the
compacted. Brushwood, vegetation, bushes, stumps etc. shall be cut flush with the ground. All the
material cleared will be the property of corporation. Useful material shall be arranged in
convenient stacks as directed, at convenient place of disposal and handed over the WRD for
disposal. Unsuitable material shall be burned or otherwise disposed off by the contractor at his
own cost as directed by the Engineer-in-charge without causing any nuisance, inconvenience or
damage to the property of the people in neighborhood in all cases, the material shall be disposed
off in a neat manner
2.3 Disposal of Stuff Removed

All the materials removed as a result of clearance shall be property of WRD. Useful material shall
be arranged in convenient stacks as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. Useless material shall be
disposed off by the contractor as directed by the Engineer-in-charge without causing any nuisance,
inconvenience.
2.4 Item to Include

Clearing all the land required for execution of all works included in this contract. This is including
cutting trees having a girth of 30cm removing vegetation roots and molehills and disposal of
material removed. All necessary labour, materials and use of tools for carrying out the item shall
be arranged by the contractor
2.5 Mode of measurement and payment.

This item is paid in Sqm. Basis.

144
SECTION VI
3- SILT REMOVAL
REMOVAL OF WET/DRY SILT AND OR DEPOSITED STUFF FROM

CANAL BED AND C.D. WORKS IN WET OR DRY CONDITION
1 SCOPE
The item shall include clearing site of al growth of vegetation, removal of wet silt & or
deposited stuff canal bed, .D. works, drainage channels in wet or dry condition as per
line& profile, removal of the material and their deposal as directed by the Engineer iN
charge as specified including all leads and lifts.
2 SIGN FIELD BOOKS, L-SECTIONS AND CROSS SECTIONS
Before starting the work, the contractor shall have to sign the field books and plans
showing L-sections, cross sections of the portion of the alignment that he has to
tackle. If the contractor fails to sign them, the measurements as recorded will be final
and binding on the contractor.
3 CLEARING SITE
The site of silt removal shall be cleared of all grass, vegetation, bushes, trees and
shrubs as directed. The materials obtained from such clearance shall be the property
of the Government and shall e stacked on the maintenance land strips / handed over
to authorized representative of Engineer-in-charge / disposed so as not to cause
obstruction to the work as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
4 LINE OUT
All materials such as pegs, bamboo, strings and templates for making out silt deposit
and labour required for line outs shall be provided by the contractor at his cost. The
bed width canal as per deign hydraulic data shall clearly marked by pegs at each
chain or change of direction or at shorter intervals on curves, in the beginning. The
final silt removal shall be to the line, level & profile. Chocked vents/ ducts should be
cleared without damaging the existing structure. Any sort of damage shall be liability
of the contractor.
5 DRESSING OF CANAL
The canal shall be neatly dressed to designed section on bottom and on the slopes
as per line, level & profile or as directed by Engineer-in-charge.

145
6 DISPOSAL OF THE SILT
The silt be carefully disposed off as directed by Engineer-in-charge with all lead and
lifts. The excavated silt stuff when deposited in the spoil bank shall be so deposited
as not to obstruct any haul roads or natural drainage or smooth working during
constructions.
7 DEWATERING
Unless otherwise specified, on distinctions shall be made as to whether the materials

being excavated are dry, moist or wet. Any diversion of flow, de-watering or bailing
out that may be required shall be deemed to have been covered by the separate item
under dewatering.
8 SLIPS
Every precaution shall be taken to prevent slips. But should slips occur the slipped
material shall be removed to slopes as directed. No compensation shall be paid to
the contractor because of mishaps/problems arising out of slips.
The excavated stuff of canal shall be dumped in the dumping area shown in the
drawing or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
9 EXCESS SILT REMOVAL
No payment shall be made for the work done beyond the designed cross section. All
excess excavation of silt removal carried out by the contractor beyond designed
cross section for any purpose or reason shall unless ordered in writing, be at the
expenses of the contractor, and if the excess areas has to be filled with the concrete
or masonry or material as approved filling, it shall be carried out by the contractor as
per specifications at his own expense, otherwise the cost of backfilling will be
recovered from his bill at prevailing rates.
10 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
The measurement for the removal of wet or dry silt shall be to the exact depth and
width as shown on the drawing or as directed by the Engineer-n-charge. The area
shall be worked out generally by cross section method.
The final measurement shall be based on cross sectional areas of cutting and for this
purpose. Detailed cross sections of silt deposit shall be taken at intervals of 20/30m
or less as directed. Before silt removal in particular reach starts, levels should be
taken and recorded in the field books. These shall be signed by the contractor in
token of acceptance and shall form the basis of measurements. The areas shall be
worked out generally by cross section method. If the contractor fails to sign so within
a stipulated period, the measurements recorded by the Engineer-in-charge will ne
final and binding on the contractor. The contractor at his cost shall supply all the

146
labour and materials required for taking measurements. The payment for the work
will be made at the rate of 95% of the total rate in the running bills. Accumulation of
any silt shll be cleared before final payments, which will not be measured separately.
Full payment will be made in the final bill after completion of work as per drawing &
design.
SECTION – VI
4- EXCAVATION
3.1 SCOPE
This includes excavation required for all component of works covered in this contract.
3.1.1 The item include furnishing of all tools, plant, labour and material required for
carrying out excavation in all strata including conveyance and disposal in a manner
hereinafter specified and all operations within the intent and purpose of the item.
3.1.2 The item of excavation for other purpose shall include furnishing of all tools, plant
and material required for carrying our excavation in different strata for the various
parts as noted in the drawings, and removing and disposal in manner hereafter
specified with leads and lifts, maintaining the excavated slopes and trenches and all
operations covered within the intent and purpose of the item. The excavation in dry
and moist conditions is also covered.
3.2 CLEARING SITE
All area required for construction of dam and appurtenant works and the surface of all
borrow pits shall be cleared of all trees, stumps, roots, vegetation and other
objectionable matter which should be property of Government. All such material shall
be removed and disposed of as directed by Engineer-in-charge from site of work so as
not to interfere with the construction and operation of the project. All necessary
precaution should be taken for preventing the person, the work and private property.
3.3 BASE LINES AND GRADES
Before start of the work, use reference line and two Bench Marks will be established
by the department. Permanent base lines and cross lines shall be established by the

147
contractor at sufficiently close intervals with Bench mark all end point to serve as
Reference Grid. The contractor shall provide at his expense all templates, stacking
equipment, materials & labour establishment grid items pillars and shall be
responsible for their maintenance during the whole period of construction. These shall
be laid out with the prior approval of the Engineer-in-charge. No base line or bench
marks or reference mark shall be used as reference line mark, or lever for the work,
without prior approval of the Engineer-in-charge.
The contractor shall maintain a certified copy of such approved reference line marks
and level and shall not remove any of them without the prior approval of the
Engineer-in-charge.
The reference point and pillars already established by the department in the works
area shall be flatly protected and maintained by the contractor. He shall repair and
rebuild the same in case of any damage, inter-national or otherwise.
The contractor shall layout the work from, these reference base lines in consultation
with the Engineer-in-charge and shall be responsible for the correctness or all
measurements and levels in connection therewith notwithstanding the fact that the
same might have been checked by the staff of the Engineer-in-Charge.
The contractor shall be responsible for the proper execution of work to such lines and
grades as may be specified in the drawing or established or indicated by the Engineer-
in-charge from time to time.
3.4 LINE OUT
All material such as pegs, bamboo’s, strings, and templates, for marking out slopes
and labour required for line out shall be provided by the contractors at his cost. The
center line of excavation shall be clearly marked by pegs or by stones at each chain or
change of direction or at short intervals on curves in the beginning. The final line out
will be done by fixing reference stones at suitable distances on either side of central
line, beyond the edges so that they are not disturbed during the construction period.
The positions of these stones will be marked on the cross section.
3.5 CLASSIFICATION OF STRATA
The strata of excavation shall be classified as under

148
1) Hard Strata
2) Soft Strata
DEFINITION OF STRATA
3.5.1 Hard Strata

This hard strata shall include all rock occurring in masses which normally needs
regular blasting for quarrying (Note It shall also include rock which owing to
proximity of building or structures or electric line or Public roads or for any other
reasons has to be cut by means of chisels or wedges) or by controlled blasting. It shall
also include boulders in mass & isolated boulders over 0.10 cubic meters each which
requires blasting or wedging and breaking for easy removal.
3.5.2 Soft Strata including soft rock
This shall include all materials which is rock but does not need blasting and could be
removed with pick bar and shovel. It shall include boulders less than 0.10 cubic meter
each which normally do not need blasting and could be removed with a pick bar and
shovel.
This also include all kinds of materials such as shale, inducted clay, soil, silt, sand
grave, soft average and hard murum and any other material which can best be remove
with a shovel after loosening with a pick and / or bar, it shall also include isolated
boulders up to 0.10 cubic meter each which normally do not need blasting and could
be removed with a pick bar and shovel.
At the change of strata, the contractor shall inform the department in writing before
proceeding with the excavation in the hard strata. The Engineer-in-Charge may there
upon cause to take levels of the finished excavation in the soft strata.
The decision of the Engineer-in-charge regarding classification of strata shall he

conclusive and binding on the contractor, unless otherwise specified so distinction
shall he made whether the material being excavated as dry, moist or wet. Any

149
diversion of flow, dewatering or bailing out that may be required shall be deemed to
have been covered by the separate item under dewatering.
3.6 SAFETY OF EXCAVATION
Before any work of excavation of foundation is taken up, loose rock, detached rock in
or close to the area to be excavated that is liable to fall or otherwise endanger the
workmen on the project shall be stripped. The methods employed shall be such as will
not shatter any rock that was originally sound or safe. Any material not requiring
removal as contemplated therein, but which may later become loosened or unstable
shall be promptly and satisfactorily removed. The cost of such clearing shall be
deemed to have been included in the unit rates accepted under the different terms of
excavation and up to pay lines.
3.7 SHORING AND STRUTTING
3.7.1 MAINTENANCE OF EXCAVATION SLOPES
Any shoring and shuttering required during construction shall be deemed to be

covered by the rates quoted for the items. The contractor shall be responsible for the
adequacy of the excavated stuff. If at any particular locations, the contractor considers
it necessary in the interest of safety to provide berms, shall forth bring the same to the
notice of the Engineer-in-charge and obtain orders thereon. Such additional
excavation shall be paid for at the rates accepted for the particular class of material.
Before excavation of the trenches to the final slope, it is necessary that the contractor
shall first ascertain the strata classification by excavating a pilot section and only after
the strata is classified, adjust the said slopes to final designed section. The contractor
is not entitled for any extra payment on this account and tendered rate is deemed to be
inclusive of it.
3.7.2 SLIPS – CORPORATION NOT RESPONSIBLE
Every precaution shall be taken to prevent slips and no slip should occur, the slipped
material shall be restored to stability as directed. Removal of such slipped material

150
shall not be paid for. No compensation shall be paid to the contractor because of
mishaps arising of slips.
3.8 BLASTING
3.8.1 OBSERVATION RULES REGARDING BLASTING
In conducting blasting operations proper precautions shall be taken for the protection
of persons, the work and property. All Government laws relating to design and
location of power magazines, transport and handing of explosive and other measures
enacted for the prevention of accidents shall be strictly observed. Warning signals
shall be given far each blast. Specification for blasting given under separate section
shall be carefully and rigidly observed.
3.8.2 STORING OF EXPLOSIVES
Explosives shall be stored in the magazine building so be provided by the contractor

under special care of watchman, so that in case of accidents, no damage occurs to the
other part of the work. Explosives, detonators and fuses shall each be separately
stored
3.8.3 RESTRICTION ON BLASTING
a) No blasting which may disturb or endanger the stability, safety or quality of

the foundation will be permitted.
b) Blasting within 30 m of main work in progress of permanent structure shall
not be permitted.
c) Progressive blasting shall be limited to two third of the total remaining depth of
excavation.
d) No large scale blasting operation will be restored, when the foundation
excavation reaches the last one meter, and only small charges preferable by
black powder may be allowed so as not to shatter the foundation.
e) The last blast shall not be more than 1/2 meter in depth. Thereafter for
finishing the excavation work and in special location (only in rock) where

151
specially intended or ordered in writing by the Engineer-in-charge, use of

explosive shall be discontinued and excavation completed barring, wedging,
chiseling or other suitable methods approved or directed by Engineer-in-
Charge and cost of such
work will be deemed so have been included in the tendered rate.
3.9 RULES FOR BLASTING OPERATIONS:
GENERAL :
1) The contractor shall acquaint himself with all applicable laws and regulations
concerning storing, handling and the use of explosives . All such laws
regulations and rules etc. as applicable from time to time shall be binding upon
the contractor.
2) The provision detailed in these rules are supplementary to the above laws
rules and regulations etc. and are applicable except where they conflict with
the above mentioned laws etc. from time to time. Further the Engineer-in-
charge may issue modifications, alternations or new instructions from time to
time . The contractor small comply with the same without these being made a
cause for any claims.
MATERIALS :
3) All materials such as explosives, detonators, fuses, tamping materials etc. That
are proposed to be used in the blasting operations shall have the prior
approval of the Engineer-in-charge.
4) Black Powder and safe explosives ( as commonly current in India) shall be

used wherever possible . Explosive with nitro-glycerine shall be used under
exceptional circumstances and where the above explosives are not effective.

152
5) The use of fuse with only one protective coat is prohibited . The fuse shall be
sufficiently water resistant as to be unaffected when immersed in water for
thirty minutes . The rate of burning of the fuse shall be uniform and less than 4
seconds per 25 cm of length with 10 % tolerance on either side.
Before use, the fuses shall be inspected and most damaged or broken ones
discarded . The rate of burning of all new types of fuses or when they have
been in stock for long , shall be tested before use.
6) The detonators shall be capable of giving effective blasting of the explosive .
Most or damaged detonators shall be discarded.
PERSONNEL :
7) Excavation by blasting will be permitted only under personnel supervision of

competent and licensed persons and trained workmen.
8) All supervisors and workmen in charge of making up handling storage and

blasting work, shall be adequately insured by the contractor.
9) The storage shall be in charge of a very reliable person approved by the

Engineer-in-charge , who may , if necessary, cause police enquiries being
made as to his reliability, antecedents etc. The contractor shall have to produce
a security for the person in charge of explosives if and as required by the
Engineer-in-charge or the Civil authorities of the district.
10) The contractor shall make sure that his supervisors and workmen are fully
conversant with all the rules to be observed in storing, handling and use of the
explosives. It shall be assured that the supervisor in charge is thoroughly
acquainted with all the details of the handling of the blasting operations.
Storage of Explosives :
11) The contractor shall build a magazine, for storing the explosives . The site of
the magazine, its capacity and design shall be subject to approval by the
Engineer-in-charge and the inspector of explosive before the construction is

153
taken up . As a rule the explosive should be stored in a clean , dry well

ventilated bullet proof and fire proof building on an isolated site.
12) The explosives, detonators and fuses shall have to be separately stored.
13) A careful and day to day account of the use of explosive shall be kept by the
contractor in an approved register and in an approved manner. The register
shall be produced by the contractor for the inspection of the Engineer-in-
charge when so required by the later. The Engineer-in-charge may also pay
surprise visits to the storage magazine. In case of any unaccountable shortage
of the explosives or if the account is not found to have been maintained in
manner prescribed by the Engineer-in-charge , the contractor shall be liable to
be penalized with forfeiture of the security deposit lodged by him with the
corporation or his tender shall be liable to be cancelled in which case he shall
not be entitled to any compensation for the losses etc. The action taken under
this clause shall not be in addition to that which might be taken by the
competent Civil authorities in court of law.
14) The magazine shall , at all times be kept scrupulously clean.
15) No unauthorized person shall, at anytime , be admitted inside the magazine.
16) The magazine shall, when not in use of authorized person , be kept well and
securely locked.
17) The magazine shall , on no account be opened during or in the approach of

thunderstorm and no person shall remain in the vicinity of the magazine
during such period.
18) Magazine shoes without nail shall , at all time be kept in the magazine and
wooden tub or cement trough about 30 cm high and 45 cm. in diameter filled
with water shall be fixed near the door of the magazine
Persons entering the magazine must put on the magazine shoes which shall be
provided by the contractor for the purpose and be careful.

154
i) Not to put their feet on the clean floor unless they have the magazine shoes
on.
ii) Not to allow the magazine shoes to touch the ground outside the clean
floor.
iii) Not to allow any dirt or grits to fall on the clean floor.
19) Persons with bare feet, shall before entering the magazine, dip their feet in
water and then step direct from the tub over the barrier ( if there be one) on to
the clean floor.
20) A brush or broom shall be kept in the lobby of the magazine for cleaning out
the magazine on each occasion it is opened for the receipt , delivery or
inspection of explosives.
21) No person having articles of steel or iron on him shall be allowed to enter the
magazine.
22) Workmen shall be examined before they enter the magazine to see that they
have none of the prohibited articles on their person.
23) Oily cotton rags waste and articles liable to spontaneous ignition shall not be
allowed inside the magazine.
24) No tools or implements other than those of copper brass , gun mental or wood
shall be allowed inside the magazine . All tools shall be used with extreme
gentleness and cae.
25) Boxes of explosives shall not be thrown down or dragged along the floor and
shall be stacked on wooden trestles . Where there are white ants the legs of the
trestles should rest in shallow copper, lead and Brass bowls containing water.
Open boxes of dynamite shall never be exposed to the direct rays of the sun.
26) Empty boxes or loose packing material shall not be kept inside the magazine.

155
27) The magazine shall have a lightening conductor which shall be got tested at
least once a year by an officer authorized by the Engineer –in-charge . The
testing fee shall be charged to the contractor which is Rs 20 for each
inspection . The contractor shall within 15 days comply with all the
recommendations made by the Officer testing the lightening conductor, failing
which the Engineer-in-charge shall be entitled to comply with the same at the
contractor’s expense which shall not be open to question or may consider any
action that he may consider fit.
28) A notice shall be hung near the store prohibiting entrance of unauthorized
persons.
29) The following shall be hung in the lobby of magazines.
A) A copy of the rule both in English and in the language which the workers
concerned are familiar with.
B) A statement showing the up- to- date stock in the magazine.
C) A certificate showing the last date of testing the lightening conductor.
D) A notice that smoking is strictly prohibited.
30) The magazine will be inspected at least twice a year by the officer
representing the Engineer-in-charge who will see that the rules are strictly
complied with . He will notify all omissions etc. to the contractor who shall
rectify the defects within a period of 15 days from the date of receipt of the
notice failing which the Engineer –in-charge may take whatever action he
considers suitable.
USE OF EXPLOSIVES
31) For the transport of the explosive and detonators between the stores and the
site, closed and strong containers made of soft material such as timber, zinc,
copper, leather and the like shall be used.

156
32) Explosives and detonators shall be carried in separate boxes and transported
separately. For the conveyance of primer special containers shall be used.
33) The boxes and containers used shall be kept well closed.
34) Explosive shall be stored and used chronologically to ensure one , received
earlier ,being used first.
35) A make up house shall be provided at each working place in which cartridges
will be made up by an experienced man as required. The make up house shall
be separated from other building . Only electric storage battery lamps shall be
used in this house.
36) No smoking shall be allowed in the make up house.
DISPOSAL OF DETERIORATED EXPLOSIVES :All deteriorated explosives

shall be disposed off in an approved manner . The quantity of the deteriorated
explosives to be disposed off shall be intimated to the Executive Engineer prior to its
disposal.
PREPARATION OF PRIMERS :
37) The primers shall not be prepared near open flames or fires . The work of
preparation of primers shall always be entrusted to same personnel Primers
shall be used as soon as possible after they are ready.
CHARGING OF HOLES :
38) The work of charging shall not commence before all the drilling work at the
site is completed and the supervisor has satisfied himself to that effect by
actual inspection.
39) While charging, open lamps shall be kept away. For charging with powdered
explosives, naked flames shall not be allowed.
40) Only wooden tamping rods, without any kind of metal on them shall be
allowed to be used.

157
41) Bore holes must be of such a size that the cartridges can easily pass down
them.
42) Only one cartridge shall be inserted at a time and gently pressed with the
tamping rod. The sand ,clay or other tamping material used for filing the hole
completely shall not be tamped too hard.
BLASTING
43) Blasting shall be carried out during fixed hours of the day which shall have the
approval of the Executive Engineer.
44) The site blasting operations shall be prominently demarcated by red danger
flags. The order to fire shall be given only by the supervisor in charge of the
work and this order shall be given only after giving the warning signal three
times so as to enable all the labour , watchman , etc. to reach to safe shelter
and after having ascertained that no body is within the danger zone.
45) A bugle with a distinctive note shall be used to give the warning signals . The
bugle shall not be used for any other purpose. All the labour shall be made
acquainted with the sound of the bugle and shall be strictly warned to leave
their work immediately at the first warning signal and to make for safe shelter
and not to leave the shelter until the clear signal has been given.
46) All the roads and foot paths leading to the blasting area shall be watched.
47) In special cases suitable extra precautions shall be taken . The engineer may
however permit blasting for underground excavation without restriction coxed
time provided that he is satisfied that proper precautions are taken to give
subject warning to all concerned and that the work of other agencies on the
site is not duly hampered.
48) For lighting the fuses a lamp with a strong flame such as a carbide lamp shall
be used.

158
49) The supervisor shall watch the time required for firing the fuses and shall see
that all the workmen are under safe shelters in good time.
ELECTRICAL FIRING ;
50) Only the supervisor in charge shall keep key of the firing apparatus and shall
keep it always with himself.
51) Special apparatus shall be used as a source of current for the blasting
operations, Power lines shall not be tapped for the purpose.
52) All the detonators shall be checked before use.
53) For blast in one series only detonators of the same manufacture and of the
same group of electrical resistance shall be used.
54) Such of the electrical lines as could constitute danger for work of charging
shall be removed from the site.
55) The firing cable shall have a proper insulating cover so as to avoid short
circuiting due to contact with water metallic part of rock.
56) The use of the earth as a return line shall not be permitted.
57) The firing cable shall be connected to the source of current only after
ascertaining that nobody is in the area of blasting.
58) Before firing, the circuit shall be necked by a suitable apparatus.
59) After firing with or without an actual blast the contact , between firing cable
and the source of the current shall be cut off before any persons are allowed to
leave the shelters.
60) During storms charging with electrical detonators shall be suspended . The
charges already placed into the holes shall be blasted as quickly as possible
after all safety precautions and giving necessary warning signals, if this is not
possible, the site shall abandoned till the storm has passed.

159
PRECAUTIONS AFTER BLAST/MIS-FIRES :

61) If it is suspected that part of the blast has failed to fire or is delayed , sufficient
time shall be allowed to elapse before entering the danger zone. When fuses
and blasting caps are used safe time should be allowed and then the
supervisor alone shall leave the shelter to see the misfire.
62) Drilling near the hole that has misfired shall not be permitted until one of the
two following operations have been carried out by the supervisor.
i) The supervisor should very carefully (when the tamping is of damp clay)
extract the tamping with a wooden scraper or jet of water or
compressed air (using a pipe of soft material) and withdraw the fuse
with the primer and detonator attached A fresh primer and detonator
with fuse shall then be placed in this hole and fired.
ii) The supervisor shall get one foot of the tamping cleared off and indicate
the direction by placing a stick in the hole . Another hole may then be
drilled at 23 cm away and parallel to it. This hole should then be
charged and fired. The balance of the cartridges and detonators found
in the rock shall be removed.
iii) Before leaving his work the supervisor should inform the supervisor of
the relieving shift of any case of misfire and shall point out the
position with a red cross denoting the same and also state what action ,
if any he has taken in the matter.
iv) The supervisor shall at once report to the office all cases of misfire, the
cause of the misfire, the steps taken in connection therewith.
v) The names of the supervisor in charge of day or night shift may be noted
daily in the contractor’s office.
vi) If misfire has been found to be due to defective detonator or dynamite

the whole quantity of box from which the defective article was taken
must be returned to the authority as may be directed by the Engineer-

160
in-charge for inspection to ascertain whether the whole box contains

defective materials.
vii) Re-drilling the holes that have misfire either wholly or partly shall not
be permitted.
viii) After the blast the Supervisor shall carefully inspect the works and
satisfy himself that all the charges have exploded.
MODIFICATION IN TENDER PROVISIONS PERMISSION FOR FREE USE OF

SEPARABLE SPOILS FROM THE WORKS OTHER THAN THOSE ALLOTTED
ON THE SPECIFIC CONTRACT.
The existing spoils available from adjacent reaches/canal works etc.
other than those in the tender under consideration should be permitted to be
used by the contractors free of cost provided these materials are used solely
for the specific contract work in question , with the prior approval of the
Engineer –in-charge.
This is with reference to irrigation Department Circular No. JAY
1080/105543 (1290) MAJ-6 Dated -9th September 1981.
3.10 EXCAVATION OUTLINES AND PAY LINE FOR OTHER THAN

FOUNDATION STRUCTURE
All excavation shall be performed in accordance with the lines, grades, levels and
dimensions shown in the drawing or established by the Engineer-In-Charge. The
dimensions, shown in the drawing are tentative. During the progress of work it may
be found necessary or desirable to vary the slopes or dimensions of the excavation
form those specified in the drawing. The side slopes to the excavation shall be steep
as to with stand with safety as decided by the Engineer-in-Charge, and slopes would
be normally as per table given below or less subject to safety.
Strata Slope
Soil & S.M. 1:1
H.M. & H.M.B. 1/2:1
S.R. 1/2:1
H.R. ¼:1

161
If the slopes established are found to be steeper and likely to slip they shall be made
flatter by removing the additional material and introducing suitable berms if possible
and stable faces established as decided by the Engineer-in-charge & will be paid at the
rates accepted for excavation for the particular class of material.
3.10.1 PAY LINES AND EXCESS EXCAVATION IN CASE OF FOUNDATION

STRUCTURES
No payment shall be made for the work done beyond the specified pay lines. Pay
lines for different strata for all excavation are defined as the lines starting from the
other dimensions of masonry or concrete as foundation levels and sloping up
confirming to the side slopes as specified in the table above. Notwithstanding
standards given herein before for the excavation outline, the contractor shall take care
to see that no slips or accidents occur and that the slopes are stable. If
necessary he shall carry out necessary shoring and strutting at his own cast.
Any other excavation carried out by the contractor for any purpose or reason shall
unless ordered in writing by the Engineer-in-Charge be at the expense of the
contractor, and if the unauthorized excavation has to be filled with concrete are
masonry or with materials as specified by the Engineer-In-Charge, filling so needed
shall be carried out by the contractor as per specifications of the respective item of
work at his own expense.
3.11 DISPOSAL OF EXCAVATED MATERIALS
3.11.1 Deposition of excavated stuff clear off traffic lines etc :

Before any excavation is started the deposition of spoil shall be carefully planned so
as not to obstruct traffic lines required for transport of the construction materials. The
excavated materials shall be dumped sufficiently clear of the edges of excavation as
not to endanger stability of the excavation and also to permit space far tramways, foot
paths installation of lifting and pumping devices, stacking construction materials etc.

162
3.11.2 SORTING OF EXCAVATED MATERIALS
The excavated material shall be carefully sorted for use in the dam, as directed by the
Engineer-in-charge and shall be hauled directly to the place of use, if possible. The
excavated material which is not considered fit for use in the embankment, shall be
immediately removed and deposited at such place and in such manner as will be
directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The materials found unusable should be got
approved form the Engineer-in-charge before actually disposing it off The useful
material obtained from the excavation shall be used directly or heaped separately as
per requirement for earthen dam and masonry spillway. The material for earth dam
shall be heaped for different zones, namely.
1) Earth material required for hearting

2) For casing zone.
3) Rubble required for masonry, rock toe pitching etc.
The rubble suitable far masonry, etc. should be stacked separately for following
purposes:
i) Large size rubble for masonry
ii ) Small size rubble for crushing
iii ) Long headers for masonry etc.
iv ) Chips for back filling etc.
3.11.3 CONVEYANCE OF MATERIAL
All the excavated material from excavation shall be selected by removing roots, grass,
organic matter and other objectionable matter and be sorted out into different types of
material for use in different zones of dam as directed by Engineer-in-charge. Same
shall be loaded in the vehicles proceeding directly to the use except such material as is
required so be stockpiled.
3.11.4 MODE OP HEAPING OTHER USEFUL MATERIALS
The useful material that cannot be used directly shall he heaped in separated areas
with reference to the nature of the material. Stockpiles shall be of regular shape &

163
allowing for easy measurements. The material once heaped shall be utilized as when
and where required and directly by the Engineer-in-charge. The cost of completed
item of excavation includes the cost of rehandling of the material so temporarily
heaped and reused.
3.11.5 THE FREE USE OP USABLE EXCAVATED SPOILS
All usable spoils of excavation whether done by the contractor or departmentally or

through other agencies fixed by the department will be available free of cost for use
by the contractor in the construction of the dam only when it is not required by the
department for their use.
3.11.6 MODE OF HEAPING WASTE MATERIAL
The waste materials shall be heaped in spoil banks in regular shape with suitable
slopes as directed by Engineer in-charge and properly trimmed so as to present a neat
appearance or shall may be dumped in other approved locations. The spoil banks shall
be located in such a way that they will not interfere with the natural flow of the river.
No material shall be stacked where it will detract the appearance or interferes

with the accessibility of the completed structures. Excavated material shall not be
carelessly thrown over the premises and shall be deposited directly in permanent
positions as directed consistent with proper execution of work.
3.11.7 LEADS AND LIFTS :
The unit price shall include all leads and lifts involved in the above operations
including maintenance of internal roads.
3.12 PREPARING AND TESTING OF FOUNDATION OF STRUCTURE
3.12.1 SCALING, TRIMMING OF FOUNDATION
After rough excavation to the required depth is completed, scaling and trimming
operations for the removal of all pieces loosened during excavation or partly separated
from main rock, mass by seams or crack’s shall carried out to the satisfaction of the
Engineer-in-charge.

164
3.12.2 TREATMENT OF WEAK LOCAL SPOTS
All weathered or partly decomposed pieces of rock shall be removed so as not to

leave on the foundation any rock other than that which is an integral part of rock
mass. Areas of low bearing capacity, steep inclined seams, faults and crushed zones in
an otherwise good foundation, if permitted to be kept shall be cleared out to a
sufficient depth and refilled and plugged with masonry / concrete as directed by the
Engineer-in-charge
3.12.3 FINAL FINISHED SURFACE OF FOUNDATION OF STRUCTURE
The finally prepared foundation shall present a rough surface in cross section to give
added resistance to sliding. All polished surfaces shall be roughened artificially to
give a good bond. The surface shall be free of steep angles and the edges of benches
shall he chamfered approximately to 450 pinnacles or sharp projection shall be
knocked off and prominent knobs flattened. Neither along the length of the dam nor
across it, shall the foundation normally have a slope steeper than the one vertical, one
horizontal and 1 vertical, 4 horizontal respectively unless otherwise permitted by the
Engineer-in-charge.
3.12.4 TESTING FOR SOUNDNESS
The finally finished foundation rock shall be tested by striking with a heavy hammer
and if any loose portion or foundation rock is revealed by a hollow sound, it shall be
excavated further (without blasting) till a clear ringing sound is obtained.
3.13 FOUNDATION TO BE KEPT COMPLETELY DRY DURING

CONSTRUCTION
The foundation shall be kept completely dewatered till such times that would be
required for the masonry or concrete to set. Dewatering provisions adequate to the
judgment of Engineer-in-charge for dewatering are considered during estimation. .

165
3.14 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Excavation in soft strata and hard strata will be measured and paid for as per actual
sections excavated, limited to the payment lines shown in para 2.10 above .
Excavation beyond the approve lines and slopes will not be paid for.
For each purpose of measurement, initial survey of levels, shall be carried out for the
whole area of excavation along cross section 15 (fifteen) meters apart. Levels shall be
taken every 10 meters along those cross section Zero will be at the centre line of each
component to be excavated as per exigency of work. Thus establishing level grid of
15m x 10m with levels at each corner.
The quantities shall be computed from the cross sectional areas by the trapezoidal
formula and irregular features if any like mounds or ditches, pits and trenches , natural
or otherwise and are not likely to be adequately represented in quantities based on
section. taken, shall be measured beforehand either for addition to or deductions as
the case may be from the quantities that will be calculated on section measurements.
In such cases the section will disregard variation of levels on account of such local
irregular features and presume the ground to be even between points Soft strata
measurements shall be taken along each cross sections, i.e. 10 (ten) meters. Boulders
bigger than 0.10 cubic meter with in soft strata are not covered by excavation in soft
strata shall be taken on stack of regular size. All such materials for measurements
shall be neatly stacked in a compact manner at a convenient level spot near the
excavation work before final disposal to the specified area without any extra cost. For
arriving at quantity to be paid for, conversion factor of 1:1.7 (cut measurements to
loose measurements) shall be adopted. Such quantities of boulders arrived at for
payment will be deducted from the quantity of soft strata and paid under hard strata.
The measurements will be composed by plotting the actual excavated

levels and the original ground or rock levels and calculating the area between the
original and excavated line.

166
No payment shall be made for any silt debris etc. that might accumulate in excavation
pits during monsoon or summer showers or otherwise on any account and cost of
removal of same be deemed to have been included in tendered case for the concerned
items.
3.14.1 CLASSIFICATION OF STRATA
The classification of the strata shall be made by the Enginer-in-charge on the basis of
average of the strata exposed on the sides of cutting.
3.14.2 Unit rate of an item provided in the schedule – B covers
* Cleaning of site both before & after
* Excavation both in dry and wet conditions
* Stacking the excavated material as directed
* Diversion surface flow
* Any shoring & strutting required
3.14.3 MODE OP PAYMENT
The payment for excavation will be released initially at 90% of the item rate of
contract. Remaining 10% amount will be released after completion of structure /
laying of pipe line & back filling.

167
SECTION – VI
5- EMBANKMENT
(With materials either from Borrow areas or useful approved

materials from compulsory excavation)
1 SCOPE
The item of embankment shall include constructing & maintaining quarry roads, furnishing all
required tools, plants and equipment, labours & material stripping of borrow areas, excavating
the material from the borrow area or canal excavation conveying the same to the place of
work and placing the same in specified layers for embankment including moistening and
compacting mechanically to specified density & moisture content for each type of material &
performing all operations necessary and ancillary thereto.
BORROW AREA
Suitable excavated material available from canal cutting, foundation excavation excavation
for structures and any other associated excavations within economic leads shall be used for
the embankment However, where canal excavation or canal section etc. does not furnish
sufficient suitable material for embankment, additional material required shall be procured
from the borrow pits. The location of borrow pits will depend on the material that is being
sought which in turn depends on the design consideration. It may be necessary to survey the
soil by means of auger borings or trial pits to determine the extent and nature of the deposits
in the borrow area.
2.1 QUARRY ROADS

Temporary paths leading to and from respective borrow areas including temporary river and
nalla crossing to the site of embankment where the material are required to be deposited shall
be constructed and maintained by the contractor at his own cost.
2.2 PRIOR APPROVAL TO BORROW AREA BEFORE START OF WORK

Before any borrow area is opened, the material from the borrow area to be used for particular
zone in the earth dam should be got approved from Engineer-in-charge.
If the expansive and dispersive clay is there in their layer or in small pockets it shall be over
excavated. Suitability of earthwork material for use in construction of embankment shall be
determined by the engineer on the basis of laboratory test results. These tests shall be carried
out to ensure that the soil proposed to be used does not contain soluble lime content or
cohesion less fines in quantities harmful to the embankments. The soil shall also be free from
any organic material.
2.3 BORROW PITS ALONG THE CANAL

No borrow areas should be taken on roads, village tracks, canal etc. No borrow pits shall be
dug within 3m of the toe of canal embankment or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. Their
depth be restricted to 0.5m borrow pits shall not be more than 0.5m in depth. The top layer of

168
earth having grass, roots and vegetable matter of any kind shall be stripped to a suitable depth
to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge.
3.0 PREPARATION OF GROUND SURFACE

Before beginning the construction of embankment or repair of embankment, the surface area
of ground to be occupied shall be cleared off all roots and vegetable matter of any kind and
stripped to a suitable depth as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The depth to which top soil
is removed shall be adequate to remove all perishable material and any soil which may
become unstable on saturation or may interfere with development of proper bond between the
existing surface and new embankment. As per IS 4701-1982 table-1, the depth if stripping as
a guide for soil containing light grass cover shall be 5.00 to 7.50cm. It shall be 20m for soil
containing thick vegetation/agricultural land.
3.1 BENCHING TO EXISTING E/W

On sloping ground or in the case of existing canals where embankment portions are to be
modified, benching of slopes shall be done with a little slope towards the inside of benches so
as to give a good grip/bond to the embankment soil with the subgrade. Unless otherwise
specified, the benches shall be 0.3 x 0.6m on the front and rear slope of the embankment.
Before benching, canal slopes shall be cleared of all roots vegetation, rubbish etc. No separate
payment shall be made for these and the rates quoted for raising the embankment is inclusive
of these operations. The areas shall be pre-wet sprinkling water before the construction of
embankment.
3.2 PREWETTING THE SURFACE

The areas shall be pre-wet by sprinkling water before the construction of embankment
commences. The water applied for pre-wetting the areas shall be included in the unit price per
cubic meter for the embankment.
In case of rock foundations, the area of rock surface which is to be in contact with the
embankment shall be fully exposed by removing all loose/disintegrated rock and the exposed
rock suitable benched in order to ensure a tight bond between embankment and the
foundation.
4.0 LAYING OF EARTH ON EMBANKMENT

The fill material shall be deposited in horizontal layers. The thickness of each horizontal layer
before compaction shall normally be not more than 25 centimeters (loose layer), or as
determined by the Engineer-in-charge and the layer shall be laid to full width of embankment.
The thickness of layer shall be governed by the type of compaction equipment to be deployed
based on the space available for compaction. The excavating and placing operation shall be
such that the materials when compacted will be blended sufficiently to secure the highest
practicable density and best impermeability and stability.
If the surface of any compacted layer of earthfill is to dry or too smooth to bond properly with
the layer of material to be placed thereon, it shall be moistened and/or scarified on an

169
approved manner to provide a satisfactory bonding surface before the next succeeding layer is
placed.
In order that proper compaction can be done up-to the edges of the designed section the
section shall be widened by about 15 cm on each side i.e. on downstream and upstream side &
extra material shall be deposited for this purpose at the section. The whole section will then be
compacted and then trimmed/dressed and brought to the required slopes. Necessary extra
quantity required to be handled for this purpose shall not be paid for and is considered to be
included in the rate of this item.
5.0 COMPACTION OR EARTH WITH CLAY & SILT (COHESIVE MATERIAL)
5.1 Prior to and during compaction, the embankment materials shall possess optimum moisture
content as required in clause 6.6.4 of IS 4701-1982. The embankment materials shall have
optimum moisture content required for the purpose of compaction and this moisture content
shall be fairly uniform throughout the layer. Optimum moisture content is the moisture
content that corresponds to the laboratory maximum dry density determined in accordance
with IS: 2720 (Part-VII) 1973. In so far as practicable the moistening of the material shall be
performed at the site of excavation but such moistening shall be supplemented as required by
sprinkling water at the site of compaction, the compaction operations shall be delayed until
such time as the material has dried to the optimum moisture content or to the level directed by
Engineer-in-charge. The moisture content of soils shall be determined in accordance with IS
2720 (Part-III) 1982.
Compaction shall be done by 8-10 T power rollers/sheep foot roller/vibratory power

roller/mechanical compactors (fuel or pneumatic operated)/mechanical tempers depending
upon the extent of space available. (Please refer illustration Drg. No. 1 and Dg. No. 2 at page
Manual compaction through wooden rammers shall not be allowed. Thickness of layers shall
be reduced to 15 cm if compaction is done by mechanical compactors, and 10cm if
mechanical tampers are used, or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
Density tests shall be made after rolling of every layer. The fry bulk density of the soil portion
in compacted embankment materials shall be not less than 95% of the maximum dry bulk
density at optimum moisture content (proctor density)obtained in accordance with IS 2720
(Part-VII) 1980. In cases where MURUM treatment is done, the density attained shall not be
less than 95% of proctor density.
The dry density of soil in field shall be determined in accordance with IS 2720 (Part-XXVII)
1974, “Indian code of practice for determination of dry density of soil in place by sand
replacement or by IS 2720 (Part-XXIX) 1975 Indian code of practice for determination of dry
density of soils in place by the core cutter method”.
Moisture content of soil shall be determined in accordance with IS 2720 (Part-II) 1973 Indian
code of practice for determination of moisture content.

170
The above compaction tests will be conducted in the presence of the Engineer-in-charge or his
representatives at contractor’s cost and the contractor shall ensure specified compaction, till
the Engineer-in-charge or his authorized representative is satisfied that the specified dry
density at optimum moisture content is obtained and permits the laying of next layer. The
Engineer-in-charge or his authorized representative may deploy ‘Portable Electronic Testing
Device’ for rapid and random determination of moisture content, in place density, and
compaction efficiency to ensure requisite implementation of specification by the contractor.
5.2 COMPACTION COHESION LESS MATERIALS

Where compaction of cohesionless, free draining materials, such as sands and gravels is
required, the materials shall be deposited in horizontal layers and compacted to the relative
density specified below. The excavating and placing operation shall be such that the materials
when compacted will be blended sufficiently to secure the best practicable degree of
compaction and stability Water shall be added to the materials as may be required to obtain
the specified density by method of compaction being used.
As envisaged in clause 6.6.2.1 of IS 4701-1982, the thickness of the embankment layer shall
not exceed 25 centimeters (loose layer) before compaction, or as determined by the Engineer-
in-charge, and it shall be spread over the full width of the embankment and compaction shall
be dome by tracks of crawler tractors or vibratory rollers or vibro compactors. Thickness of
layer shall be suitably adjusted in accordance with the type of compaction equipment used as
indicated broadly above to achieve the specified density. No manual compaction shall be
allowed.
As envisaged in clause 6.6.3.1 of IS 4701-1982 the relative density of the compacted material
shall not be less than 65% when tested in accordance with IS 2720(Part-XIV) 1983, “Indian
code of practice for determination of density index (relative density) of cohesion less soils.”
5.3 COMPACTION COHESION LESS MATERIALS CONTAINING SOME CLAY AND

SILT
This sub paragraph applies only to cohesion less materials and not to cohesive materials.
Cohesion less materials containing clay and silt may not be free draining. When compaction
of cohesion less materials containing clay and slit is required, the materials shall be
compacted to a dry density in accordance with either sub-paragraph (i) and (ii) below, using
whichever test those results in higher dry density of the compacted material in the placement.
(i) Dry density determined using procedure enunciated in IS 2720 (Part-VIII) 1965 (Indian Code
of practice for determination of moisture content dry density relation using ligh compaction) :
Prior to and during compaction operation the material shall posses optimum moisture content
as determined in accordance with clause 6.6.4.1 of IS 4701-1982 and the moisture content
shall be uniform throughout each layer. Provided that the moisture content is ensured as
required in clause 6.6.4 of IS 4701-1982, the dry density of the soil portion on the compacted
material shall not be less than 95% of the laboratory maximum soil dry density compacted

171
(proctor density). The field dry density shall be determined in accordance with IS: 2720 (Part-
XXVIII) 1974 or IS: 2720 (Part-XXIX) 1975.
(ii) Dry density using the relative density test as described in IS: 2720 (Part-XIV) 1983 Indian
Code of practice for determination of density index (relative density) of cohesionless soils:
The relative density of the compacted materials obtained shall be not less than 65%,
determined in accordance with clause 6.6.3 of IS: 4701-1982, the moisture content shall be
maintained as per clause 6.6.4 of IS: 4701-1982. The compacting equipment in such cases
should be either plain 8-10 Tonne power roller, vibratory power roller, vibro compactor,
mechanical compactor/tamper as per space available.
6.0 ROLLERS AND OTHER COMPACTING EQUIPMENT

As shown in Appendix C of IS; 4701-1982, the following earth compacting equipment may
be used for compacting the soils shown against them as detailed below depending upon the
space availability.
Suitable type of compacting

Major Division Sub-Group
equipments
(i) Coarse grained soils Well grained gravel, Smooth wheel roller, diesel road
gravels and mixtures little rollers of 8 to 10 tonnes capacity,
or no fines. pneumatic tyred roller, vibrating
smooth wheel roller, vibro
compactor.
Well graded gravel sand
mixture with excellent
clay binder Uniform
gravel with little or no
fines Poorly graded gravel
and gravel sand mixtures -do-
little or no fines.
Gravel with fines, sily
gravel, clayey gravel,
poorly graded gravel sand
clay mixture.
(ii) Coarse grained soils: Well graded sand and Heavy vibrating plate frog rammer,
sands & sandy clays gravelly sands, little or no power rollers vibro compactor.
fines.
Well graded sand with
-do-
excellent clay binder.
Uniform sand with little or -do-
no fines.
Sands with fines, sily
sands, clayey sands, clayey -do-
sands, poorly graded and

172
clay moisture.
(iii) Fine grained soils: Silts (inorganic) and very Smooth wheel roller, diesel road
soil having low fine sands rock flour, sily rollers of 8 to 10 tonnes capacity,
compressibility or clayey fine sands with power rollers, pneumatic tyred
slight plasticity. roller vibro compactor.
Clayey silts (inorganic) -do-
(iv) Soil having medium Organic silts of low Sheep foot roller
compressibility plasticity.
Sily and sandy clays Frog rammer, power rammer or
(inorganic) of medium vibro compactor.
plasticity.
Clays (inorganic) of
-do-
medium plasticity.
Organic clays of medium
-do-
plasticity
(v) Soils having higher 1. Micaceous or Smooth wheel roller, diesel road
compressibility diatomaceous fine sandy & rollers of 8 to 10 tonnes capacity
silty soils elastic silts. sheep foot rollers or vibro
compactor.
2. Clays (inorganic) of high
-do-
plasticity, late clays.
3. Organic clays of high
-do-
plasticity.
The relevant Indian specification indicates the following compacting equipment:

Smooth wheeled roller should conform to IS 5502-1969.
Sheep foot roller should conform to IS: 4616-1968.
Pneumatic tyred roller should conform to IS: 5501-1969.
Vibratory plate compactor should conform to IS: 5889-1970.
Vibratory roller should conform to IS: 5500-1977.
The methods of compaction shall generally conform to clauses 7.2.1, 7.2.2, and 7.2.3 of IS:
4701-1982, which may be appropriately modified depending upon the type of compaction
equipment used, ensuring however that the specified density is duly achieved. For the proper
compaction on the earthwork adjoining the structures Pneumatic/Mechanical tampers shall be
used so as to achieve 95% proctor density.
7.0 TESTING
Density tests shall be carried out after rolling to ascertain the state of compaction, which
should be measured in terms of dry density. Standard proctor density tests shall be carried out
at regular intervals to account for variations in the borrow area material. Not less than three
tests shall be conducted to indicate variation in the standard proctor density attained in the
laboratory.

173
Density test shall be conducted from time to time at site to ascertain whether compaction is
attained as specified. For every 300 cubic meter of compacted earth fill, at least one field
density test using core cutter or sand replacement method shall be conducted. The Engineer-
in-charge may also deploy ‘Portable Electronic Testing Device’ for quick on site
determination of moisture content, in place density, and compaction efficiency. However,
minimum one density test shall be conducted irrespective of quantity of earth work ‘In a
layer’. In case the tests show that the specified densities are not attained, suitable action shall
be taken either by moisture correction or by additional rolling, so as to obtain the specified
density, which shall be checked again by asking fresh tests at the same locations. The test
locations should be so chosen as to represent the whole layer under test. Each layer should be
tested for proper compaction before a fresh layer is allowed over it.
8.0 IMPORTANT POINTS FOR REHABILITATION OF EXISTING CANAL

EMBANKMENTS
For rehabilitation of old canal embankments the following care shall be taken for proper
bonding of the freshly laid soil with the old embankment.
All trees, bushes, roots, and other vegetation growth from the existing embankment shall be
removed.
The base of the extension portion of embankment shall be stripped and roots & other
vegetations shall be removed.
The slope of existing banks shall be benched to depths of 15cm to 30cm for proper bonding of
the freshly laid soil with the old embankment.
Earthwork shall be done in layers of thickness found appropriate (after testing) to the type of
compaction equipment governed by the extent of available space and clods shall be broken.
Under no circumstances, the embankment shall be widened by materials dumped from the top
for the existing embankment.
Adequate quantity of moistening/watering shall be done at the junction of the freshly laid soil
with the old embankment for proper bonding.
If initial moisture connect in the soil is less than the optimum moisture content (OMC) water
shall be sprinkled over the freshly laid layer before compaction. A tolerance of 1% of OMC
moisture content shall be followed.
Where the width is sufficient/ adequate, compaction shall be done by 8-10 ton power
roller/vibratory power roller so as to achieve at least 95% of Procter density at OMC (95% in
case of MURUM soil compaction on expansive soil)
Where space is not sufficient for the deployment of 8-10 T Power Rollers, the earth work
shall be compacted by deploying appropriate smaller dimensioned vibratory power rollers (of
the same compacting effort as of to 8-10 T plain power rollers) or using fuel-operated
mechanical compactors/pneumatic tampers (by reducing the thickness of layers to 10-150cm)
to achieve 95% proctor density (95% in case of MURUM soil compaction on expansive soil).

174
Note:
• In case of cohesive soils, controlled by “Proctor Test” acceptable density shall be
95% (and 95% for MURUM soils compaction).
• In case of cohesion less soils, controlled by ‘Relative Density Test’ acceptable

relative density shall be 65%.
In no case, manual compaction with ordinary wooden rammers shall be allowed.
9.0 TESTS AND THEIR FREQUENCIES FOR EMBANKMENT CONTRUCTION

S.N Test Frequency of test purpose Test
1. Grain size One test per day or To know the IS: 2720-IV-
analysis for Periodically as classification of soil 1995
classification directed by actually put in
Engineer embankment
2. Afterberg limit One test per day To know the IS: 2720-V-
test classification of soil 1970
actually put in
embankment
3. Specific gravity One test per day To know the IS: 2720-III-
classification of soil 1964
actually put in
embankment
4. Field density One test in 300m³ To determine he IS: 2720-
and moisture of earth work or in placement density and XXVIII-1974
content each layer laid on moisture content IS: 2720-
embankment XXIX-1996
IS:2720-
XXXIII-1971
5. Standard One test per day for To determine MDD IS:2720-VII-
proctor test individual borrow (maximum dry density) 1970
area and OMC (optimum
moisture content) of the
soil and compare the
results with laboratory
value
6. Moisture One test in each To know the moisture IS: 2720-II-
content sample content in the sample 1975
7. Relative density One test in 300m³ To know the relative IS: 2720-XIV-
test of earth work density of cohesion less 1968
placement soil
10.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT

175
a) The work shall be measured on the basis of cross section. The cross section shall be taken at
an interval of 30 Meters or at closer distances as found necessary. The cross sections will
indicate separate zones of hearting casing rock toe etc.
b) When compaction is done by Mechanical rollers and under optimum moisture and prescribed
density the deduction from running measurements of quantities of bank work from every
running bill shall be two percent only. This 2% deduction from the quantities of bank shall be
released in the final bill only.
The final measurements shall however be taken only after one rainy season has passed after
the bank work is finally completed. If the work is completed before the rainy
season the final measurement shall be recorded only after the rainy seasons is over, so as to
account for settlement of fresh bank work during monsoons.
c) The unit rate of embankment shall include preparation of ground surface and benching.
SECTION – VI
6- MURUM TOPPING
PROVIDING AND LAYING MURUM TOPPING OVER SERVICE ROAD
1 SCOPE OF WORKS
The item shall include furnishing all materials equipment and labour for providing and
laying murrum topping over service road.
2 CLEARING SITE
The area proposed for murrum topping as a whole shall be cleared of all
objectionable material. Any waste material obtained from site clearance shall be
disposed off in a manner directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The cost of this
operation shall be deemed to have been covered under the rates quoted for murrum
topping.
3 GENERAL
The provisions of this paragraph apply to the preparation of all sub grade/ foundation
upon which murrum topping is to be laid. The murrum topping shall be 30cm
Compacted thickness, as shown in the drawing or as directed by the Engineer-in-
charge.
4 PREPARATION OF SUBGRADE CONSISTING OF EARTH

The sub grade shall be prepared, dressed and rolled true to level and according to
the required cross section of the canal to form a firm compacted bed or murrum
topping. Sample profiles true to cross section of the canal shall be made at suitable
intervals, as directed by the Engineer, to ensure correct formation of sub grade. The
contractor shall be place selected bedding material in test profile true to the cross
section of canal, at times and places designated by the Engineer, to show the
adequacy of his construction procedure for laying murrum topping. Modification shall

176
be made, as necessary until it is demonstrated that acceptable results are being

consistently obtained. The cost of this operation shall be deemed to have been
covered in his quoted rates.
If any point, material of sub grade has been excavated beyond the neat lines required
to receive murrum topping over service road, the excess excavation shall be refilled
in horizontal layers with material compatible with sub grade material, moistened if
required and thoroughly compacted. The soil sub grade material may be used and
compacted to not less than 95% of the protection’s density.
5 LAYING MURUM TOPPING OVER SERVICE ROAD

Field and laboratory tests shall be carried out to determine the physical, textural
engineering and chemical properties of murrum to be laid shall be non-swelling with a
maximum swelling pressure of 10KN/m² when tested in accordance with IS 2720
(part- 41): 1977at optimum moisture content and minimum cohesion.
Note:- The murrum on service road is to be laid in layers and compacted to at least 95% of
proctor density.
6 SPECIFICATION OF MURUM
(i) Index properties
Liquid limit Greater than 30, but less than 50%

Plastic density greater than 15, but less than 30%
In respect of the provision of murrum layer on top of service road, it shall be 30 cm
thick.
7 DURING CONSTRUCTION, IT SHALL BE ENSURED THAT

Proper moisture shall be added to topping material.
The murrum shall be laid in layers (± 15cm thickness) and compacted to 95 percent.
Proctor density by Power Rollers viz. mechanized compaction.
Effective and mechanized compaction of murrum is very important in cutting or
embankments.
8 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA OF MURUM TOPPING

In case the compacted murrum does not conform to the acceptance criteria for
specified proctor density, the engineer reserves the right to reject the work or accept
the same at a reduced rate derived from tendered rate and as approved by him after
examining all aspects and provided the structural integrity is not affected.
9 MEASURMENT AND PAYMENT
All linear measurement shall be in meters, correct to 0.05m. Quantity shall be

computed in cubic meters. Payment for murrum topping shall be made for the thickness
shown on the drawing. The thickness of murrum topping shall be cross checked by randon

177
coring. Any over run in quantity of murrum topping shall not be paid. Running payment will
be made at 80% of the accepted unit rate. The final payment at 100% accepted rate will only
be made after receipt of acceptable test results.
SECTION –VI
7- KM Stone & Chainage Stone
Providing and fixing R.C.C. M-15 KM Stone, Chainage Stone of standard size and shape
including fixing in ground/in blocks of standard size of C.C. and white washing.
5.1.0 GENERAL
Guard stones Km. stone / Hoff km stone/ Boundary stone/ chaining stone shall be of precast
R.C.C. Stones canal bed stone in M 15 and they shall be cast to the required shape & size as
directed and shall be fixed in concrete M-7.5 block size of 45 x45 x 45 cms. in ground as
mentioned.
5.2.0 MATERIAL
The 1:2:4 concrete for casting of stone shall confirm to the relevant provisions of the standard
specification. Maximum size of aggregate shall be 20 mm.
The 1:4:8 concrete when included in the item shall confirm to the relevant provisions of the
standard specification. Maximum size of Course aggregate shall be 40 mm.
5.3.0 FIXING
The guard stones shall be fixed in position as indicated on the drawing or as directed by the
Engineer-in-charge. It shall be fixed in ground or in a block of M-7.5 cement concrete of size
45cm X 45 cm X 45 cm. as mentioned in the item with the top of the block flush with the road or
ground to the designated spot. Any excavation necessary for fixing of guard stone and lying of
cement concrete bedding shall be done by the contractor at his cost. The exposed part of the stones
should be given two coats of white washing.
5.4.00 ITEM TO INCLUDE
Supply of guard stones, necessary-excavation, fixing in cement concrete and white washing all
labours, materials, tools and plants required for completion of the item satisfactorily.

178
5.5.00 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
The contract rate shall be for one guard stone fixed in position in concrete block in ground
mentioned in the item. The measurement shall be for the number of such stones fixed in position.
SECTION – VI
8- Providing CNS Material Layer below Lining.
General: - Item covers providing CNS material of designed thickness with swelling pressure less
than 10 N/Sq m, below C.C. lining. The material to be used shall be tested for swelling pressure
before use.
Laying: - Material shall be laid in layers of 20 c. m. and shall be compacted to 95 % protector
density with plate compactor. The material & construction procedure shall be conforming to I.S.
9451: 1994.
Item to include
• Providing CNS material having swelling pressure < 10 N/Sq m.
• Testing of CNS material before used.
• All leads & lifts.
• Compaction to 95% proctor density with plate compactor.
• Density tests etc. complete.
Mode of Measurement:-
The Quantity shall be paid on cubic meter basis. The Deputy Engineer shall make the record entry
of this item after its satisfactory compaction.

179
SECTION VI
9- CANAL LINING
11.1 SCOPE OF WORKS

12.1 The item shall include furnishing all materials equipment and labour for providing
and laying cement concrete lining.
11.2 It also includes providing and placing (a) reinforcement whenever necessary (b)
porous plugs (c) expansion/contraction and construction joints.
11.3 It also includes providing and removal of all form work (whenever necessary)
furnishing all materials, equipment and labour for transportation, erection, keeping in place
with necessary fixture and supports, oiling etc. complete.
11.4 It also includes curing of bed and slopes of lining.
11.2 CLEARING SITE

12.2.1 The area proposed for lining as a whole shall be cleared of all
objectionable material. Any waste material obtained from such site clearance shall be
disposed off in a manner directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The cost of this operation shall
be deemed to have been covered under the rates quoted for canal lining.
11.3 GENERAL
The provisions of this paragraph apply to the preparation of all subgrade/foundation

upon which lining is to be placed. The lining shall be in-situ cement concrete lining or pre-
cast concrete slabs, or random rubble masonry on side slopes, as shown in the drawing or as
directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
The items of schedule for preparing the subgrade for lining includes: dewatering of
canal section; carrying out all excavation below the underside of lining required for placing
selected bedding material, wetting the surfaces; furnishing or procuring soils from stock
piles, placing, moistening and compacting the selected bedding material to specified density
by power rollers/appropriate compaction equipment/slope compactors, and trimming the
canal section. This item also includes excavation and preparation of foundation for providing
necessary under drainage facilities/filter blanket and pressure relief arrangement wherever
required including placing test sections to verify that the procedures result in acceptable
results.
If during construction, it is found necessary to alter the canal sections and side slopes

180
without altering the thickness of lining, the contractor shall be informed in writing of such
change. The rates quoted being on one square metre basis for the lining thickness, the
contractor shall have to execute the work at the same Bid Rate as quoted in bill of quantities
without any extra claim for change in the section of the canal.
Whereas the work of trimming the canal section upto underside of lining shall be
carried out well in advance, the trimming of proud section equivalent to the thickness of
lining (for base preparation of lining) shall be carried out immediately prior to laying of
lining but in no case the time interval shall exceed 3 days in nominal weather and 2 days in
adverse conditions.
1. The preparation of subgrade in different soils for laying the cement concrete lining
shall conform to clauses 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5 of Indian standard IS: 3873-1993 (Indian code
of Practice for laying in-situ cement concrete lining on canal) It shall also hold ·good for
laying masonry lining. It shall be ensured that the subgrade is made thoroughly moist with
fine water spray through nozzle to a depth of about 15cm.
11.4 PREPARATION OF SUBGRADE CONSISTING OF EARTH
i) The Subgrade shall be prepared, dressed, and rolled true to level and according to the
required cross section of the canal to form a firm compacted bed for lining.
ii) Sample profiles true to cross section of the canal shall be made at suitable intervals, as
directed by the Engineer, in charge to ensure correct formation of subgrade. The
contractor shall place selected bedding material in test profile true to the cross section
of canal, at times and places as designated by the Engineer, in charge to show the
adequacy of his construction procedures for laying bedding material. The test sections
shall conform to clause 4.3.2 of IS: 3873-1993. Modification shall be made, as
necessary. until it is demonstrated that acceptable results are being consistently
obtained. The cost of this operation shall be deemed to have been covered in his quoted
rates.
(iii) If at any point, material of subgrade has been excavated beyond the lines required to
receive lining, the excess excavation shall be refilled in horizontal layers with material
compatible with subgrade material, moistened if required and thoroughly compacted.
Graded filter material, compatible with the subgrade material, may be used and

181
compacted to not less than 95 % of the proctor density.
(iv) When partial filling of existing canal sections is necessary to reduce the cross sectional
area to that required for lined canal, the fill shall be placed and suitably compacted by
rolling/compactors/mechanical tampers to form firm foundation for placing the lining
to avoid its settlement. Slope compactors shall also be used as required for effective
compaction of subgrade to the specified density.
(v). The consolidation of bed in sandy reaches shall be done by saturating the bed with
water before lining is placed. The consolidation of side slopes in such reaches shall be
done by over cutting the subgrade in slopes by 15 cm and refilling it with earth and
compacting by vibro-compactors/ appropriate mechanical compactors.
(vi) The compaction of subgrade in other than predominantly sandy reaches shall be done
at optimum moisture content in layers not more than 15cm - 20cm thick to obtain a dry
bulk density of 95% of the density at optimum moisture content obtained in accordance
with IS:2720 (Part VII) 1965 Consolidation shall be done by power rollers / pneumatic
or fuel-powered tampers/suitable compactors. In the sandy reaches, compaction shall
be governed by “relative density test” and the relative density shall not be less than
65%. Compaction by manual labour shall not be permitted. The compacted sub grade
should pass the pit permeability test, which will be conducted on the field where the
height of the canal bed banking is more than 1 mtr. The tests will be conducted at the
vulnerable reaches like junction of the canal bank work on either side of the structure
or C.D. work. However, at-least one test per Km. of such canal (having bed filling of
more than 1 mtr.) should be carried out if no structure exists in a particular Km. The
compacted sub-grade should attain the value of coefficient of permeability (K) between
10-6 to 10-4 Cm/Sec. The pit excavated for such test shall be refilled and compacted by
pneumatic tampers up-to desired density. The rate of bank work shall include the
expenditure of such tests and no separate payment shall be done on this account.
(vii) Where placing and compacting bedding material is on sloping foundation the layers
shall be placed parallel to the surface of the foundation. If at any point the foundation
material is disturbed or loosened, it shall be moistened if necessary and thoroughly
compacted to form firm foundation for placing the lining.

182
(viii) All along the canal alignment, the rain cuts on the inner slopes of the banks shall
be filled up with approved soil and shall be compacted thoroughly to required lines,
dimensions, and levels.
(ix) If at any place, placement of bedding material below the proposed lining is required,
due care shall be taken by the contractor to place the bedding material on scientifically
approved surface adequately moistened (to be wet to a depth of 15 cm or to depth upto
impermeable layer below, whichever is less) in layers not exceeding 15 cm in depth in a
single operation and thoroughly compacted.
(x) All loose materials likely to be present at the end panel of existing lining adjacent to
which lining is to be placed shall be removed and all voids beneath the existing lining
shall be refilled and compacted thoroughly. No extra payment shall be made on this
account.
11.5 PREPARATION OF SUBGRADE CONSISTING OF ROCK
(i) The subgrade shall be prepared and dressed true to level and according to the required
cross-section of the canal.
(ii) Final cutting for 300 mm - 450 mm in hard rock shall be carried out by wedging,
barring, controlled blasting or trimming with pavement breakers etc. No extra payment
will be made for this.
(iii) The bed and side slopes of the canal excavation profile over which the bedding
material, under-drainage and pressure relief arrangements (where ever so required) are
to be placed and over laid with lining shall be furnished accurately to true and even
surfaces and to the dimensions shown on the drawings.
(iv) All excavation induding over breakage below the lines of underside of lining shall be
back-filled completely upto the lines of the underside of lining with suitable bedding
material as under, or as directed by the Engineer.
(v) The bedding material shall be lean concrete (1:5:10) in bed and sides for thickness of
filling less than 15 cm; and RR masonry in cement mortar (1:5) if thickness is more
than 15 cm.
OR

183
In Slopes: In slopes, the selected material shall be suitable material/gravelly soil and a
layer of pea gravel as binding moistened and compacted by appropriate
compactors/tampers backing for the lining.
In Bed: In bed, the selected bedding material shall be rock spaulls and chips to from a firm
backing Selected bedding material to be used over fracture rock of rubble shall be used as
would resist piping and consequent washing of fines into the subgrade voids and thus losing
support. The material shall be approved by the Engineer for its impermeability and care of
placement
11.6 TOLERANCE IN EXCAVATION
Excavated, trimmed/dressed profile provides the final base for lining and := tolerances
shall be comparable to the following :
Departure from established Alignment = + 20 mm on straight reason
and + 50 mm on tangents, and
partial curves.
Departure from established Alignment = + 20 mm on small canals.
The above tolerances shall be negotiated gradually through smooth transition in a

length of about 50m, No over run in excavation, filling with the materials as directed by the
Engineer, shall be paid to the contractor. The selected bedding material in the case of bed
and sides of canal profile' in normal soils shall be compatible with subgrade material and
thoroughly compacted.
11.7 TOLERANCE IN SURFACE IRREGULARITIES IN PREPARATION OF

FINAL SUBGRADE
Surface irregularities shall be tested by the use of a long template consisting of a

straight edge or the equivalent there-of for curved surfaces and shall not exceed the following
limits:
(i) 6.25 mm for subgrade in bed.
(ii) 12.50 mm for subgrade in the side slopes.
Final subgrade exceeding these limits shall not be accepted,

184
11.8 PREPARATION OF SUBGRADE CONSISTING OF EXPANSIVE SOILS

(IS: 9451 - 1994)
Field and laboratory tests shall be carried out to determine the physical, textural,
engineering, and chemical properties of expansive soils and evaluate the swelling pressures
of soils in various reaches to establish the thickness of murum (Cohesive non-swelling soils)
layer required so that the resulting deformation is within in permissible limit of 2cm. The
thickness of murum layer to be provided normal to the subgrade shall be governed by the
Indian Standard, IS: 9451-1994, out lined below. murum material shall be non-swelling with a
maximum swelling pressure of 10KN/m2 when tested in accordance with IS 2720 (Part-41) :
1977 at optimum moisture content and minimum cohesion. Some of the soils which may
‘considered as cohesive non-swelling soils are all adequately compacted clayey soils, silty
clays, sandy clays, gravelly sandy clays, etc. exhibiting cohesive~ properties and containing
predominantly non-expanding type clay minerals with liquid limit not exceeding 50 percent.
Expansive soils are inorganic or organic plastic clays characterized by shrinkage,
high compressibility, and swelling properties. To counter act the swelling pressure and
prevent deformation of lining, a murum material of required thickness is sandwiched between
the soil and lining.The thickness of murum material is normal (perpendicular) to the
Subgrade. Guidelines for choosing the thickness of murum materials (Cohesive Non-
Swelling) required for balancing the different swelling pressures is given in the following
tables corresponding to various discharge ranges in canals. Side slopes shall not be steeper
than 1.5:1, though slopes of 2:1 shall be preferable.
TABLE-1
Thickness of Murum layer in channels of carrying capacity

less than 2 cumecs
Thickness of Murum layer in cm (Minimum)
Discharge in Cumecs Swell pressure 50 – 150 Swell pressure more
m3/sec KN/m2. than 150 KN/m2.
1.4 – 2.0 (50 to 70 cusecs) 60 cm 75cm
0.7 – 1.4 (25 to 50 cusecs) 50 cm 60 cm
0.3 – 0.7 (10 to 25 cusecs) 40 cm 50 cm
0.03 – 0.3 (1 to 10 cusecs) 30 cm 40 cm

185
TABLE-2
Thickness of Murum layer in channels of carrying capacity of 2 cumecs and more

Swell pressure 50 – 150 Thickness of Murum
2
KN/m . material (Minimum)
50 to 150 75cm
150 to 300 85 cm
300 to 500 100 cm
Note: - Murum is to be laid in layers and compacted, to at least 95% of Proctor Density.
(i) The Murum material shall be non-swelling, with a maximum swelling pressure of
10KN/m2 when tested in accordance with IS: 2720 (part-41) 1977 at optimum moisture
content and minimum cohesion.
(ii) Index properties
Liquid limit Greater than 30, but less than 50%
Plasticity index Greater than 15 but less than 30%
In respect of the provision of Murum layer in the bed, it shall be as worked out from
consideration of formation of swelling pressure. However, the thickness of Murum layer to
be provided on slopes shall, in addition, be governed by the construction consideration viz.
from the Power RolIer rollable width Consideration for achieving effective compaction.
murum layers shall be compacted to at least 95% proctor density.
11.10 DURING CONSTRUCTION, IT SHALL BE ENSURE THAT
(i) Serrations/steps/benches shall be provided in the side slopes of canal in cutting to
provide a good bond between the Murum layers and expansive soil and to also
prevent contact slides between Murum materials and expansive soil.
(ii) Proper moisture shall be added to Murum material and expansive soil.
(iii) Murum material shall be laid in layers (± 20cm thickness) and compacted to at least 95
percent Proctor Density, preferably, by Power rollers viz. mechanized compaction.
(iv) To avoid slipping and rain cuts during the rainy season, it shall be advisable to provide
Murum right up to the ground level.
(v) The subgrade on which Murum layer is to be laid shall, generally, be not kept
exposed for more than 4 days prior to the placement of Murum layer.
(vi) Effective and mechanized compaction of subgrade for side lining on slopes and bed is

186
very important in cutting or embankments. In addition to the designed i thickness of

Murum, 15 cm or more (perpendicular to side slope) of extra thickness (called pride)
shall be provided and compacted. This pride shall be removed only just prior to the
placement of lining (a time interval of, say, about one day), thus making a fresh and
well-compacted surface available for bedding. In small section channels, it may be
appropriate to over excavate the section, and fill the entire section with Murum
material (laid in successive layers and compacted to 95% proctor density), and,
thereafter, scoop this section to the designed section for placement of lining. This
PAD method ensures effective compaction by 8-10 T, power rollers or equivalent
power vibratory rollers. The Murum material so scooped out is utilized in the next
reach through re-handling, However this is included in the item rate of providing
Murum & will not be paid separately.
(vii) Under drainage arrangement, as per drawing shall be provided.
11.11 FINAL PREPARATION OF SUBGRADE FOR PLACEMENT OF

CONCRETE LINING
The work of trimming canal section upto the under side of concrete lining and preparing
subgrade for concrete placement include removal of pride section. Pride equivalent to the
lining thickness on sides and bed on the under side of lining shall. be left unexcavated and the
removal of this pride shall be done prior to laying off lining but in no case shall the time
interval exceed 3 days in normal weather and two days in adverse weather conditions.
Subgrade surface shall be trimmed accurately to the underside dimensions of the lining
embankment and selected back fill placed in over excavated sections shall be moistened and
compacted to 95% proctor density, so as to ensure a firm and unyielding subgrade.
It shall be ensured that the final subgrade is made thoroughly moist with fine spray
nozzles (or with gardener's cans) to a depth of about 15cm, before placement of concrete to
prevent it from absorbing water from the freshly laid concrete. Water, direct from hoses, shall
not be used for wetting of the subgrade to prevent erosion and slushy conditions on the
subgrade.
The rate for providing and laying embankment shall include the cost of final
preparation of sub-grade for placement of concrete lining & no separate payment on this

187
account shall be admissible.

11.11.1 MODEL SECTIONS/ TEMPLATES/CONCRETE SLEEPERS
Templates of size 15cm x 10 m and shown in the drawing shall be constructed upto
the bottom of lining at 20 m interval in straight reaches and at 10 m interval in curves. or as
directed by the Engineer-in-charge, so as to achieve a smooth straight/curved subgrade
surface free from unsightly kinks and depressions. The template sections in the bed and sides
shall be constructed with 1:4 (Cement & concrete aggregate) sandless standard specification.
The top level of template will be the bottom level of lining.
Since the template sections are to be used as reference for excavation and trimming of
sub-grade for seating to the lining initially and for laying and finishing to required profile and
grade to a very dose tolerance of 3 mm in a length of 3m, any undulations in the model
sections beyond the permissible tolerance shall have to removed and redone by the
contractor. No separate payment shall be made for this view and shall be deemed to be
included in the rate of lining.
11.12 INGREDIENTS
Ingredients i.e. cement, sand, Course aggregates and water should satisfy the
specification mentioned in section - IC - Concrete Mix Ingredients.
11.13 LAYING OF CEMENT CONCRETE LINING; SECTION OF LAYING

METHODS
The concrete shall be generally governed by IS: 456-2000. The concrete shall also be
governed by all the provisions of section Concrete lining of M 15 grade shall be laid in the
canal prism, as shown in the drawing, using well graded aggregates and a minimum cement
level of 250kg/m3. with a water: cement ratio of about 0.50. Maximum nominal size of
coarse aggregate shall be 20mm for the lining thickness of 75mm. and 40 mm. for the lining
thickness of 100 mm. ordinary Portland cement conforming to IS: 269-1989, IS 1489-1991
or 43 grade cement or 43 grade cement conforming to IS: 8112 shall be used.
It shall be result-oriented from considerations of speed and quality construction to
optimize mechanized placement of CC lining to the optimum extent feasibly Mechanized
placement of lining can be done through deployment of Concrete Paver, Baby Paver, (Slope
Gantry Paver),and slip form steel gantry etc.

188
Mechanized cement concrete lining of bed and side slopes of the canal section
through deployment of Concrete Paver shall be done where bed width is more than about 3.0
m. and the slant length is more than about 3.5 m.
Where the slant length is upto about 3.5m, a smaller and lighter version of Concrete
Paver, say Baby Paver, (Slope Gantry Paver) can be deployed for placement of side lining.
A full section concrete power convening the canal section (both bed & side) can also
be used depending upon the c/s of channel & bed profile for mechanised place merit of lining
in the entire c/s in a single operation. The power after it had placed concrete in convenient
panel length shall be moved forward to place concrete in the next panel & so on.
Where the bed width is 2.0 m or less than 2.0 m & the slant length is upto 2.7 m the
bed lining is placed manually & mobile slip form steel gantry (fitted with vibrator on steel
plate) can be used for mechanized placement of concrete lining on slopes. Such gantries are
depicted Pages -
The bed lining of canal bed of width between 2 to 3 m. & even of more width can be
placed manually or can be placed more efficiently through a steel screed system comprising
of steel channel (forming a panel) topped with cross channel fitted with a full operated
vibrator mounted on it for a good vibration of concrete such an of steel screed system is
depicted on Pg.
The protective lining proposed to be placed u/s & d/s of structure in small reaches
may be placed in conventional/manual manner. Also in any such small other reaches, or
location where mechanized lining is ,not considered feasible Engineer in-charge may allow
manual placement of lining on both bed & sides
Concrete shall be placed only in the presence of a duly authorized
representative of the Engineer.
Concrete shall be mixed in a mechanical mixer. Hand mixing of concrete shall not
be permitted.
When concrete placing operations are stayed for the day or are interrupted because
of break down or are delayed by other causes or where the contractor elects to construct a
joint, the edge of the fresh concrete lining shall be bulk headed to a surface normal to the
lining along transverse and longitudinal lines. Before placing operations are resumed, the
surface of hardened concrete shall be prepared as a construction joint.

189
Whenever a substantial break-down occurs in the concrete production or concrete

transportation system, a joint should be formed as close to the face of the fresh concrete as
possible. All concrete on the new side of the joint shall be removed. The fresh concrete shall
than be placed against the existing concrete with the full groove for required contraction joint
formed in between them. This is essential to eliminate cold joints.
Note: (i) Where the concrete lining placement is manual. a proper “Plate Vibrator “must be
deployed for effective consolidation of concrete, one type of such a vibrator is depicted in a
photo on page
(ii) Concrete toe wall( 15 cm x 30 cm) shall be provided at such locations as at the
commencement of protective lining upstream of structure and also at end of . this lining
downstream of the structure and at all such locations where the lining, commences and where
it ends, prior to release of water in order to avoid any damage to the lining.
11.13.1 SLUMP:
A slump range of about 50mm - 65mm shall be considered adequate at the placement
site from considerations of proper discharge of concrete from the transit mixer/agitator cars,
mechanical mixer, and ease of placement and attaining a well consolidated lining with a good
finish.
11.13.2 AIR ENTRAINING AGENT
AEA, as an admixture, shall be added to the concrete batch in solution in such a
manner as will ensure uniform distribution of admixture throughout the batch during the
specified mixing period of about 2.5 minutes. The amount of AEA shall be such as to effect
of about 5% air in the mix in order to have good workability and, thus, secure a good finish
of concrete lining.
11.13.3 CONCRETE PRODUCTION AND TRANSPORTATION
Concrete shall be produced in standard mechanical mixers (14/10 or 10/7 or 7/5 Cft
capacity). In case the works are of bigger magnitude, the contractor may deploy Batching and
mixing plant in combination with transit mixers. No manual concrete making shall be
allowed.
Alternatively, Mobile self loading, weight batching, mixing and transporting mixer
with the mixer drum capacity of 2.8m3 (or other suitable capacity) shall be deployed
by the contractor for production of controlled concrete as well as transportation of this

190
concrete to the placement site/sites. Concrete transported by transit mixer or mobile

batching-mixing and transporting equipment shall be delivered to the hopper of the
side discharge conveyer of the Concrete Pavar. The Pavar shall screed up the concrete
and duly compact it (cylinder finishing). Contraction joints shall be cut with groove
cutters attached to the Pavar. Each lining machine and the associate support
equipment shall be capable of placing canal lining at average advancement rate of not
less than about 8m/hr so that cutting of contraction joints is achieved smoothly and
efficiently when the concrete is still in a good plastic state. Contraction joint need not
be provided on RCC lining. (Please refer Drawing No.8 at page ).
Contraction joints shall be as shown in the drawing or as directed by the Engineer.

However, an expansion joints as per design or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge
shall be provided between lining and canal structure.
Broadly, mechanized cement concrete lining of bed and side slopes of the canal
section through deployment of Concrete Pavar of adequate capacity shall be done
where bed width is more than 3m and slant length is more than 3.5 m. Concrete shall
be transported by transit mixer from the batching & mixing plant.
For canal having bed width between 2 to 3 mt. bed linings is to be done with acrow or
equivalent type slip form screed gantry. However Baby pavar shall be used for side
lining where the slant length is between 2.7mt. to 3.5 m (Drawing No 5 and 6). In
such situations where the bed width is more than 2.0m and the slant length is less than
± 2.7m,or other situations in such reaches, where in the opinion of Engineer-in-
charge, mechanized concrete lining is not possible, like where RCC lining/PCC lining
(100 mm thick) is provided in selective patches u/s & d/s of structure lining may be
done through deployment of “steel screed system” fitted with fuel-operated vibrator
for better progress and quality of concrete finish. Where the bed width is less than
2.0m and the slant length is less than 2.7m, concrete lining on side slopes shall,
preferably, be done by deployment of Acrow or equipment type of slip form screed
steel gantry fitted with surface vibration on the shutter plates. Bed lining shall,
however, be placed manually,
In situation associated with lining proposed to be done with acrow or equivalent type
slip form screed gantry in small reaches/staggered reaches, and /or where transit
concrete mixers are not considered feasible of deployment, standard concrete mixers
(107cft. Or 14/10cft.) Shall be allowed by the Engineer-in-charge instead of the
composite batching & mixing plant. Since the concrete lining operation is practically
continuous with the deployment of slip form steel gantry, the shape of contraction
joints in lining shall be the same as the ones on the lining placed by the Concrete
Paver. Concrete shall be placed only in the presence of a duly authorized
representative of the Engineer. Concrete shall be mixed in a mechanical mixer. Hand
mixing of concrete shall not be permitted. When concrete placing operations are

191
stayed for the day or are interrupted because of break down or are delayed by other
causes or where the contractor elects to construct a joint, the edge of the fresh
concrete lining shall be bulk headed to a surface normal to the lining along transverse
and longitudinal lines.
Before placing operations are resumed, the surface of hardened concrete shall be
prepared ad a construction joint.Whenever a substantial break-down occurs in the concrete
production or concrete transportation system, a joint should be formed as close to the face of
the fresh concrete as possible. All concrete on the new side of the joint shall be removed. The
fresh concrete shall than be placed against the existing concrete with the full groove for
required contraction joint formed in between them. This is essential to eliminate cold joints.
11.14 UNDER DRAINAGE
Wherever specified and as shown in drawing, under drainage templete of 100 mm x
150 mm shall be provided in canal bed on either edges or as directed by the engineer in
charge. Under drainage rails shall be composed of cement and coarse aggregate, not more
than 20 mm. under drainage rail shall also be provided along cross section of canal @ 20 mm
C/C No sand is to be used. Only so much water shall be used in concrete as is required to
produce a paste which will coat the particles without filling the voids. In placing porous
concrete in moulds, care shall be taken to ensure that it is no over tamped or compacted so as
to reduce its porosity. The porous concrete after curing shall be pervious and free draining
type. As soon as the concrete hardens (viz it attains final setting), it should be kept fully moist
with water for at least 14 days. The compressive strength
of porous concrete at 7 days age as determined by test on 15 cm. dia, 30 cm high

cylinder should not be less than 70 kg/sq cm. The porosity at 7 days age be such that water
shall pass through slab of porous concrete. 30 cm. thick at a minimum rate of 500
liters/min/sq.meter with a constant 10 cm. depth of water on the slab.
11.15 TOLERANCE IN LINING THICKNESS

The permissible tolerances for the canal lining shall be as under
Variation in thickness of lining: 10%, provided average thickness is not less than

192
designed thickness. At no place the thickness of lining should be less than – 10% of designed
thickness
11.16 TEMPERATURE OF CONCRETE LINING
Temperature of concrete as placed, critical to cracking control and durability, shall,

preferably not exceed about 32.2oC (900F). Accordingly, placement of concrete In hot
weather shall be done during the morning and evening hours, extending to night hours as
required. For work in extreme weather conditions, the procedure set out in IS 7861 (Part-1) or
IS 7861 (Part-2) be broadly followed.
11.17 CURING OF CONCRETE LINING
The concrete lining of the canal bed shall be cured in conventional manner with water by
making small earth bunds of, say 20cm to 30cm height and ponding water. The side lining
shall be cured with membrane-forming curing compound only
11.17.1 SPECIFICATIONS OF MEMBRANE - FORMING CURING COMPOUND
The white pigmented curing compound conforming to ASTM designation of C-309-

81 (or the Indian manufacture conforming to International Standard of C-30981) shall be
used to form water retaining membrane on the surface of concrete The curing compound shall
be used only after it is approved by the Engineer.
Curing compound shall be applied immediately after the bleeding water shall
disappears leaving a dull appearance on concrete surface. The liquid compound, shall be kept
continuously stirred mechanically in a drum and sprayed uniformly over the concrete surface.
One liter of curing compound shall normally covered about 4.00 m2 of concrete surface.
Accurate coverage should be based on laboratory and field trials.
Laboratory test shall be carried out to check that with specified coverage, the loss of
water does not exceed 0.55kg/m2 over a period of 72 hours. Other tests relate to reflectance
and drying time. Day light reflectance of white pigmented curing compound shall not be less
than 60% of that of magnesium oxide. The drying time requirement specifies that the curing
compound could be dry to touch in not more than 4 hours. When the curing of concrete lining
is not found satisfactory, Engineer-in-charge may direct the contractor in writing to resort to

193
second layer of membrane curing.
11.18 Regarding particular canal reaches/reach, though the lining be fully complete to
acceptable quality levels, such reach/reaches will not qualify for acceptance and final
payment till the associated works necessary for safety of lining during rains, such as dowel
banks, drainage etc. as per drawings are completed along with.
11.19 CORE TESTS
As the concrete lining work progresses and has attained a minimum curing and setting
of 28 days period, cores shall be taken at random to evaluate the quality of concrete
lining laid in respective reaches. Frequency of coring shall be determined by the
Engineer. Broadly, it could be one core from bed lining and one core each from side
lining per 250 meters length of lining or as directed by the Engineer. In no case fewer
than 3 cores shall be tested. The cores shall be examined for segregation/honey-
combing and thickness of lining. One sample from bed and one sample from side shall
also be tested for each Km. length of lined canal for permeability. The permeability of
the samples so tested shall be between 10-7 to 10-9 Cms/Sec. The cores shall also be
tested for compressive strength & density. The contractor shall allow all facilities and
cooperation towards collection of cores. The testing of cores shall be carried out either
in the project laboratory or at any other laboratory that the Engineer may so decide
and the results obtained shall be considered correct and authentic by the contractor.
The contractor shall be given access to all operations and tests that may be carried out
as aforesaid so that he may satisfy himself regarding the methods and procedure
adopted. Final payment shall be made only after the satisfactory core test results
acceptable to the Engineer as per section 17.4.3 of IS: 456-2000. The rates quoted by
the contractor shall be inclusive of all the testing. No separate payment shall be made
on this account.
2 A standard test cylinder has a diameter one-half of its height (viz. L/D ratio is 20.
However, the cores taken from the in situ concrete lining may not have these relative
dimensions and consequently, L/D ratio of specimen after capping shall be obtained
from the curve shown on page 13 of IS: 516-1959. The product of this corrected factor
and the measured compressive strength shall be known as the corrected compressive
strength, this being the equivalent strength of a cylinder having a height-diameter ratio
of 2. The equivalent cube strength of the concrete shall be determined by multiplying
the corrected cylinder strength by 5/4. The cores shall be prepared and tested as per
IS: 516-1959.
3 Concrete in the member represented by a core test shall be considered acceptable if

the average equivalent strength of the cores is equal to at-least 85% of the cube

194
strength of the grade of concrete specified and that no individual core has strength less
than 75%.
.4 Regarding particular canal reaches/reach, though the lining be fully complete to

acceptable quality levels, such reach/reaches will not quality for acceptance and final
payment till the associated works necessary for safety of lining during rains, such as dowel
banks, drainage etc. as per drawings are complete along with
11.20 JOINTS .
Concrete joints shall be provided and treated as shown in the drawings or as directed
by the Engineer. Expansion joints shall be provided only where structure intersects the
canal lining. No expansion joints are to be provided in CC lining at any other place.
Transverse contraction joints shall be spaced at a maximum spacing of 2.50 m center
with the first longitudinal joints at about 18 times thickness of lining below the top
edge (viz about 1.35m for 7.5cm thick lining). The shape, spacing, and dimensioning
of contraction joints shall be as shown in the drawing. Broadly, the joints shall extent
to at least 1/3 of lining thickness (viz 2.5cm for 7.5cm thick lining) with a top width
12 mm maximum and tapering to 9mm to join a 45° groove at bottom. The contractor
must ensure that the groove are of specified dimensions, acceptable to the Engineer-
in-charge. Longitudinal contraction joints are to be provided only where the wetted
perimeter excess 6m..
11.20.1 FILLING OF JOINTS
Filling of joints shall be taken up only after CC lining has finally set and hardened A
minimum period of 14 days should be allowed prior to filling of joints through a period of 28
days would be desirable. The grooves shall be cleaned thoroughly to their full depth and
width by brush, air jet, water jet etc. All loose particles and foreign matter shall be removed
and the grooves shall be thoroughly cleaned and dried to the satisfaction of Engineer-in-
charge or his representative so as to ensure good adhesion to the sealant. The primer shall
then be applied by means of brush or any other suitable applicator to cover the sides
completely before the application of sealing compound.
11.20.2 COMPOSITION OF SEALANT
Unless otherwise specified, the sealant shall be prepared from the following materials :
1. Bitumen 85/25 = 55%

2. Sand (fineness modules 1.00 to 1.50) = 43%

195
3. Asbestos powder (of white colour) = 2%

11.20.3 PROCEDURE
The sealant shall be prepared by heating the bitumen to 375° F and sand also to the
same temperature separately. The sand shall be mixed with 2/3rd quantity of bitumen first
and then asbestos powder shall be added to it. The remaining 1/3rd quantity of bitumen shall
then be added to this mix and stirred thoroughly. The grooves shall be covered with wooden
strip a long and held on slopes with the help of clay puddle put along the sides. The wooden
strips shall be coated with grease on inner side so that it may not stick to the filler compound.
The wooden strip shall be gently removed after about 30 minutes and the next joint shall than
be filled in similar manner. The joint shall be finished with a hot trowel and any hole shall be
refilled with sealant. Filling of joints shall commence from bottom of slopes.
11.21 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA OF LINING
In case the concrete does not conform to the acceptance criteria for specified strength,
(such as characteristic 28 day 150mm cube compressive strength of 15.0N/mm2) of
concrete mentioned in para 18 (iv) of section 4C Plain & reinforced concrete, the
engineer reserves the right to reject the work or accept the same at a reduced rate
derived from tendered rate and as approved by him after examining all aspects and
provided the structural integrity is not affected. Acceptance criteria of cores shall be
as per section 17.4.3 of IS: 456-2000 outlined on para 14.1 of this section. Also, the
‘Acceptance Criteria’ outlined in the para (v) of section 4-C Plain and Reinforced
concrete shall applicable for acceptance of lining. Chapter on concrete.

All linear measurements shall be in meters, correct to 0.01m. Area shall be computed
in cubic meters. The perimeter of lining shall be the top finished surface of the lining..
Payment for lining shall be made for the thickness shown on the drawings and on per
cubic meter basis of the superficial area including horizontal coping on both sides at
the lining top. The thickness of lining shall be cross checked by (i) volume of concrete
placed and area covered (ii) use of probe when concrete is green and plastic and (iii)
random coring. Any over run in quantity of concrete in lining shall not be paid.
Running payment will be made at 80% of the accepted unit rate. The final payment at
100% accepted rate will only be made after receipt of acceptable test results as per
para 16.0 above. The payment for completed lining section will be made after
completion of all joint filling in that particular section.
The porous blocks provided for under drainage will not be paid separately as it is
included in the rate of lining. Porous rails in running meters separately. Similarly payment of
contraction joints, construction joints and expansion joints shall be on square meter basis and

196
shall be paid separately.

SECTION –VI
10- CONCRETE MIX INGREDIENTS & CEMENT CONCRETE

A. CEMENT
1.0 The cement use shall be any of the following types subject to the approval of the Engineer-in-
charge.
43 Grade PPC/OPC cement shall be used for this work unless otherwise specified by
Engineer-in-charge. The cement shall confirmed to IS: 269-1989 and subsequent revisions for
Portland cement IS: 1489-1991 & Subsequent revisions for Portland cement & IS: 8112-2013
for OPC cement.
For other types of cement and their usage, please refer page no- 13 & page no- 19 of IS:
2000.
1.1 The cement should be selected to meet the requirement of the job as per para 5.1 of IS 456 :
2000.
a. CEMENT PROCUREMENT AND STORAGE

(i) The contractor shall make his own arrangements to procure cement of
specified/required specifications for the work from reputed cement factories to the
satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge. He shall make his safer arrangements for
adequate storage and transportation of cement.
(ii) The contractor shall produce the proof of purchase of cement from the cement
factory/authorized agents. The purchase bill supported by delivery challan and excise
gate pass shall constitute adequate proof of purchase. The cement shall be stored in
such a way as to allow the removal and use of cement in chronological order of receipt
i.e. first received being first used.
(iii) If god own facilities are available with the Government the same may be utilized by the
contractor as per the terms and conditions laid down by the Government. The
contractor will have to produce the test certificate for the quality of the cement
procured by him. If department desires it can independently test the cement sample.
The cement sample will be provided free of cost by the contractor as and when desired
for testing.
(iv) The Engineer-in-charge or his representative shall at all times have access to the storage
and the sites of the contractor and shall have authority to check and examine the
method of storage records, accounting and security provided by the contractor. The
contractor shall comply with instructions that may be given by the Engineer-in-charge.
(vi) The contractor shall not be allowed to use the damaged cement on the work.

197
(vii) He shall produce the test certificates issued by the manufactures. He shall make his own
arrangements for transportation and adequate storage of cement.
The contractor shall create a suitable and adequate infrastructure for handling, storing and
conveying bulk or bagged cement procured by him with advance planning of work to be done
during the next 2 weeks to 4 weeks, duly approved by the Engineer-in-charge4. Bagged
cement shall be stored above the ground level in perfectly dry and leak-proof sheds and shall
be stacked not more than 8 bags high. Cement more than 3 months old shall invariably be
tested to ascertain its suitability for use in terms of acceptability requirements.
3.0 DELIVERY OF CEMENT

The cement shall be packed in polythene bags bearing manufactures name or his registered
trademark. The words 33 grade or 43 grade or 53 grade, as the case may be (or the trade mark
of other cement, as approved by the Engineer) ordinary Portland cement and nominal average
net mass of cement shall be legibly marked on each bag. Bags shall be in good condition at
the time of inspection. The cement bag should also be at the name of Government of
Maharashtra.
4.0 SAMPLING (IS: 3535-1986)

The samples shall be taken within three weeks of the delivery and the tests ad considered
necessary by the Engineer, shall be commenced within one week of sampling.
When it is not possible to test the sample within one week the samples shall be packed and
stored in airtight containers.
The contractor shall provide all facility for taking and packing the samples for testing.
5.0 PHYSICAL REQUIEMENT
5.1 FINESSS
When tested for fineness by “Blain’ air permeability analysis method (IS: 4031, part 2-1988)
the specific surface of cement shall not be less than 2250cm²/Kg) For determination of
fineness the fineness by dry sieving (as per IS: 4031- Part-I 1998) the residue should not
exceed 10%.
5.2 SOUNDNESS
When tested by ‘Le-chateleir’ method (IS: 4301, part 3-1988) and autoclave method (for
cement having a moisture content more then 3%) the undried cement shall not have an
expansion for more than 10mm and 0.8 percent respectively.
5.3 CONSISTENCY
Normal consistency is about 30%.
5.4 SETTING TIME

198
When tested by Vicat apparatus method (IS: 4031, part 5-1988) the setting time of cement
shall confirm to the following requirements.
a) Initial setting time - Not less than 30 minutes

b) Final setting time - Not more than 600 minutes
The ratio of final penetration measured after 5 minutes if completion of mixing period to the
initial penetration measured exactly after 20 second of completion of mixing period shall be
not less than 50 percent.
5.5 COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH

The average compressive strength of 43 grade OPC cement tested as per IS: 4031 part 6-1988
shall be as follow:
(a) 71 ± 1 hour - Not less than 230 kg/cm² (23mpa)
(b) 168 ± 2 hours - Not less than 330 kg/cm² (33mpa)
(c) 672 ± 4 hours (28days - Not less than 430 kg/cm² (43mpa)
Corresponding figures for 33 grade OPC shall be: 160 KG/cm²; 220kg/cm²; and 33kg/cm².
The 25-day compressive strength for 53 grade OPC shall be not less than 530kg/cm². The
cement shall show a continuous increase in strength from the strength at 72 hrs.
6.0 CHEMICAL REQUIREMENT
6.1 When tested in accordance with the method given in IS : 4032-1985 the ordinary Portland
cement shall comply with the chemical requirement as given below:
(i) Total loss on ignition - Not more than 5 percent
(ii) Total sulphate content - Not more than 2.5 percent
(iii) Magnesia (by mass) - Not more than 6 percent
(iv) Insolute residue (by mass) - Not more than 5 percent
(v) Ratio of percentage of alumnia - Not more than 0.66 percent
to that from oxide
(vi) Ration of percentage of lime to - Between 0.66 and 1.02
Silica, almnia to iron oxide
6.2 TESTS
The sample of cement to be used in work shall be tested for fineness, soundness consistency,
setting time, and compressive strength in order toexrcise proper control on quality in the
manner as per following Indian Standards:
Test IS Specification
Fineness by dry sieving 4031 (Part-I) – 1998
Fineness, blain air permeability method 4031 (Part-II) – 1998
Soundness by: 4031 (Par-III) - 1998
Le-Chatelier method
Autoclave method

199
Consistency 4031 (Par-IV) - 1998

Setting time 4031 (Par-V) - 1998
Compressive strength 4031 (Par-VI) - 1998
The temperature for testing shall be 27 ± 2° C as far as possible.

Note: For concrete works exposed to the coastal environment, Portland slag cement conforming to
IS 455 (with stag content more – 50%) shall be used. Such cement exhibits better sulphate
resistant and chloride resistant properties. Sulphate resistant cement (IS 12330) shall be used
wherever, so required by the Engineer-in-charge to resist sulphate attack.
7.0 REJECTION
Cement may be rejected if it does not comply with the India Standard requirements.
Cement in bags stored for more than 3 months shall be retested before use and may be
rejected and shall not be used on works if it fail to confirm to any of the requirement.
8.0 TOLERANCE
Average net mass of cement packed in bags in a sample shall be equal to or more than 50kg.
The number of sample to be checked for net mass of cement per bag, in a given number of
bags shall be as given below:
100 to 150 bags - 20 sample
3201 and above - 200 sample
The bags in a sample shall be selected at random.
A. SAND (FINE AGGREGATE)
1.0 The sand shall be tested for grain size, specific gravity water absorption fineness modulus,
petrographic analysis, deleterious constituents etc. The presence of impurities, if any, is to be
tested by chemical analysis. Quick color test shall also be conducted in the field to determine
the presence of any harmful organic impurities in sand with 3% solution of sodium hydroxide
(caustic soda), as under:
A color less liquid indicates clean sand free from organic matter.

200
A straw colored liquid indicates some organic matter but not enough to be seriously
objectionable;
A dark color will mean that the sand contains injurious amount of organic impurities and shall
not be used unless it is washed and a retest then shows that it is satisfactory.
Sand to be used shall be well graded with maximum size limit to 4.75mm. Well-graded sand
is essential to impart good workability and good finish. The gradation requirement of sand for
concrete work is indicated below:
2.0 MECHANICAL ANALYSIS

For concrete work, sand shall confirm to IS-381970, as per the following table:
IS Sieve Percentage Passing For

Designat Grading Grading Grading Grading
ion Zone-I Zone-II Zone-III Zone-IV
10 mm 100 100 100 100
4.75 mm 90-100 90-100 90-100 95-100
2.36 mm 60-95 75-100 85-100 95-100
1.18 mm 30-70 55-90 75-100 90-100
600 micron 15-34 35-59 60-79 80-100
300 micron 5-20 8-30 12-40 15-50
150 micron 0-10 0-10 0-10 0-15
Note: Sand of zone 4 shall not be be used in the reinforced concrete work.
(i) FINENESS MODULUS
Sand shall have FM between 2.2 to 3.2. The sand content shall be proportioned to be around
33 to to 35% of total aggregate. However, the actual proportioning shall be fixed on the basis
of lab tests. It shall, preferably be natural sand and confirm to IS: 2116-1965. It shall be got
approved from the Engineer-in-charge before use. The Engineer-in-charge may allow the use
crusher fines/crushed stone sand with natural sand after his full satisfaction that the mixture
meets the specified criteria.
(ii) The amount of deleterious substances shall not exceed the percentage given below:
Deleterious substances Percentage more than
Shale 1.00
Coal and ignite 1.00
Clay lumps 1.00
Cinders and clinkers 0.50
Material Passing 75-micron sieve 3.00
Alkali, mica and coated grain 2.00

201
The sum of the percentages of all deleterious substances shall not exceed 5% by weight. The
sand shall also b sound and free from any amounts of organic imparities.
(ii) SPECIFIC GRAVITY

The sand shall have a minimum specific gravity of 2.6.
(iv) The sum of the percentages of all deleterious substances in the sand shall not exceed 5% by
weight. The sand shall also be sound and free from organic impurities.
(v) QUALITY
The sand shall consist of hard, dense, durable, unquoted rock fragments and shall be free from
dust, lumps, soft or flaky particles, shale, alkali, loam, mica and other deleterious substance.
3.0 ALLOWANCE FOR BULKAGE
If the sand as obtained from quarry or after its washing is found to be moist, bulkage will be
measured and allowed, provided sand is stacked at the site at least for 48 hours use. Bulkage
of such a stack will be measure regularly as directed by the Engineer-in-charge and allowed
according to these observation allowance for bulkage will be made as per Indian standard
procedure and allowance will be made as under:
Bulkage observed Allowance to be made
Below 5% Nil
5 to 10 5%
10 to 15 10%
15 to 20 15%
B. COARSE AGREEGAE
1.0 GENERAL
The coarse aggregate to be used shall be hard & well graded to produce a dense concrete of
the specified strength and consistency that will work readily into position without segregation.
It shall be tested for specific gravity, water absorption, deleterious materials, crushing impact,
and abrasion values Representative samples shall also be got tested for any alkali – aggregate
reaction potential. Minimum specific gravity shall be 2.6.
2.0 SIZE
The nominal maximum size of aggregate shall be as large as possible within the limits
specified but in no case greater than one-fourth of the minimum thickness of the member,
provided that the concrete can be placed without difficulty so as to surround all reinforcement
thoroughly and fill the corners of the form work. For most works, 20mm aggregate shall be
used and where there is no restriction to the flow of concrete into sections, 40mm size (MSA)
shall be used, for any heavily reinforced concrete members, the nominal maximum size of
aggregate shall usually be restricted to 5mm less than the minimum cover to the
reinforcement or 5mm less than the minimum clear distance between the main bars.
Coarse aggregate shall comprise of all aggregate particles of size greater than 4.75mm. The
rubble from which coarse aggregate is crushed shall have a crushing strength of not less than
750kg/cm². The aggregate shall conform to IS: 383-1970 clause 3.1, 3.2 and 3.2.1 (Table-I).
TESTS
The different tests and the zone of acceptability limits are given below:

202
Name of test IS code Acceptance criteria

Sieve analysis IS 2386- Part-I- 1963 As per concrete design
Deleterious materials IS 2386- Part-II- 1963 Less than 5%
Specific gravity IS 2386- Part-III- 1963 2.5 to 3.0
Absorption value IS 2386- Part-IV- 1963 Less than 5% by weight
Aggregate Crushing value IS 2386- Part-V- 1963 For wearing surface, less than
30% for concrete other than
wearing surface less than 45%
Impact Value IS 2386- Part-VI- 1963 As above
Abrasion value IS 2386- Part-IV- 1963 For wearing surface, less than
30% for concrete other than
wearing surface less than 45%
Soundness (Sodium Sulphate IS 2386- Part-V- 1963 Less than 12%
Petrographic Examination IS 2386- Part-VIII- 1963 Deleterious constituents plus
silts shall not exceed 5%
3.0 GRADING
The coarse aggregate as delivered to the mixer, shall be well graded as per IS specification.
Maximum size of aggregate used for the work shall be 20mm or 40mm or as specified in
items in the bill of quantities and it shall confirm to IS: 383-1970, clause 4.2 (Table-2).
However, the exact gradation required to produce a dense concrete of specified strength and
desired workability shall be decided as per laboratory test by the Engineer.
Coarse aggregate for use in concrete shall be well graded and shall confirm to IS: 383-1970
requirements (as per table-II) given below:
% passing by weight for graded aggregate of nominal size

IS Sieve
40mm 20mm 16mm 12.5mm
63mm 100 - - -
40mm 95-100 100 - -
20mm 30-70 95-100 100 -
16mm - - 90-100 100
12.5mm - - - 90-100
10.0mm 10-35 25-55 30-70 40-85
4.75mm 0-5 0-10 0-10 0-10
4.0 IMPURITIES
The broken stone shall be free from dust and dirt and shall be washed in necessary to ensure
that all faces of the stones are perfectly clean. The minimum individual percentages by weight
of deleterious substance in any size of coarse aggregate shall not exceed the following values:
Materials passing through No. screen (ASTM) 1%
Shale 1%
Coal 1%
Soft fragments 1%
Clay lumps 1%

203
Other deleterious substance 1%
The sum of the percentages by weight of all deleterious substances in any size shall not
exceed 5%.
5.0 STORAGE
Aggregate shall be stacked in such a way as to prevent the intrusion of any foreign materials
such as soil, rubbish, vegetation etc. Heaps of fine and coarse aggregate shall be kept separate.
When different sizes of fine and coarse aggregates are procured separately, they shall be
stored in separate stock-piles, so that they do not get intermixed. The aggregate shall be stock
piled near to the mixer site / B & M plant so as to require minimum rehandling when
conveyed to the mixer.
The aggregate shall be placed on a dry hard patch of ground if available, otherwise a platform
or plain galvanized iron sheets or alter natively a floor of dry bricks shall be prepared, or a
floor of thin layer of lean concrete.
To minimize moisture variations the stock piles shall be as large in area as possible but left
low and fairly uniform preferably 1.25 to 1.5m and the lowest layer of about 30cm height
shall be allowed to act as drainage layer and not be used till the end.
WATER
1.0 The water used in concrete shall be clean and free objectionable quantities of silt, salts,
organic, matter, alkali and other impurities. Normally potable water is considered satisfactory
for mixing concrete. As a guide, the following concentration represents the maximum
permissible values.
To neutralize 100ml sample of water, using phenolphthalein as an indicator, it should not

require more than 5ml of 0.02 normal NaOH. The details of test are given in 8.1 of IS: 3025
(Part-22).
To neutralize 100ml sample of water, using mixed indicator, it should not require more than
25ml of 0.02 normal H2SO4. The details of test are given in 8 of IS: 3025 (Part-23).
Permissible limits for solids be as given in the following table:

Percentage of solids should not exceed the following:
Test as per
Organic - 200 mg/liter IS: 3025 (Part-18)
Organic - 2000 mg/liter for concrete

204
Not containing embedded stell and 500 mg/liter

For reinforced concrete work IS : 3025 (Part-32)
Suspended matter - 2000 mg/liter. IS: 3025 (Part-17)
2.0 PH value of water shall not be less than 6.0 and be within the range of 6.0 to 9.0.
Water found satisfactory for mixing concrete is also suitable for curing the concrete However,
water used for curing should not produce any objectionable stain or unsightly deposit on the
concrete surface.
A PLAIN AND REINFORCED CONCRETE
GENERAL
Plain and reinforced concrete work shall be carried out generally in conformity with the latest
Indian Standard IS 456-2000.
SCOPE OF WORK
The work covered by this shall consist of-
i) Furnishing all materials, equipment and labour for the manufacture, transport,
placing, compaction and curing of concrete and performing all the functions
necessary and ancillary thereto, including finishing the concrete to the require shape
as per drawing.
ii) Providing and removal of all form work, furnishing all materials, equipment and
labour for the manufacture transport erection, keeping in place with necessary fixture
and supports, oiling complete.
iii) All concrete involved in the R.C.C work also stands including in this item.
2.0 DESIGN MIX CONCRETE
Design mix concrete (controlled concrete) shall be used for concrete of grade M10 and higher.
In proportioning concrete, the quantity of both cement and aggregate shall be determined by
mass. Water shall be weighed. Concrete shall be manufactured in mechanical mixer either in
batching mixing plants or mechanical mixers of various capacities (14/10 or 10/7).
Alternatively, mobile self-loading weigh batching – mixing and transporting mixer of suitable
drum capacity can be used, both for mixing and transporting concrete. The mix proportions

205
shall be such as to ensure the workability of the fresh concrete and when concrete is hardened,
it shall have the required strength, durability and surface finish.
The mix shall be designed to produce the grade of concrete having the required workability an
characteristic strength not less than appropriate values given below:
Grade Designation of concrete Specified characteristic compressive Strength

of 150mm cube at 28 days in N/mm²
M10 10
M15 15
M20 20
M25 25
The concrete mix shall be designed for the ‘target mean strength’. The target mean strength of
concrete mix should be equal to characteristic strength plus 1.65 times the standard deviation.
Target Mean Strength = Characteristic strength (28-day compressive strength) + 1.65 x

Standard deviation.
Where sufficient test results for a particular grade of concrete are not available, the value of
standard deviation given below shall be assumed for design mix of concrete in the first
instance. As soon as the results of samples are available, actual standard deviation shall be
used and the mix designed accordingly.
Assumed standard deviation (as per IS: 456-2000)

Grade of concrete Assumed standard deviation
M10 3.5
M15 3.5
M20 4.0
M25 4.0
3.0 INGREDIENTS
All ingredients namely, cement, sand, coarse aggregate and water shall comply with the
specifications mentioned in Section IC.
4.0 CEMENT LEVELS

The cement level for various grades of controlled concrete shall be considered as under for the
purpose of comparing the rates quote in the schedule of quantities (BOQ).
Cement level in kg/cm³ concrete with
maximum nominal size of C.A
Sr. No. Grade of cement
P.W.D W.R.D
C.S.R C.S.R
1 2 3 4
1 M-10 4.40x50= 220 221

206
Lining M-15
2 28.25 kg/sqm
20MSA
3 C.C M-1520 MSA 6.27x50=313.50 282 kg/m³
4 C.C. M-20 7.10x50=355 -
5 C.C. M-25 7.50x50=375 kg -
5.0 CEMENT VARIATION

Actual cement level required for the aggregates to be used shall be determined by labouratory
tests while designing the concrete mix. If pursuant to mix design (and from considerations of
durability of concrete), it becomes necessary to use more cement compared to that given in
the above table, the contractor shall do the same without claiming any extra cost for handling
of extra cement. In such case, the contractor shall be paid for only the cost of the quantity of
cement used more at pre-determined price Rs. 263 per bag of 50 Kg cement. (Rs Two
hundred Sixty Three only per bag of 50 Kg cement). In case of actual use being less than that
stipulated in the above table, the cost of the quantity of cement used less shall be deducted at
pre-determined price of cement.” The predetermined rate of cement shall be the estimated
of the cement.” Cement levels based on the design of mixes (or as per durability
consideration, wherever so warranted), duly approved by the Engineer, shall be
communicated to the contractor from time to time.
6.0 WATER CEMENT RRATIO (W/C)

Water cement ration is one of the key elements for a durable and sound concrete of adequate
strength. Accordingly, Water cement ration shall be maintained at correct value. The water
contents in both fine and coarse aggregate shall be determined regularly. The amount of added
water shall be adjusted to compensate for any observed variation in moisture content. The
amount of surface water may be estimated from the following table in the absence of exact
data :
Surface water carried by aggregate
Approx. quantity of surface water

SL. Aggregate
% by mass Litre/m³
1. Very wet sand 7.5 120
2. Moderately wet sand 5.0 80
3. Moist sand 2.5 40
4. Moist sand/crushed rock 1.25 to 2.5 20 to 40
7.0 DURABILTY OF CONCRETE
It is essential that the concrete be durable viz. it should perform satisfactorily in the working
environment during its anticipated exposure conditions during service. The materials and mix
proportions are to be such as to maintain its integrity, and (where ever applicable), to protect
embedded metal/reinforcement from corrosion.The different environmental exposure
conditions are given below:

207
Environmental exposure conditions (as per Table 3 of IS 456 : 2000)
S. No Environment Exposure conditions

(i) Mild Concrete surface protected against weather or aggressive
conditions, except those situated in coastal area.
(ii) Moderate Concrete surfaces sheltered from severe rain or freezing whilst
wet.
Concrete exposed to condensation and rain.
Concrete continuously under water.
Concrete in contact o buries under non-aggressive soil/ground
water.
Concrete surface sheltered from saturated salt air in coastal area.
(iii) Severe Concrete surfaces exposed to severe rain, alternate waiting and
drying, or occasional freezing whilst wet or severe condensation.
Concrete completely immersed in sea water.
Concrete exposed to coastal environment.
(iv) Very Severe Concrete surface exposed to sea water spray, corrosive fumes or
severe freezing conditions whilst wet.
Concrete in contact with or buried under aggressive
subsoil/ground water.
(v) Extreme • Surface of members in tidal zone.
• Members in direct contact with liquid / solid
aggressive chemicals.
The minimum cement content and maximum water-cement ration to be adopted for different
exposure conditions for coarse aggregate of 20mm MSA are outlined below, as per Indian
Standard IS : 456-2000. Accordingly, the design mix shall be duly checked from
consideration of durability of concrete.
S. N Exposure Plain concrete Reinforced concrete

condition Min. Max. free Min. cement Max. free
cement W/C ratio content W/C ratio
content Kg/m³
Kg/m³
(i) Mild 220 0.60 300 0.55
(ii) Moderate 240 0.60 300 0.50
(iii) Severe 250 0.50 320 0.45
(iv) Very severe 260 0.45 340 0.45
(v) Extreme 280 0.40 360 0.40
The cement contents given above are irrespective of the grades of cement used. The above
cement contents are for the corse aggregate of maximum nominal size of 20mm. Adjustments

208
to these minimum cement contents for aggregates other than 0mm MSA aggregates shall be
as per following table.
S. No. Nominal maximum size aggregate Adjustments to minimum cement

mm contents Kg/m³
(i) 10 +40
(ii) 0 0
(iii) 40 -30
The severity level in the MWSIP works may be assumed moderate to severe, except in such
environment which is associated with corrosive fumes or where the concrete work is exposed
to coastal environment or buried under aggressive sub-soil/ground water. Severity levels shall
be assessed by the Engineer in consultation with Chief Engineer, concerned.
8.0 WORKABILITY OF CONCTRETE

The concrete mix proportions chosen shall be such that the concrete is of adequate
workability for the placing conditions for the concrete and can be properly compacted.
Following ranges of workability and slump of concrete, measured in accordance with IS :
1199, shall be broadly adopted:
Degree of Slump
Placing conditions
workability (mm)
Mass concrete,
Lightly reinforced sections in slabs,
beams, walls, column; Low 25-75
Floors
Footings
Heavily reinforced sections in slabs,
Medium 500-100
beams, walls, columns.
For canal lining slump range 50-65 mm is considered adequate. It can be increased up-to
75mm, if considered necessary in particular situations for practical usage.
ADMIXTURE
Admixtures such as air entering agents, plasticisers etc. of the concrete shall only be added
after the approval of the Engineer-in-charge. The cost of the admixture, mixing with concrete
and placing the admixed finished concrete shall be done by the contractor withour any extra
cost and shall stand covered in the unit rate of concrete.
10.0 MIXING
Concrete ingredients shall be mixed thoroughly in the mechanical mixer and the mixing shall
be continued until there is a uniform distribution of the ingredients and the mass is uniform in
colour and consistency. Minimum mixing time shall be 2minutes or as determined by the
Engineer. The accuracy of the measuring equipment shall be within ± 2 percent of the

209
quantity of cement being measured and within ± 3 percent of the quantity of aggregate and
water being measured.
11.0 TRANSPORTING AND PLACING
11.1 TRANSPORTING AND HANDLING

After mixing, concrete shall be transported to the formwork as rapidly as possible by methods
which will prevent the segregating or loss of any of the ingredients or ingress of foreign matte
or water and maintaining the required workability.
11.2 During hot or cold weather, concrete shall be transported in deep containers. Other suitable
methods to reduce the loss of water by evaporation in hot weather and heat loss in cold
weather may also be adopted as per instructions of Engineer-in-charge.
12.0 PLACING
The concrete shall be deposited as nearly as practicable in its final position to avoid
rehandling. The concrete shall be placed and compacted before initial setting of concrete
commences and The concrete shall be deposited as nearly as practicable in its final position to
avoid rehandling. The concrete shall be placed and compacted before initial setting of
concrete commences and should not be subsequently disturbed. Methods of placing shall be
such as to preclude segregation. Care shall be taken to avoid displacement of reinforcement or
movement of formwork. The maximum permissible free fall of concrete shall not be more
than 1.5 m.
13.0 COMPACTION
13.1 Concrete shall be thoroughly compacted and fully worked around the reinforcement, around
embedded fixtures and into concrete of the formwork.
13.2 Concrete shall be compacted using mechanical vibrators complying with IS 2505, IS 2506, IS
2514 and IS 4656. Over vibration and under vibration of concrete are harmful and shall be
avoided. Vibration of very wet mixer shall also be avoided.
Whenever vibration has to be applied externally, the design of formwork and the disposition
of vibrators shall receive special consideration to ensure efficient compaction and to avoid
surface blemishes.
CONSTRUCTION JOINTS AND COLD JOINTS

Joints are a common source of weakness and, therefore, it is desirable to avoid the,. If this is
not possible, their number shall be minimized. Concreting shall be carried out continuously up
to construction joints, the position and arrangement of which shall ne indicated the
drawings/or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
Construction joints shall be placed at accessible locations to permit cleaning out of laitance,
cement slurry and unsound concrete, in order to create rough/uneven surface. It is essential to

210
clean out laitance and cement slurry by using wire brush on the surface of joint immediately
after initial setting of concrete and to clean out the same immediately thereafter. The prepared
surface shall be in a clean saturated surface dry condition when fresh concrete is placed,
against it.
In the case of construction joints at locations where the previous pour has been cast against
shuttering, the correct method of obtaining of rough surface for the previously poured
concrete to be adopted is to expose the aggregate with a high pressure water jet or any other
appropriate means, such as sand blasting/chipping.
Fresh concrete shall be thoroughly vibrated neat construction joints so that mortar from the
new flows between large aggregates and develop proper bond with old concrete.
15.1 CURING
Effective curing shall be needed to prevent the loss of moisture from the concrete whilst
maintaining a satisfactory temperature regime. The curing regime is to prevent the
development of high temperature gradients within the concrete.
15.2 MOIST CURING

Exposed surface of concrete shall be kept continuously in a damp or wet condition by ponding
or by covering with a layer of sacking canvas, hessian or similar materials and kept constantly
wet for at least 21 days from the date of placing concrete.
15.3 MEMBRANE CURING

Approved curing compounds shall be used in lieu of most curing for achieving fool proof
curing. Such compounds shall be applied to all exposed surface of the concrete as soon as
possible after the concrete has set. Impermeable membranes such as polyethylene sheet
covering closed to the concrete surface may also be used to provide effective barrier against
evaporation.
16.0 FINISHING
16.1 GENERAL
Finishing of formed and unformed surface shall be performed only by skilled workmen. All
exposed concrete surface shall be cleaned of all incrustations of cement mortar or grout and
unsightly stains shall be removed.
16.2 FORMED SURFACES

Surface of concrete finished against forms shall be smooth, free form projections and filled
thoroughly with mortar. Immediately upon removal of forms, all unsightly ridges of fines
shall be removed and any local bulging on expose surfaces shall be remedied by tooling and
rubbing. All holes left by the removal of fasteners shall after being reamed with toothes
reamer, be neatly filed with dry patching mortar. All porous and fractured concrete and
surface concrete to which additions are required to bring it to the prescribed lines shall be

211
sharp edged add dewed and shall be filled to required lies which fresh concrete or dry
patching mortar. Where concrete s used for filling the chipped opening these shall not be less
than 8 cm in depth and the concrete filling shall be reinforced and dowelled to the surface of
the opening. Honey combed surfaces and surfaces, which give a hollow sound, shall be
rectified by guiding at the contractor’s cost, within the unit rate accepted for concrete.
16.3 DRY PACKING

Dry packing mortar shall consist of one part of cement to 2 parts of sand by volume and just
enough water, so that mortar us used, will stick together on being molded into a ball by a
slight pressure of the hands and will not exclude water when pressed but will leave the hands
damp. The mortar shall be placed in layers of not more than 25 mm thickness. After being
compacted each layer shall be roughed by being scratched to provide and effective bound
with the succeeding layers. The last or finishing layer shall be smooth to form a surface
continuous with the surrounding concrete. All patches shall be bonded thoroughly to the
surface of the chipped opening and shall be sound and free from shrinkage cracks.
16.4 FINISHING PERMAENTLY EXPOSED SURFACE

Except and otherwise specified or directed all permanently exposed concrete surface and other
water way surface requiring durability under water (except the outlet) shall be finished in the
following manner.
Immediately upon the removal of the surface shall be wetted and all surface pit and air
bubbles filled by rubbing mortar composed of cement and fine sand in proportion (1:2) into
the pits with burlap so as to secure a uniformly dense smooth face. The rubbing shall be
performed in such a manner as to leave the surface free of extra mortar not used for filling the
pits if the filling operations be unduly delayed & the surface of the pits become coated with
dirt or other contamination material, they shall be thoroughly cleaned & washed and shall be
maintained in a moist condition, until the mortar filling is placed. Such cleaning shall be done
by means of air and water jet and chipping or brushing or other satisfactory means without
damaging concrete. All operations in connection with the filling of surface pits shall be
handled as quickly as practicable to minimize the period during which the concrete and
mortar filling are exposed to drying. When the treatment of a surface has been completed the
surface shall be neat and of the same colour and texture as the adjoining concrete.
16.5 FINISHING CONCEALED SURFACE

For exterior concealed surfaces below ground or backfill level or like surfaces not otherwise
specified no finish is necessary except that sand streaks metal pockets, honey combing or
other imperfections which are of consequence affecting strength water tightness or protection
of reinforcing steel from corrosion, shall be corrected and repaired as prescribed for formed
surface.
16.6 FINISHING UNFORMED SURFACE

Unformed surface shall be finished by one or more of the operations of screening, floating &
travelling. Working of the surfaces should be done at proper time employing experienced men

212
and should be jus sufficient to produce he desired finish. Screeding which gives the surface its
approximate shape by striking off surplus concrete immediately after compaction shall be
accomplished by moving a straight edge or template with a sawing motion across wood or
metal strip that have been established as guides. Where the surface is curved a special screed
should be used. Shortly after the concrete is screed the surface should be brought true to form
& grade by working it sparingly with wooden float. If a course textured finished is desired or
of the surface is to be steel trowelled a second or final floating should be performed after
some stiffening has occurred and the surface moisture film or shine has disappeared. Where a
smooth dense finish is desired shall be followed by steel trowelling some time after moisture
film, or shine has disappeared from the floated surface and when the concrete has hardened
sufficiently to prevent fine material and water from being worked out to the surface.
Excessive trowelling particularly at an early time shall be avoided.
17.0 DAMAGE DUE TO FLOODS GOVT. NOT RESPONSIBLE

In case of damage of any of the concrete works de to floods. Govt. will not be responsible and
whatever corrective measures are required to be adopted shall be done by the contractor at his
cost.
18. SAMPLING AND STENGTH OF DESIGNED MX CONCRETE
(i) SAMPLING OF CONCRETE

A random sampling procedure shall be adopted to ensure that each concrete batch shall have a
reasonable chance of being tested; viz. the sampling should be spread over the entire period of
(concreting and cover all mixing units.
(ii) FREQUENCY OF SAMPLING
The minimum frequency of sampling of concrete of each grade shall be in accordfance with
the following:
Quantity of concrete in
Number of samples
the work m³
1-5 1
6-15 2
16-30 3
3150 4
4 plus on additional sample for each additional 50 m³ or part
51 and above
there –of.
At least one sample shall be taken from each shift.
(iii) TEST SPECIMEN

Three test specimens shall be made for each sample for testing at 25 days. Additional
specimens any be taken to determine the strength of concrete at 7 days. Test result of the
sample shall be the average of the strength of 3 specimens. The individual variation should

213
not be more than ± 15% of the average strength 3 specimens. If more, the test results of the
sample are considered invalid.
(iv) ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA OF COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH

The concrete shall be deemed to comply with the strength requirement when both the
following conditions are met, as per IS: 456-2000.
(a) The mean strength determined from any group of 4 non-overlapping consecutive test
results complies with the appropriate limits in column 2 of the following table. Any
individual test result complies with the appropriate limits in column 3 of the following
table.
TABLE
Characteristic compressive strength compliance requirement
Specified grade Mean of the group of 4 non- Individual test results in
overlapping consecutive test N/mm²
results in N/mm²
1 2 3
M15 Fck +0.825 x Fck – 3 N/mm²
established standard deviation
(rounded off to nearest
0.5N/mm²)
Or
Fck + 3 N/mm2 which ever is
greater
M20 or above Fck +0.825 x Fck – 4 N/mm²

established standard deviation
(rounded off to nearest
0.5N/mm²)
Or
Fck + 4 N/mm2 which ever is
greater
In the absence of established value of standard deviation, the flowing value may be assumed
in the first instance and there-after established value base on the requisite number of test
results.
Grade of concrete Assumed standard de
M10 and M15 3.5N.mm²
M20 and M25 4.0N/mm²
Fck = Characteristic compressive strength of 15mm cube at 28-days in N/mm² For M15 &
M2 grades, fck is 15N/mm² respectively.
For M10 concrete, fck is 10N/mm². In respect of CC lining with a minimum cement level of
250Kg/m³, minimum fck envisaged is 15N/mm². Based on the assumed standard of deviation

214
values of 2N/mm² and 3N/mm² for M10 and M15 respectively their acceptance criteria of
compressive strength can be envisaged as;
Specified grade Mean of the group of 4 Individual test results in
non-overlapping N/mm²
consecutive test
results in N/mm²
1 2 3
M10 Fck +0.825 x Fck – 2 N/mm²
standard deviation
M15 (CC lining with Fck +0.825 x Fck – 2.5 N/mm²
minimum standard deviation
cement level of
250 Kg/m³)
Note: The minimum cement level of 250Kg/m³ for plain cement concrete lining is from the durability
consideration and not on the 28-day characteristic strength basis alone.
Standard Deviation: It is calculated from the following equation :
Sd =
( X – X)2
N-1
N= No. of samples (30 samples are generally considered)

X = Sum of the mean value of 3 test specimens of each sample divided by the number of
samples, viz. overall average strength.
X= Difference between overall average strength and the mean strength of 3 test specimens of
each sample.
(v) TEST AND THEIR FREQUENCY

(vi) The various tests and their frequencies for concrete work shall be carried out as per
following Table:
S.N Name of Test Frequency Purpose Indian Standard
1. Coarse Aggregates :
Sieve analysis One test for every To know the IS 2386-Part-I 1963
150m³ or less gradation
Specific gravity, bulk To assess the IS 2386-Part-III 1963
density, moisture content suitability of
and absorption -do- aggregates and to
utilized data for
mix design
Soundness (sodium To assess the IS 2386- Part-V 1963
sulphate method) -do- quality of
materials
Abrasion, impact & IS 2386-Part 1963
-do- -do-
crushing values

215
Organic Impurities -do- -do- IS 2386- Part-II 1963

Petrographic byanination Twice in one To know the IS 2386-Part-VIII 1963
season extent of
deleterious
materials & silt
content
2. Fine Aggregates
Screen analysis One test for every To know grain IS 2386- Part-I 1963
150m³ of sand used size and fineness
in concrete modulus of sand
Unit weight and bulkage To know IS 2386- Part-III 1963

suitability of
-do- sand and to
utilize data for
mix design
Organic impurities To assess the IS 2386 Part-II 1963
-do-
quality
Specific gravity, To utilize data IS 2386-Part-III 1963
-do-
moisture content for mix design
3. Cement:
Fineness test One test for each To know the IS 4031-1988
brand of cement quality of
used during the cement used in
working seasons construction
preferably at 3
months interval
Normal consistency -do- -do- IS 4031-1988
Setting time -do- -do- IS 4031-1988
Soundness -do- -do- IS 4031-1988
Compressive strength -do- -do- IS 4031-1988
Chemical analysis -do- -do- IS 4031-1988
4. Finished concrete:
Slump test One test in each To check IS 1199-1959
shift or at frequent workability of
intervals to check concrete/water
workability cement ratio
Compressive strength Refer sampling & To know the IS 516-1959
strength of designed strength of concrete
mix concrete.
5. Finishing Lining Work
Density of concrete One core each from To know the The density of
bed & both the density of concrete concrete shall not be

216
slopes for 250m used for Lining. less than 2400

reach. kg/Cum.
Permeability Two cores one each To know the IS-3085-1965
from bed and slope permeability of
for per Km. of lined concrete used for
canal. Lining.
19.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENTS AND PAYMENT
Payment shall be on the net quantity of concrete after deducting quantities for opening and
other class of work. No deduction shall be made for anchor bars reinforcement grout holes
and bore or weep holes. Measurements of concrete shall be taken within the specified pay
lines for the structure or as indicated on the drawings.
Any concrete placed in the excavation beyond the line of structures to avoid use of from shall
not be paid for. The quantity of item shall be computed by using prismoidal formula only.
If block outs and slots are necessary for embedding the foundation bolt and other embedded
parts shall be provided by the contractor without any extra cost. The payment for work
required for it, shall presumed to be included in the payment of concrete item.
Payment at the rate of 10% shall be withheld I running payments. Engineer-in-charge shall
inspect the work in relation to finished level and line of concrete laid. And withheld payments
shall be released only after receipt of acceptable test results as per para 18.0 and satisfactory
finishing of work in line and level, in the opinion of the engineer-in-charge.
Measurement shall be on cubic meter basis and paid accordingly.

217
SECTION - VI
11-PROVIDING AND FILLING FOUNDATION WITH RUBBLE

AND MURUM BED
7.1.00 GENERAL
The item provides for filling rubble and murum in foundation including, de-watering preparing the
bed for foundation, obtaining rubble and sand, hand packing and ramming the foundations and
filling the voids as directed.
7.2 MATERIAL
The rubble and murum shall be of approved quality and the percentage of material should be
Sand. 40% and Rubble 100%
7.3 FILLING
The bed on which rubble and murum is to be laid shall be cleared of all loose materials, levelled
and compacted and got approved from the Engineer-in-charge before starting rubble and sand
filling. Such preparation of the base shall be covered by the rate of this item.
The rubble shall be laid with the largest face downward and in close contact with each other in
layer not exceeding 30 cm. Each layer of rubble filling shall be hand packed and sand/murum
shall be filled in the joints and voids so as to fill them completely as possible. The rubble filling
shall be roughly levelled .at the top with sand.
7.4 ITEM TO INCLUDE
i) Preparation of foundation for laying rubble and murum bedding
ii) Providing rubble and murum for filling.
iii) Laying, packing and compacting including watering of rubble and murum.
i) Any other labour, materials and use of tools required for the completion of the item
satisfactorily.

The measurements shall be taken of compacted fill and payment shall be on cubic meter basis.

218
SECTION - VI
12- DISMANTLING
1 GENERAL
The items provides for the complete removal of the existing structure except such
portions as may be required or permitted to be left in place as shown on the drawing
or as directed by the engineer-in-charge, clearing the site, sorting out useful materials
and stacking them with all lead and lifts as directed by the Engineer-in-charge and
wasting the non-useful material.
2 PRELIMINARIES
If necessary & directed by engineer-in-charge the contractor shall have to erect
screens of canvas or other suitable materials and/ or to water the structure and area
to water the structure and area to avoid the nuisance of dust before and during
dismantling. Care shall be taken to see that dismantling is done in such sequence
and manner as to prevent all avoidable damage to usable materials and any damage
to nearby property or injury to life.
In case of structure, which is to be removed for rectification, all members shall be
properly match marked with paint. The pins, nuts, plates, structural members etc
shall be similarly marked for identification of their position entire assembly. All
machined surfaces, pinhole, pins, etc shall be coated with grease.
Inventories of all possible services material shall be captured on record and signature
of the contractor often in token of his expectation any doubt or non-agreement with
the same shall be reported by the contractor before starting removal. Portion required
to kept intact shall be clearly marked before starting dismantling. If no separate
provision exists in tender for necessary diversion, the contractor shall nevertheless
invariably be responsible for the construction and maintenance of adequate barriers,
watchmen and/or lights at the end of portion of the road closed by construction, to the
satisfaction of the engineer at his (contractor’s) cost, diversion itself being treated as
extra work. A register shall be opened by the contractor on the work site to show day-
to-day account of the turnout, salvaged materials land whether properly stacked or
wasted. It shall be signed by the representative of the contractor and responsible
member of the department supervising staff every day.
3 DISMANTLING AND REMOVAL

The structure shall be dismantled carefully and the materials removed without
causing damage to the serviceable materials to be salvaged, the part of the structure
to be retained and any properties or structures nearby. Any avoidable damage to
articles to be salvaged and part of the structure to be retained and any damage to
nearby property or structure shall be made good by the contractor without any claims.
The contactor shall be responsible for any injury to the workers or the public.
Unless otherwise specified the structure shall be removed up to 45cm (about 18’’)
below the ground level and the portion which interferes in any way with the new

219
construction shall be removed entirely. Removal of overlying or adjacent materials if

required for the dismantling of the structure shall be included in the item. Where
existing bridge is to be extended to otherwise incur prated in a new work, only such
part or parts of the existing structure shall be removed as are necessary to provide a
proper connection to the new work. The connecting edges shall be cut, chipped and
trimmed to the required line and grades without weakening or damaging the part of
the structure to be retained. Blasting if required, may be resorted to with the written
permission of the Engineer. In such a case blasting shall be carried out as specified
in B2. All blasting operation shall be finished before the new construction as
commenced. Equipment or methods which might damage members,
portions of the structure to be preserved or adjacent construction or structure shall
not be used. If sewers and drains
are removed or disturbed, the contractor shall at once remove the foul matter. If
sewers or drains shall be temporarily removed the contractor shall provide temporary
passage for the flow and redo the sewer or drain without extra claims. If existing
sewers or drains are required to removed permanently and rebuilt to altogether new
alignments, they shall be paid for separately as extra work if there is no provision in
the tender for such work.
4 DISPOSAL
All the materials obtained from the removal of the structure shall be the property of
Government. Useful materials shall be stacked neatly in such a manner as to avoid
deterioration and in place directed by Engineer within a lead of 100m (about 328’) or
on the bank indicated by the Engineer whichever is more. Different categories of
materials shall be stacked separately.
Unless otherwise provided, excavated materials shall be used in backfilling
excavation made in removing the structure, in constructing embankment or otherwise
disposed off as directed within 100m free of cost.
Useful materials will be issued to contractor for use in the new work or elsewhere at
the rates provided in the tender or when not to provide at the rates agreed upon by
the Engineer or Contractor. Non-useful material shall be wasted by the
contractor without causing any damage or inconvenience.
5 FINAL CLEARANCE
All rubbish shall be cleared off the site and the ground left clean and clear. Any
damage caused during the operation shall be made good.
6 REPONSIBILITIES
i) Maintaining the register of the salvaged materials
ii) Keeping intact the portion not to be removed
iii) Avoidable damage to serviceable articles to be salvaged during dismantling
conveyance and stacking
iv) Blasting operation when necessary

220
v) Stacking neatly and safe custody of the salvaged materials till handling over the
department.
vi) Disposing off unserviceable materials and its consequences.
vii) Damage to nearby property and injury to workers and the public due to these
7 ITEM TO INCLUDE
1) All labour, materials use of equipment, tools and plant required for completing the
job satisfactorily.
2) Erecting and removing screen and watering when necessary and directed.
3) Marking the structure suitably
4) Opening register of salvaged materials
5) Providing adequate barricades, signs, light etc.
6) Removal of the structures.
7) Diverting the existing drains, roads etc. temporarily and redoing the same if not
separately provided.
8) Stacking serviceable materials
9) Wasting unserviceable materials
10) Clearing site on completion
11) Compensation or damages properties or injuries to persons
8 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

The contract rate shall be a lump sum for the complete job. Proportionate payment
may be made through running account bills. Full payment shall be made on
completion of the job in all respects.
SECTION - VI
13-PROVIDING SELECTED EARTH BACK FILL
1 SCOPE
Earth back fill is defined as the embankment constructed in the vicinity of concrete of
masonry structures by utilization of the suitable selected excavated material either
directly or by re handling or from quarried borrows material without extra cost,
whenever the excavated material fails to satisfy the specifications requirements, the
decision of the Engineer- in-charge regarding the stability of materials for earth back
fill shall be final and binding upon the contractor. The characteristics of the backfill
shall be in general conformity with the zoning and satisfy the necessary filter criteria.
2 CONTROL OF COMPACTION
Control of placement shall be based on the proctor test of soil compactions with
modifications approved by the Engineer-in-charge. Optimum moisture content shall
be pre determined in the laboratory. Dry and wet densities shall be controlled by the
field tests to aces the degree of compaction. The dry density shall be in no case
below 95% of the standard proctor density.

221
3 MOISTURE CONTENT
Moisture content shall be controlled by all necessary operations such as sprinkling
mixing and ponding in borrow areas drying by exposure, so as to attain the optimum
moisture content as determined in the laboratory. If the field moisture content is
beyond the range of moisture content prescribed, the rolling operations and adding of
further layers shall be differed till the prescribed moisture content is obtained.
4 METHOD OF COMPACTION AND PLACEMENT

The materials shall be placed in continuous horizontal layers of not more than 15cm
in thickness and shall be compacted as specified below. The laying and compaction
shall be or as directed by the engineer-in-charge. The compaction standard specified
in para EW 5.0 to EW 7.0 shall be satisfied.
5 BACK FILL WITH RANDOM SOIL

This item covers all the excavated or quarried material suitable for backfill which shall
be placed as per paragraph above.
6 BACK FILL OF IMPERVIOUS MATERIAL

The impervious material should have sufficiently low coefficient of permeability and at
the same time desired dry density and sheared strength measured in the laboratory.
Selected material shall be quarried in as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The
back fill shall be placed as per paragraph above and paid as per paragraph above.
7 MEASUREMENTS
The measurements shall be on the basis of cubical contents of the compacted fill.
The rates shall be placed as in paragraph above.
SECTION – VI
14-REINFORCEMENT
8.0 SCOPE OF WORK
The item covers hauling, storing, cleaning, cutting, bending, placing and or erection in
position, securing and maintaining in position all reinforcement bars & reinforcement.
It also covers splicing of TMT bars, plain or tor as per the drawing or as required by
the Engineer-in-charge and providing the hooks at the ends. It also includes the cost
of furnishing and attaching wire ties and chairs, cover block supports etc. The item
also includes providing anchor bars to be provided in various stages of concrete or in
holes drilled in rock mass stilling basin work. The rate is inclusive of the splicing and

222
welding required. It also includes welding of reinforcing bars where directed or

permitted by the Engineer-in-charge.
8.1 SUPPLY
The reinforcement shall conform to I.S. 1786 ( 1985 ) Mild steel shall confirm to I.S.
432-1966. The necessary test reports shall be submitted before use Engineer-in-charge
at its discretion will test the steel in laboratories of his choice to conform the quality
requirements. Such testing charges shall be born by the contractor.
The reinforcing steel shall be brought by the contractor at his own cost subject to the
condition laid down under section additional conditions for materials to be brought by
the contractor.
8.2 BAR BENDING SCHEDULE
The department will issue the reinforcement details in the form of drawing. The
contractor shall prepare the bar bending schedule form such drawings. The schedule
shall be presented for approval well in advance of the laying of the reinforcement.
8.3 CLEANING
Before steel reinforcement is placed in the position the surface of the reinforcement
bars shall be cleaned of rust, scale, dirt, grease and other objectionable deleterious
foreign substances, heavy flaky rust and mill scale that cannot be removed by firm
rubbing with burlap or equivalent treatment being considered. The fact that light or
early stage rust, has no effect on bond and hence could be disregarded, shall not be
accepted as an excuse for careless handling and storage of steel.
8.4 BENDING: (REFER I.S. NO. 2502-63)
Metal Reinforcement shall not be straightened or bend in a manner that will injure or
weaken the materials. Bars with kinks or bends not shown on the drawings shall not
be used. The bar shall be bent cold to the shape as per dimension shown in drawing or
as directed, using a bar beinder, operated by hand or power, to attain the proper
bending radius. The radius of bend shall not be less than 4 times of nominal size of
the bars. The radius of the bend for strips and ties should not be less than the twice the

223
thickness of bar. Heating of reinforcement bars to facilitate bending will not normally
be permitted. When however such heating is permitted in the case of large diameter
bars, the temperature of the steel shall not exceed the corresponding to cherry red
colour (about 8000c)
8.5 PLACING
8.5.1 BINDING WIRE
Wire for tying reinforcement shall be soft and annealed steel. The wire may be of 16
to 18 B.WG. and shall be soft and shall have (to confirm to IS 280,1962) the ultimate
strength of not less than 5600 kglcm2 and yield point of not less than 300 kg/cm2.
8.5.2 SUPPORT AND SPACERS
Metal support and spacers shall be fabricated from non corrodible metal. Dissimilar
metals should not be placed in concrete in intimate proximity with each other or be
joined by connector, specially in the continued presence of moisture unless it is
known that galvanic action will not result.
8.5.3 SPLICING BY OVERLAPPING (REF. ISS 456-1956)

Bars splices as indicated in the drawings will only be used unless modification their
in. The point of maximum stresses shall however be avoided. Splicing of adjacent bar
at same location along their lengths shall be avoided as possible.
8.5.4 BY WELDING
Welding of bars shall be done for splices in lieu of lapping, where so directed. The
welds shall be only at approved locations. The joints shall be of the ‘V’ butt-weld.
This welding shall be done by the electric method using a process which will preclude
the contact of atmosphere with the molten metal of the weld joined before it solidifies.
Suitable means shall be provided for holding the bars securely in position during
welding process.

224
The ends of the bars shall be cleaned off all dirt scales, rust, grease, paint or other
foreign matter before welding. Only qualified welders shall be employed on the work
and all welding shall conform to the best modern practices. All welding shall conform
to the relevant (ISS 456-1956 Appendix - 11)
A weld will be considered unsatisfactory if it fails to sustain a tensile stress of at least

90% of the tensile strength of the bar in which the weld has been made. The
contractor shall make all necessary arrangement for carrying out the test as directed
by and under the guidance of Engineer-in-charge and within the accepted unit rate of
reinforcement. In the event welded joints are used at the approval of
Engineer-in-charge each welded joint will be paid as standard lap joint length for the
diameter of bars concerned. Where because of splicing the thickness of concrete in
between reduces to less than the maximum size of aggregate a concrete with a
reduced maximum size of aggregate shall be used so as to allow development of bond
in splice. The extra cost of such special concrete shall be deemed to have included in
the unit rate for the main concrete & shall be paid at the same rate.
8.6 DISTANCES BETWEEN REINFORCEMENT BARS
8.6.1 The distance between two parallel reinforcement bars shall be greatest of the
following distances.
a) The diameter of either bar, if their diameters be equal.
b) The diameter of the larger bar if the diameters be unequal.
c) 8 mm more than the nominal maximum size of the coarse aggregate comprise in
such concrete.
Note : A greater distance should be provided when convenient.
8.6.2 The vertical distance between two horizontal main steel reinforcement or the
corresponding distance at right angles to two inclined main, steel. Reinforcement shall
not be less than 12 mm except at a splice or lap and except where one reinforcement
in transverse of the other.

225
8.6.3 The pitch of the main bar in a reinforcement concrete solid slab shall not be more than
three times the effective depth of such slab.
The pitch of distribution bars in R.C.C. solid slab shall not be more than 4 times the
effective depth of such slab.
8.7 CONCRETE COVER
8.7.1 Sufficient concrete cover shall be provided to protect reinforcement from corrosion as
indicated in the drawing. All protruding bars from concrete or masonry to which other
bars are to be spliced and which will be exposed to action of weather for an indefinite
period shall be protected from rusting by a thin coat of neat cement grout. Accurate
records shall be kept at all time of numbers, size, lengths and weight of bars in
position for different parts of the work.
8.7.2 The thickness of concrete cover. (exclusive of plaster or other decorative finish shall
be as fallow)
a) At each end of reinforcing bar, a cover should not be less than 25 mm nor less
than twice the diameter of such rod or bar.
b) For a longitudinal reinforcing bar in a column, cover should not be less than
40mm or less than the diameter of such rod. In the case of column of minimum
dimension of 18 cm or under those bars which do not exceed 12 mm diameter, 25
mm cover may be used.
c) For a longitudinal reinforcing bar in a beam a cover should not be less 25 mm
or less than the diameter of such rod or bar.
d ) For tensile, compressive, shear or other reinforcement in a slab a cover should
not be less than 12 mm not less than diameter of such reinforcement.
e) For any of the reinforcement, not less than 12 mm, nor less than the diameter of
such reinforcement.
f) For all external works against earth face and for internal work where there exits
particularly corrosive conditions the cover of the concrete shall be increased by 12
mm beyond the figure given (a to e)

226
8.8 ADDITIONAL IMPORTANT POINTS FOR ATTENTION

8.8.1 Before the reinforcement bars are fixed in position it shall be verified as to whether
the specified grade, size are cut and bent in accordance with the relevant drawings and
specification. For any mistake, the contractor shall be solely responsible and shall
made him self liable for all rectification of mistake at his risk and cost.
8.8.2 Reinforcement bars shall be accurately placed and secured in position by means of
built in concrete blocks, metallic chairs, hangers, spacers or other suitably approved
device at sufficiently close intervals so that they will not sag between supports and
shall not be displaced during the placing of concrete or operation of work.
8.8.3 Before start in concreting, the contractor shall ascertain that the measurement of the
reinforcement placed have been recorded by the authorised representative of the Dept.
and the Engineer-in-charge certifies to the correctness of the reinforcement used.
Failing to do so no payment shall be made for the item and the Engineer-in-charge
athis discretion may order dismantling and reconstruction of the work where
necessary. The engineer.-in-charge or his authorised representative shall record the
fact of his having checked & approved the reinforcement in the order book kept on
the work before allowing concreting to commence.
8.9 Precautions to be taken before Monsoon
The concreting shall be so planned that the reinforcement length just meeting the
bond length requirment shall remain uncovered. Such uncovered reinforcement shall
be strictly painted before closing the work at the end of season. The cost of such
painting is deemed to be included in the unit rate.
8.10 MODE OF MEASUREMENTS
The steel shall be recorded only if satisfactory test results are submitted to the
Engineer-in-charge
Accurate records shall be kept at all times of numbers sizes, lengths & weight of bars
placed in position for different parts of work. The reinforcement shall be paid as the
weight in MT. of the actual quantity of steel reinforcement placed in the structure
arrived at by measuring the length of the bars used multiplied by the standard weight
per unit length of particular diameter of bar (as shown in the bar bending schedule)
The standard weight of the bars shall be as follows

227
Diameter of bar
Weight in Kg/ Rmt
in mm
HYSD Steel
6 0.222
8 0.395
10 0.617
12 0.888
16 1.578
18 2.000
20 2.465
22 2.983
25 3.852
28 4.832
32 6.311
36 7.990
40 9.860
45 12.49
50 15.41
In the case of deformed bars, the weight per unit length for a bar for specified
diameter (in nominal size will be as shown in the manufactures catalog) of
deformed bars and the payment to the contractor will be done on the basis of
weight given by the manufactures.
This shall include the quantity in laps, hooks and bends. It shall not include
weights of metallic chairs, hangers, spacer of other suitable devices if used. The
length of bar shall be measured to the nearest 10 cm. A fraction less than 5 cm
shall be neglected and fraction of 5 cm or more shall be taken as 10 cm.

228
The cost of wire used for binding the reinforcement shall be deemed to be
included in the rate of the item of reinforcement and shall not be paid for
separately. (Surplus steel in pieces of any length shall not be taken back by the
contractor on any ground.)
Accurate records shall be kept at all times of numbers, size, length, on weight as
actual quantity of steel reinforcement placed in the structure arrived at the time
of, including hook, bends and laps. The unit rate accepted for the reinforcement
shall include the cost of supplying, cutting, bending, cleaning, and attaching
binding wire, separators, hangers etc. shall be deemed to be included in the unit
rate of reinforcement and shall not be measured nor paid for. Whether welding is
permitted spice length shall not be paid for separately. Chairs if any provided as
per instruction of Engineer-in-charge will be paid separately.
SECTION –VI
15-PROVIDING, LAYING AND JOINTING NP2/NP3 R.C.C. PIPES
9.1.0 GENRAL
The item shall include providing and fixing in position R.C.C. pipes of specification
class /type and internal diameter including collar and fixing in C.M. 1:2 including cost of all
materials and labour for handling transport and laying.
9.2.0 MATERIALS
Concrete pipes and collar shall be of the class and diameter mentioned in the item and
shall comply with I.S. 458-1956 and brought by the contractor near the site of work
The collars shall be of the appropriate size for fixing of the concrete pipes specified on
drawings and shall comply with the I.S.458-1956.
The cement mortar shall comply with specification as per P.W.D Red Book
9.3.0. HANDLING AND LAYAING OF PIPES
9.3.1. All care shall be exercised in loading, transporting and unloading of concrete
pipes. Handling shall be such as to avoid impact. Gradual unloading by inclined planes by

229
chain pully block shall be done.
9.3.2. All pipes and collars will be inspected by the Engineer – in – charge before being
laid broken cracked or defective pipes or collar shall not be used.
9.3.3. Pipes shall be lowered in to the trenches carefully. Mechanical appliances may be
used.
9.3.4. Pipes shall be laid true to line ad grade as specified. The sections of the pipes shall
be jointed together in such a manner that there shall be little unevenness as possible along the
inside of the pipe.
9.3.5 Laying of pipes shall always precede upgrade of a slope.
9.3.6. Walking of working on the completed pipe shall not be permitted until the trenches
has been back filled to a height of at least 30 cm. over the pipe except as the may be
necessary in trapping of backfilling.
9.3.7. The back fill material shall be selected and deposited with reference to futures
safety of pipe. Only suitable soils, clean and free from boulders, large roots, excessive
amounts of sob or other vegetation and free from lumps shall be used and care shall be taken
when backfilling not to injure of dist rub the pipe or the joins. The payment for backfilling
shall be made in the respective item of earth work.
9.3.8. The tamping around the pipe shall be done by hand or other hand operated
mechanical means. The water content of the soil shall be as near the optimum moisture
content as possible.
9.3.9. Compacted back fill shall be placed in horizontal layers not exceeding 15 cm. after
compaction. Heavy stones shall neither be dropped on the top of pipe nor shall be allowed to
roll down the side of embankment against the pipe.
9.4.0. JOINTING OF PIPE
Spun yam and hemp dipped in hot bitumen shall be inserted inside the groove gap
between two adjacent pipes and the next pipe pressed home with jack. The R.C.C. collar of
appropriate dia . Which in inserted earlier on the pipe shall then be placed at the junction and
cement mortar of 1:1 prop (Cement and sand) shall then be caulked inside the clearances
between the pipe and collar using angle iron ring for support against the collar. The sand to
be used for jointing shall be entirely free of clay and other forging materials. The neat cement
and sand to used for jointing shall be mixed with just little quantity of water to make the

230
mixtures moist so that when the mixture is gripped tightly in hand, it shall just retain its shape
and not fall down nor leave any trace of moist cement on hand. The angle iron ring shall be
removed after the caulking is completed and neat filled joints of cement mortar 1:1 shall be
made on both sides of the collar giving a neat finish.
9.5.0 CURING OF JOINTS
Every joint shall be kept wet for ten days. The joints shall be covered with gunny bags
so as to have proper curing and kept continuously wet.
9.6.0. BELL MOUTH ENTRY
The shape of the ball mouth shall be as shown in the drawing. The bell mouth shall be
constructed in cement concrete 1:2:3 prop and pipe shall
End at distance of ½ dia of the vertical face upstream at entry. This shall be done with
semi mould steel template. Finish shape and texture shall be good. Upper half cast like arch
and usual precautions shall be observed
9.7.0. MODE OF MEASURMENT AND PAYMENT
The rare shall be for providing and laying and jointing one meter of spun concrete
pipe, joined and fixed in position. The measurement shall be for the length of pipes provided
and fixed with collars up to bell mouth, limiting the length to that specified in the plan, or as
ordered by the Engineer-in-charge. The length shall be measured correct to a centimeter.
Providing and fixing AC/UPVC pipes of 50 mm dia as directed by engineer incharge.
SECTION - VI
16- M.S. Screw Type Gate

1 GENERAL
Items includes providing, fabrication & erection or replacement of damage components of gates
including hoisting arrangement for head regulator gates / outlet gates/ cross regulator gates in
canal
2 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP
2.1 GENERAL
All parts shall be manufactured true to the approved drawing and dimensions. All
tolerances shall be defined on the contractor’s drawings for both manufacturing and installation
purposes. These shall confirm to tolerances, given in relevant I.S.codes

231
The material used in the fabrication, erection and commissioning of the equipment shall be
new, of high quality and selected particularly to meet the duties required by them. The material
specification shall be indicated in contractor’s detailed drawings. The use of materials liable to
weathering may not be allowed to be used without proper protections. All workmanship shall be
of the highest quality throughout to ensure smooth land vibration free and noise free operation
under all possible operation conditions and the designs, dimensions and materials of all parts,
shall be so chosen that the stresses to which they may be subjected shall not render them liable to
distortion or damage under the most severe conditions encountered in actual service. Material and
workmanship.
3 METAL WORK FABRCTION AND MACHINE WORK
3.1 GENERAL
All equipments, materials and supplies shall be of the most suitable quality of the work. The
Contractor shall without extra cost provide samples and co-operate in the testing of materials and inspection of
the works. The Engineer-in-Charge shall have access at all times to the places of storage and to the places
where material are being fabricated or processes to determine whether their fabrication and process are
proceeding in accordance with the specification and Contractor’s drawings approved by the Engineer-in-
Charges.
The Engineer-in-Charge may reject at any stage, any work which he considers to be defective in
quality and shall be debarred from rejecting the wrought materials by reason of his having previously passed
them in an un-worked condition. Any portion of the materials rejected shall be removed from the work site by
the Contractor at his expense, upon written instructions to that effect by the Engineer-in-Charge. The
Contractor at his expense shall make replacement of such materials.
In lieu of removing the materials which are not in accordance with the work, the Engineer-in-
Charge may allow such materials to main, and in that case, such work may be paid at reduced rates as may be
decided by the Engineer-in-Charge, provided it is technically acceptable.
No work shall be converged up or put out of view without the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge
and the Contractor shall afford full opportunity for examination and measurement of the materials. The
contractor shall give due notice to the Engineer-in-Charge. Whenever such material is ready for examination
and the Engineer-in-Charges shall, within a reasonable period arrange for examining and measuring the material
unless he considers accordingly.
3.2 SCREW THREADS
The threads for bolts and nuts shall have M.thereads of international standards origination
and conforming to Indian standard ISO M. Screw threads diameter itch combinations’ (First
Revision with amendment No. 1) IS : 4218 (Part-II ) - 1976
3.3 FITS AND TOLERANCES.

232
Fits used for different components shall be according to the best modern shop practice.
Due considerations shall be given to the special nature of function of the parts and to the
corresponding accuracy required to secure proper operation. The fits shall be in accordance with
Indian Standard: “Guide for the selection of fits (First revision)” IS 2709-1982. These shall be
subjected to the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge.
The tolerance for embedded parts components of gate shall be as given in relevant I.S.
codes.
3.4 MACHINE FINISH
The type of finished surfaces shall be in accordance with the approved drawings. Where a
smooth finish corresponding thoroughness value ranging between 0.2 and 0.8 microns is specified
or required the machine work shall be performed in such a manner as to produce smooth surface
free and or for surface to be polished for appearance, Where an average finish corresponding
thoroughness value ranging between 1.6 and 6.3 microns in specified or required, smooth surface
shall be produced by ordinary machine methods, but slight tool marks shall be allowed. This
grade of finish shall e required or ordinary 25.0 microns is specified or required, rough machining
sufficient only to produce uniform surface shall be allowed. This grade of finish shall be used
primarily for surfaces which are not in contact, but which require finish for dimensional accuracy.
3.5 FABRICATION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL.

The structural steel work for the equipment covered by the specification shall conform to
the requirement of “Reamed work” and shall conform to the requirements unless otherwise called
for in thes specifications. All completed numbers shall be free from twists, bends nd open joints.
Attention is called to the special nature of the work involved in the manufacture of equipment,
which requires close adherence to the dimensions, tolerances and finish called for.
3.6 STRAIGHENING.
Before being laid off or worked in any manner structural material shall be straight without
twist, bends or kinks and shall e cleared of all rest and dirt. If straightening is necessary, it shall
be done by method that will not injure or mar the materials.
3.7 SHEARING, CHAIPPING AND GAS CUTTING.
Shearing, chipping and gas cutting shall be done carefully by torch or by electric are and
all portions of the work, which shall be exposed to view, shall present a neat appearance. Gas
cutting shall be mechanically controlled. Re-entrant cuts and copes in beams and channels shall
be filleted before cutting.
3.8 PLANING OR FINISHING THE EDGES.

233
Planning or finishing the sheared or cut edges or plates or rolled shapes shall not be
accepted except as otherwise specified for welded edges or as shown on the approved drawing.
3.9 WELDED EDGES.
The edges of plates or shapes to be joined by welding shall be formed properly to suit the
selected type of wielding. Shared edges of plates and shapes to e joined by welding shall be
machined or chipped to sound metal before welding
3.10 BENT PLATES AND SHAPES
Where bending of plates or forming shapes is required, these shall be bent to the proper
curvature y cold forming, Bends in grill plates shall be made across the grain of the plates with
the axis of radii or bends, normal to the direction in which the plates where rolled. Afterwards,
bent plates shall be rested by any approved method to ensure that all surfaces at the bends are free
from cracks and incipient fractures. Heating and hammering to correct curvature shall not be
permitted..
3.11 REAMED WORK
Holes in material 20 mm or less in thickness shall be sub-punched or sub-drilled before
assembly and reamed to full size after assembly and reamed to full size after assemble. Counter-
boring shall be done carefully to meet the requirement for clearance and fit of welded studs.
Anchor bolt holes shall be punched or flamed out to full size. All other holes shall be made by
the following method:
1) PUNCHING
Punching of holes to full size not be permitted. For sub-punching, the diameter of the
punch shall be 5 mm smaller than the nominal diameter of the bolts used and the diameter or the
die shall not be more than 2.5 mm larger than the diameter of punch. All holes shall be cut clean
without any burrs.
2) DRILLING AND REAMING.
For sub-drilling, the diameter of the drill shall be 3mm smaller than the nominal diameter
of holes used. Except where tapping is required or where tight fit bolts, ribbed bolts or dowels are
to be used full size drilled or reamed holes shall not be less than 1.5 mm nor more than 2.5 mm
larger than nominal diameter of the bolts used holes for ribbed bolts shall be drilled or reamed to
1.5mm less than the diameter of the rigged shank of the bolts to ensure tight fit . Reaming of sub-
punched or sub-drilled holes shall be done with machines after assembly. The templates shall be
used when assembled reaming is impracticable. Tapped holes shall be drilled to the proper
diameter for the tap used and shall be tapped carefully so that the threads will be continuous,
smoothly cut and free from imperfections.

234
3.12 ACCURACY OF PUNCHING, DRILLING AND REAMING.

1) The accuracy of all holes shall be such that during assembly, a cylindrical pin 3 mm less in
diameter that the normal size of the holes shall be entered perpendicular to the face of the member, without
drifting is not less than 75 percent of any group of continues holes in the same plane. All holes shall pass a pin
5mm smaller diameter than the nominal diameter of the holes.
2) AFTER ASSEMBLY
The accuracy remaining and drilling after assembly shall be such that not less than 85 percent of
any group of continuous holes in the same plane shall show no offset greater than 0.5 mm between adjacent
thickness of material, unless a greater degree of accuracy is called for on the contractor’s drawings approved by
the engineer-in-Charge or in these specifications.
3.13 WELDED STUDS.
Welded studs wherever used shall be welded in place with automatic end-welding guns. Templates
of sufficient thickness to afforded good alignment shall be used to accurately locate the studs during the welding
cycle and to locale matching holes in other material. Bushing shall be used for template holes, if necessary to
ensure angular alignment of the studs and location accuracy required for proper fit of parts to be assembled.
4.0 WELDING
4.1 PREPARATION FOR WELDING
Members to be joined by the welding shall be cut accurate to size, and where required shall be
rolled and pressed to the proper curvature in accordance with the dimensions shown on the approved drawings.
The edges of the members to be joined by welding shall be sheared, flame-cut or machined to suit the required
type of welding and to allow through penetration. The cut surfaces shall expose sound meta free from
laminations. Surface defects caused by shearing or flame cutting operation other injurious defects. The surface
of plates to be welded shall be free from rust, grease and other foreign matter for a distance of at least 50 mm
back from the edge of the weld. In assembling and during welding the component parts of built up members
shall be held in place with sufficient and prper clamps or other adequate means to keep with all parts in proper
position
Before commencement of welding the contractor shall submit complete programmed of welding sequence to
minimize stresses and distortion of finished member for the equipments for the approval of the Engineer-in-
Chares.
Particular are shall be taken aligning and separating the dugs of members to be joined by butt-welding, so that
complete penetration and fusion at the boom of the joint shall be ensured. All pinholes, cracks and other defects
shall be repaired by chapping or grading the defects to sound metal and re-welding. Where fillet welds are used,
the members shall fit closely and shall be held together during welding. The welding rods used form manual
welding shall be of heavily coasted type and shall be suitable for all position welding.
Where required. In welding, precautions shall be taken to minimized stresses due to expansion and contraction
and distortion due to heat by using the proper sequence in welding i.e. by penning the welds while hot or by
other satisfactory methods.

235
Specifications of distortions by blows after welding shall not be permitted. Welds shall not be primer coated
until they have been inspected and approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. The welding shall conform to Indian
Standard “Code of practice for Use of Metal Arc welding for General construction Mild Steel (First Revision)
(With Amendments No. 1and2)” IS:810-1969. All skin plate welds shall be continuous and water tight and shall
develop the full strength of plate. The electrodes hall conform to the Indian Standard “ Specifications for
covered electrodes for metal are welding of structural steel for welding products other than sheets and for
welding sheets (Parts I and II)” IS:814-1974
The Contractor shall prepare shop & field welding procedure including stress relieving and
pre-hea requirements & shall be in accordance with the best modern welding practice such as to
minimize residual tress and distortion of the finished members of the structure. Approval of any
procedure, however, shall not relieve the Contractor of the sole specifications. Welds in contact
with rubber seals shall be ground flush, all comers and corner welds in contact with rubber seals
shall be rounded.
4.2 APPROVAL TEST OF WELDING PROCESS.

Specifications of the welding procedure that are proposed to be used shall be established
and recorded and a copy of such procedure specifications together with certified copies of report
and results of test made in accordance with the procedure specification shall b furnished by the
Contractor. The procedure specifications shall conform to the Indian Standard “Approval tests for
welding procedures Part-I fusion welding of steel IS: 7307 (part-I) -1974.
4.3 QUALIFICATIONS OF WELDERS.
The contactor shall be responsible for the quality of work performed by his welding staff.
All welders assigned to the work shall have passed qualification test for welders. If at any time,
the work of any welder appears to be questionable, such welder shall be required to pass
additional qualification test conforming to Indian Standard” Code of practice for training and
testing of metal are welder” IS: 817-1966 and Indian standard “Approval test for welding
procedures part – I fusion welding go steel” IS: 7307 Part –I- 1974 to determine his ability to
work on which he is engaged.
4.4 CASTING.
All casting shall be true to pattern and the thickness of the metal shall not vary at any point
by more than 1.5 mm from that shown the drawing approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. Care
shall be taken in the foundry to cool the casting properly so that they shall not warp or twist. No
casting will accepted if it is warped and/or twisted to such extent that machined surfaces cannot

236
be properly finished to the dimensions shown in the drawings approved by the Engineer-in
Charge or require so much metal to be removed as to leave the thickness of the metal less than
that shown in the drawings approved by the Engineer-in Charge by more than 1.5 mm All casting
shall be free from cracks, large or injurious blow holes or grave holes and other blemished. They
shall have workmanlike finish, inside angles having proper fillets’ and unfinished edges of base.
Ribs and similar parts being neatly cast with rounded comers.
All casting shall be suitable heat-treated. The method of heat treatment and the relevant
records of heat treatment shall be furnished b the Contractor to the Engineer-in –Charge.
Subsequently all casting shall be subject to radiographic method of inspection at Contractor cot on
specified in form 3.9.4
Repairs of major defects in castings shall not be allowed, but if the strength and machine
ability of the castings can e ensured, the casting shall be rectified by welding with the prior
approval of the Engineer-in-Charge. All castings shall be welded in accordance with the
procedure laid down in Indian. Standr6 66 code of procedure for repair and rectification of steel
casting by metal-arc welding process IS: 5330 -1987. All such casting in the areas of repairs shall
radiography by re-examined as directed by and to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in Charge.
4.5 FORGINGS
All forging shall be supplied in the as-forged and normalized condition. They hall be sound and
free from scales, cracks crevices or any other flaws, that can be detrimental to their use.
All forging shall be suitably heat-treated. The method of heat treatment to be adopted shall be as
suggested by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer-in Charge. Finished surfaces of all forging shall be
smooth and free from tool mars.
The sample shall be tested for each cast and heat treatment batch. The chemical composition and
mechanical properties obtained from the sample shall comply with the Specified requirements. In case, the
sample fails to meet the specified requirements, the material represented shall be liable to rejection. The
contractor with pror approval of the Engineer-in Charge, shall be allowed to reheat-tart (not more than twice)
forgings represented ad resubmit fr testing.
All forgings shall be subjected to bend test to be carried out in accordance with Indian Standard “
Method for Bend Test for Steel” Products other than sheet strip, wire and Tube (First revision) (with amendment
NO. 1) (Reaffirmed 1980)” IS : 1599-1985.
Where the dimensions permit, test piece, 230 mm long and 32 mm square with edges rounded off,
shall be machined lengthwise from each test sample and bent cold by direct pressure round a former of diameter,
appropriate to the call of steel as shown in fig. 1. On page 9 of Indian standard” specification for carbon steel
forgings for General piece are parallel. Subsequently the ends of the test piece shall be brought together by
direct pressure and the test piece shall not fracture. One forging from each delivery run batch shall also be
examined for grain flow by sectioning and macro etching.

237
4.6 ERECTION, BOLTS, NUTS, WASHERS, STUDS AND OTHER FASTNERS..

All erection bolts, nuts washers & other fasteners shall be conforming to relevant I.S.
codes. Erection bolts, nuts, washers and other fastness shall be furnished in the amount of 15
percent or ten bolts, nuts, washers and other fasteners whichever is greater, in excess of the
nominal number of each size and length required for complete installation of equipments.
Bolts in tension shall have a net section at root of thread 15 percent in excess of the net
section required in tension. 16.7
FASTENINGS.
Nuts, bolts, studs and washers for incorporation in the equipment shall conform to the
requirements of the appropriate standards, where the contract includes nuts and bolts of different
standards; the tools shall be provided in compliance with this specification and shall include
spanners, taps and dies or these nuts and bolts. Nuts and bolts for pressure parts shall be included
under the contract, including locking devices and anti-vibration arrangements. Taper washers
shall be fitted, wherever necessary. Where there is risk of corrosion, bolts and studs shall be
finished flush with the surface of the nuts. Bolt except for high strength friction grip bolts shall
be designed so that with the nuts fully tightened, the stress intensity at the bottom of the tread
shall ot exceed half the yield point of the material under all conditions.
All bolts, nuts and screws, shall be of stainless steel or bronze. Spring type washer will
not be permitted where they may damage any protective coatings. Special tools, wrenches and
devices found to be necessary for the completion of the work shall also be provided under
contract.
5.0 SEALS AND ACCESSORIES.
i) The side seals shall be of musical note brass cladding and the top seal for all gates shall be
of double stem brass cladding rubber seals and the bottom seal of each gate piece shall be
rectangular type rubber seal. The pre-compression shall be 5 mm for the double stem seal.
ii) The bottom rubber seal shall be molded from natural or synthetic rubber containing not
less than 1% by weight of copper inhibitor and shall have the following physical properties.
a) Shore A Duero meter hardness 65+5
b) Minimum elongation 450%
c) Minimum ultimate tensile strength 14.50 N/mm2
The rubber compounds shall not absorb water more than 10% by weight in 7-day test. The tensile
strength of the test specimen after been subjected to an accelerate aging test of 48 hours in oxygen
at 70 degree C and brass and the rubber when subjected o the following loads.

238
Machine Dead Weight

Method method
1.5 mm (0.06inch)) 5.5 kg per 5.5 kg per
Centimeter Centimeter width
Fluorocarbon
width (30 Ibs / inch width
(30 Ibs / inch
width
ii) The Contractor shall carryout the tests required for measuring the properties of rubber
seals and fluorocarbon films at his cost and shall furnish the result to the Engineer-in
Charge.
For calculation the frictional forces to be overcome, the following friction coefficients
shall be adopted.
Materials in sliding Coefficient Friction
Contact starting Moving
Fluorocarbon on 0.20 0.15
Stainless steel.
iii) The rubber seals shall be fixed to the gate by means of seal clamps plates with
counter sunk screws made from stainless steel. The holes in the seal clamps shall be
countersunk to accommodate the conical heads of the screws. The edges of seal
clamps adjacent to seal bulb shall be round off
iv) The seal interference / pre-compression for the double stem type fluorocarbon clamed
rubber seals shall be 5.00 The projection of the bottom rectangular seal shall be
3.00mm .Suitable chamfer shall be provided at the bottom of the skin plate/clamp
plate to accommodate the bottom rectangular set in compressed position.
v) The top seal is to be provided for the topmost gate pieces as shown in the drawing
6 GUIDE BRACKET.
For limiting the lateral motion of the gate Guide bracket shall be provided for each gate
piece as shown in the approved drawings. The guide bracket shall take on guide rails securely
welded to the slot liners and embedded in the surrounding concrete. The face of the wheels shall
be slightly crowned. Suitable arrangement to the lubrication of these rollers guide bracket shall
be provided.

239
7 LIFTING LUGS/BRACKETS.
. A pair of lifting brackets of structural steel shall be provided for each gate piece as per drawing
and welded to the web of the top horizontal girder, for handling during transport and operations. The lifting
brackets shall be located in a vertical plane passing through the center of gravity of gate piece. Suitable slots
shall be provided in the web of the bottom horizontal girder of each gate pieced (except the bottom most piece)
for accommodating the lifting logs of the gate piece below.
8 SEAL SEATS, SEAL SEAT BASES, SEAL BASS.S

i) The seal seat plates shall be of mild steel and of dimensions show in the
perspective working drawings. The seal seat places shall be welded to the slot lining plates as the
case may be. The seal-seats shall be finished smooth within a range of 1.6 to 6.3 microns. The
edges of seal seats shall be suitable rounded / chamfered as indicated in Figure2, page 9 of I.S.
4622-1922, to prevent damage to rubber seal during gate operation.
ii) The faces of side seal, top seals and bottom seals shall be in a common plane
with ¼ mm without of sets or gaps or joints. The seal seats shall be flushed to the structural steel
bases plates in such a way that such smooth surface exist over te entire seal area.
The but joints between all seal seat section be finished smooth when assembled the joints
shall be ground-flush and shall but closely enough to ensure watertight joints.
9 FABRICATION OF H.R/D.O. GATES AND C.R.GAES

i) All the parts of the gate to be fabricated shall be manufactured using the details
and material specifications given in the working drawings and the best engineering practices. All
tolerances and allowances shall be as per the relevant IS codes and codes listed.
ii) The gate, frames shall be fabricated from steel plates and rolled section so
structural steel or other materials as specified in the working drawing and shall be of welded
construction. Field joints, if any may either be welded or bolted as specified but shall be
watertight.
All bolts, nuts and screws, shall be of stainless steel or bronze. Spring type washer will
not be permitted where they may damage any protective coatings. Special tools, wrenches and
devices found to be necessary for the completion of the work shall also be provided under
contract.

240
10 HOUSING DEVICE
Hoisting arrangement shall be screw type the stem rod shall be 40mm dia. Mild steel. The
supporting frame structure shall e fabricated & erected as per relevant detailed drawing.
11 GATES
All parts of gates shall be constructed or repaired in accordance with all these
specifications. The structural members of the gate shall be securely connected by riveting or
welding. Highly important joints and connections, which will be heavily stressed under load,
shall be made without flow. These joints shall include the connection between bracket, bearing
hub and the end arms, arms and the horizontal girders.
For riveting or welding of such connections, only the best qualified riveters or welders
shall be assigned.
The gate shall be provided with side, top and bottom seals. Care shall be taken that the
side seals be only and with uniform pressure throughout their length on the wall plates/ side seal
sent embedded in the faces of the piers and that bottom seal bears evenly on the bottom sill
embedded in concrete.
12 SHOP ASSEMBLES AND TESTS
GATE.
Each gate shall be completely assembled in the shop to ensure that all parts are properly fitted and
that the dimensions and tolerances required by the drawings or the special site conditions have been obtained.
To commence the shop assembly, the vertical slot as groove with guide tee shall be supported in their relative
position, at the same elevation, properly spaced center to center for different size of gate. With the arms in
position the gate leaf shall be erected between them. When assembled, the bottom edges of the upstream/
downstream skin plate shall be horizontal and pallet to sill beam. And the ends of the upstream/Sown stream
skin plate shall be vertical to within 5 mm. All holes for field connections of the gate leaf and arms shall be
drilled or reamed while the gate is so assembled.
Each Hoist shall be completely assembled and separated as may be required to Hoist shall be
properly lubricated and given an operating test under no load. Under such test Hoist shall run smoothly without
undue friction noise, or chatter, The fabricated parts and complete assembly of the gate, gate frames and Hoist
shall be inspected and operation test observed by the representative of the Corporation. The cost of all testing
shall be borne by the Contractor and shall be included in the tender.
13 PAINTING
GENERAK
All paints and painting materials required for painting shall be supplied by the contractor
and shall be included in the price bid. The paints proposed by the Contractor must be approved

241
by the Engineer in Charge, before acceptance. The analysis in respect of paint properties in paint
composition and performance requirements of the paints shall be submitted by the Contractor for
examination and approval by Engineer-in-Charge.
13.1 PREPARATION OF SURFACE
Surface preparation shall be made in accordance with the following procedure:
i) Weld spatters or any other surface irregularity shall be removed by any suitable means
before cleaning.
ii) All bill grease and dirt shall be removed from the surface by the use of clean mineral spirits.
Xynol or white gasoline (lead free) and clean wiping materials.
iii) Following the solvent cleaning, the surface to be painted shall be cleaned of all rust, mill
scale land other tightly adhering objectionable substances by gravel blasting or grit blasting
to uniform bright base metal. Any grit or dust remaining after the cleaning operation shall
be completely removed from the surface by wire brushing airing section or other effective
means before the surface.
iv) Surface stainless steel nickel bronze and machined surfaced adjacent to metal work being
claimed or part shall be protected by masking tape or by other suitable means during the
cleaning and painting operation.
13.2 (A) PRIMING AND PAINTING APPLICABLE SCHEDULE.

I) Stainless steel and bronze surfaces shall only be cleaned but not painted.
II) All surface of the embedded parts which are to come in contact with concrete shall be
cleaned as mentioned above and given two coats of cement latex to prevent rusting during
shipment and while awaiting installation
III) All unfinished surfaces of the embedded parts & gate to be exposed to atmosphere or
water shall be given one coat of priming paint as specified.
IV) All finished surfaces of the gate and stop logs that will be exposed to atmosphere during
shipment or while awaiting installation shall be cleaned and given a heavy uniform coating of
gasoline soluble and rust preventive compound or equivalent.
All ferrous surfaces including non-mating finished surfaces, portions of gate
And leaves, gate frames, guides etc. exposed to atmosphere or water shall be given a coat of just
inhibitive phosphate wash by brush immediately following the cleaning operation. Proper
reaction of the phosphate wash is indicated by a light gray film after drying. A dark sticky
residue results if the reaction is not complete.

242
This should be wiped off with damped rags and area retreated. If the surface is very hot, it may
be necessary to dilute the phosphate whish solution with water or obtain proper reaction, within
one hour after the rust inhibitive wash has dried thoroughly, one coat of priming paint shall be
applied by brushing, without thinning.
VI) HOIST AND HOIST BRIDGE.
All unfinished surfaces of the Hoist shall be given one coat of red lead priming paint by
brushing. An additional priming coat shall be applied over all irregularities such as rivets, bolts,
screws etc. Without thinning. The priming paint shall apply immediately after gravel / girt
blasting. All machined surfaces which are to be in rolling or sliding contact shall be coated with
gasoline soluble rust preventive compound.
B) MEASURES DURING PRIMING.
I) any bare spots or hollows shall be re-coated with additional application of primer
II) All runs, sags, floods, or drips shall be removed by scraping and cleaning. The cleaned area should
be retouched or all such defects shall be remedied by re-blasting or re-priming.
III) Special attention should be given to obtaining good coverage on rivets, welds and sharp edges and
covers.
IV) suitable measure shall be taken to protect applied primer from contact with rain, fog, mist, dust or
other foreign matter until completely hardened and next coat applied.
B) APPLICATIO PROCEDURE
All paint and coating material shall be in a thoroughly mixed condition at the time of
application and shall not be thinned except as specifically required. Any warming of the paint
shall be performed by means of hot water bath. Paint shall not be applied when the temperature
of metal or the surrounding air is below 45 C. Paint shall be applied either by brushing or
spraying immediately after cleaning and priming. When the paint is applied by spraying
mechanical agitator type of paint pot shall be use . Means shall be provided for removing all free
oil and moisture from the air supply line of all spraying equipment. Each coat of paint shall
completely cover the surface and shall be free from ruins. Sags, pinholes and hollows. Each coat
of print shall be allowed to dry or harden thoroughly before the succeeding coat is applied. Rust
preventive compound shall be applied by any convenient method to ensure complete coverage of
the heavy coating After the final application the paint film shall be allowed to cure at least for 7
days.
C) PAINTING SHEDULE
The following schedule of painting shall be adopted for various portions of the gate, and
Hoisting arrangement.

243
I) FOR UPSTREAM SIDE SYSTEM: COALTAR EPOXY PAINT.

Two coats of zinc or any suitable primer shall be adopted to obtain 75 microns
film thickness when dry 3 coats of finishing with the paint hall be followed to
obtain minimum 100 microns dry film thickness in each coat allowing re-coat
ability time of 24 hours. Depending on the nature of requirements 3rd coat of
finishing may be applied in the shop or at site
II) FOR DOWN STREAM SIDE. SYSTEM: - HIGH BUILD MICACEOUS
IRON OXIDE PAINT.
After one coat of priming with Red lead/or zinc chromate primer obtaining dry
film thickness of minimum 45 microns, 2coats of paints shall be applied to obtain
minimum 85 microns in each coat. 2nd coat of finishing shall be applied in the
shop or in the field after erection depending on the nature or requirements.
III) HOIST & HOIST MACHINERY SYSTEM: - ALUMINIMUM PAINT.
Two coats of finishing paint shall be applied to obtain minimum thickness of film
of 85 microns in each coat after priming with Red lead obtaining minimum film
thickness of 45 microns.
(E) FIELD PAINTING.

REPAIR OF SHOP COATS.
The painted metal work shall be handled with care so as to preserve the shop coats. The area of
the shop paint which has been damaged during transport shall be cleaned to base metal and paint
applied to such areas shall be of the same type as used originally in shop painting. During erection
the metal work shall be handled with care so as to preserve the shop coats.
The area of the shop paint which has been damaged during erection shall be cleaned to base metal
and repainted. The last coat of finishing, if not applied in the shop shall be applied in the field
after erection.
13.4 MARKING.
Each part of the Gate and Hoist, which is not permanently connected in shop assembly, shall be
legibly marked and match marked to show its relative position in the unit to facilitate assembly in field, Except
on bolts land other small parts. All such marks shall be made with heavy steel stamps and with paints. A
diagram showing all such markings shall be provided to the Corporation. Each place sub assembly or packages
transported separately shall be labeled or tagged with a transportation designation consisting go the specification
number the mark number of such piece or the numbers of the parts grouped in such assembly or contained in the
package.

244
13.5 ITEM TO INCLUDE.

i) Procurement of all materials and accessories.
ii) Fabrication and shop assembly.
iii) All Transportation
iv) Erection at site of work.
v) Testing on unloaded land loaded condition.
vi) Testifying defects if any observed during manufacturing and commissioning stage.
vii) Ultrasonic testing of steel materials.
viii) All local electrical arrangement required for proper functioning of gate.
ix) Painting
x) All Rubber seals
xi) All roller, roller parts and bearings
xii) All welding
xiii) Commission
14. MODE OF MEASUREMENTS AND PAYMENTS.

The measurement and payment shall be for per number of HR/DO/CR gates of specified size fabricated
and erected.
SECTION –VI
17- FORM WORK
GENERAL
1 Forms shall be used, to confine the concrete and to shape it to the required lines.
Normally all exposed concrete surfaces having slope steeper than 2 horizontal
to one vertical shall be formed.
2 The condition of forms influence not only appearance of the structure but also
quality. Use of good form material and proper form construction and
maintenance is very important in field control. The use of steel formwork
enhances the appearance of placed concrete. It should be recognized that it is
not particularly economical to use poor quality form. Too often any savings from
use or injudicious re-use of poor timber form are negated by manual labour in
repairs and final dressing of the structure to an acceptable appearance.
TOLERANCES

245
3 The form work shall be designed and constructed to the shapes, lines and
dimensions shown on the drawings within the following tolerances:
Linear Outline
a) In any 6 m of length 12 mm
b) In any 12 m of length 18 mm
Plumb, specified batter, or from the curved surface of all structures including the lines
and surfaces of columns, walls, piers, buttresses etc.
a) In 3 m of Height 12 mm
b) In 6 m of Height 18 mm
c) In 12 m of Height or greater 30 mm
Deviation from specified

Dimension of cross-section of columns and beams. + 12 mm
– 6 mm
Deviation from dimensions of footings.
a) Dimension of plan + 50 mm
– 12 mm
b) Eccentricity 0.02 times the width of footing in the direction of
deviation but not more than 50 mm
c) Thickness + 0.05 mm times the specified thickness.
Note: These tolerances apply to concrete dimensions only, and specified thickness
not to the positioning of vertical reinforcement steel.
WORKMANSHIP, CLEANLINESS AND STRENGTH OF FORM WORK

The form work shall be of steel, timber forms shall not be allowed. Supports shall also
be of steel. Suitable wedges in pairs be provided to facilitate adjustment and
subsequent releasing of forms. The contractor shall furnish the details of his
proposed form work to the Engineer-in-Charge for his approval before erection there-
of. All
rubbish, particularly chippings, shavings, saw dust and grout etc. shall be removed
from the interior of forms before these are erected. Cleanliness of forms shall be
again checked after the forms are in place and before the concrete is placed. The
face of the form work, which is to be in contact with the concrete shall be cleaned and
treated with suitable form of oil or release agent. The form oil shall be applied so as
to provide a thin uniform coating to the forms without coating the reinforcement.
Forms shall have sufficient strength to with stand all pressure resulting from concrete
placement and vibration without deflection from the prescribed lines during and after
the placement of concrete and shall be maintained rigidly in position. Where form
vibrators are to be used, it shall be ensured that the formwork is adequately rigid to
effective transmit energy from the form vibrators to the concrete without damaging or
altering the positions of forms. The forms shall be made sufficiently rigid by use of
ties and bracings to prevent any displacement or sagging. Suitable struts or stiffeners
shall be used wherever considered necessary. The forms shall be made mortar tight.
After the forms for concrete structures have been erected to line and grade, they

246
shall be meticulously inspected as to their adequacy. If the forms are not tight, there
will be a loss of mortar which shall result in honey-combing of concrete or a loss of
water which shall cause sand streaking. If the inspection reveals that the forms are
not strong enough to hold the concrete or are not braced sufficiently to stay in
alignment the Engineer-in-Charge shall immediately notify the contractor to set right
the deficiencies and concrete shall not be placed before the forms are re-inspected
and found OK. It shall also be checked during inspection that the formwork, as
erected, conforms to the line, grade and alignment to the specified tolerance limits.
Fully adequate rigidity of forms is of paramount importance since the tolerance limits
specified are for finished concrete and NOT foe the forms. Use of interval vibrators
requires that the forms be tight and strong. Stability is a very
important consideration in the construction of forms. Everyone concerned including
the contractor shall be made to understand that the common deficiencies resulting in
form failure are:
Inadequate cross bracing of shores;
Inadequate horizontal bracing;
Failure to regulate the rate of placement of concrete in the forms;
Poor regulation of the horizontal of the horizontal balance of the form filling;
Abnormal form displacements during and after concrete placement;
No provision for lateral pressure; and
Lack of adequate inspection of form work;
In form construction, it is very important that ready access be provided for proper
placement, working and vibration and for inspection of these operations.
The surface of formwork shall be made such as to produce surface finishes as
specified and the joints shall be tight enough to prevent loss of liquid/slurry/mortar from
concrete. Joints between the formwork and the previous lift shall be grant tight.
HORIZONTAL CONSTRUCTION JOINT

A very common blemish on formed concrete surfaces is the off-set often found at
horizontal construction joints where the forms have given way a fraction of couple of
centimetres at the bottom of the new lift. For surfaces where appearance and
alignment are of considerable importance, these off-sets shall be prevented by so
setting the forms as to fit snugly against the top of concrete in the previous lift and then
securing them so as to remain in tight contact during the concrete placing operations.
The anchoring shall be done by using an ample number of ties and bolts, above and
within a few centimeters of the construction joint. The ties in the top of previous lift
cannot be relied on to prevent a slight spreading of the forms at the joint. Forms shall
overlap the hardened concrete in the lift previously placed by not more than about 50
mm though 25 mm lap is considered sufficient. Utmost care shall, thus, be taken by the
contractor to ensure that the construction joints are smooth, free from sharp deviations,
projections, or edges.

247
SPALLING FROM THE FACE OF CONCRETE

Occasionally, spalling may occur from the face of the concrete when forms are
removed. This is often caused by rough spots on the forms where mortar adheres
strongly enough to over-come the tensile strength of the green concrete. Such areas
on the forms shall be cleaned, polished, and then covered with suitable form oil. Wire
brushing of timber forms shall be done very carefully to remove the set mortar as else
it may aggregate the situation.
FILLING OF BOLT HOLES (SHE-BOLTS) OR HOLES OF TIES/RODS

The holes left on the concrete surfaces by she bolts or rods etc. shall be reamed,
cleaned, and filled with “dry pack mortar” within a reasonable period of the removal of
form work. Such filling shall be made flush with the concrete surface.
RE-USE OF FORMS
The forms required to be used more than once shall be maintained in a good condition
and shall be thoroughly cleaned and repaired (if required) before reuse. Where metal
sheets are used for lining the forms, the sheets shall be placed and maintained in the
forms without lumps or other imperfections. All forms shall be checked for proper
shape, cleanliness, and strength before re-use.
INSPECTION OF FORMS
The contractor shall inform the Engineer-in-Charge well in time before commencement
of placement of concrete in the forms to enable him or his representative to inspect the
formwork as to its adequacy, suitability, alignment, strength, and overall fitness; and
such inspection shall not relieve the contractor of his sole responsibility for the safety of
men, materials, equipment and the results obtained.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Ok Card system shall be introduced. The form-at of ok card shall be determined by the
Engineer-in-Charge and the contractor or his representative shall be required to fill in
the first column of ok card against all relevant items (as prescribed by the Engineer-in-
Charge) and sign to indicate that these are in conformity with specifications. There
after the engineer, authorized by the Engineer-in-Charge shall inspect these items and
any defects pointed by him shall be duly rectified by him. Broadly, the items shall
compromise of;
Preparation of surface of forms, form oil applications;
Alignment, tolerances;
Stability, bearing and support adequacy, ties, and spacers;
Inspection openings, size, spacing, and locations;
Final clean-up; and
Final ok for concrete placement.

248
STRIPPING OF FORM WORK

The Engineer-in-Charge shall be informed in advance by the contractor of his intention
to strike/remove any form. The forms shall not be removed until the concrete has
achieved adequate strength. As per IS: 456-2000, the concrete should have achieved
a strength of at-least twice the stress to which the concrete may be subjected at the
time of removal of formwork. While this criteria of strength shall be the guiding factor
for removal of form work, in normal circumstances, where ambient temperature does
not fall below 15°C and where ordinary Portland cement is used, and adequate during
is done, following striking period of forms be adopted, which shall satisfy the above
criteria of strength of concrete:
Minimum Period before
Striking
Form Work
(a) Vertical form work to columns, walls, beams. 16-24 hours
(b) Soffit from work to slabs ( props to be refixed . 3 Days
immediately after removal of formwork)
(c) Soffit from work to beams ( props to be refixed . 7 Days
immediately after removal of formwork)
(d) Props to slab:
Spanning up-to 4.5 m. . 7 Days
Spanning over 4.5 m. . 14 Days
(e) Props to beams and arches:
Spanning up-to 6.0 m. . 14 Days
Spanning over 6.0 m. . 21 Days
For cements other than OPC and lower temperatures, the striping time, specified
above shall be suitably modified by the Engineer-in-Charge. The contractor shall
ensure and it is his responsibility that the number of props left under, their sizes, and
disposition shall be such as to be able to safely carry the full load of the slab, beam, or
arch as the case may be, together with any live load likely to occur during curing or
further construction.
Forms shall be removed with care so as to avoid any damage to the concrete.
Concrete damages, if any due to removal of forms, shall be promptly repaired by the
contractor as per method of such repairs prescribed/directed by the Engineer-in-
Charge to his entire satisfaction.
The cost of form is included in the concrete/lining item and will not be paid separately

249
18-PROVIDING AND FILLING TRENCH WITH SAND
Providing and filling in the foundation with sand of approved quality including compaction.
12.1 General: - The item refers to filling sand in the foundations and plinth watering and compacting.
12.2 Materials: - Sand required for filling in the foundations and the interstices in the soiling shall be
clean and coarse and generally obtained from the local sources unless found to be unsuitable. It shall not
contain more than 10 per cent of clay.
12.3 Construction: - The sand approved by the Engineer shall be filled in the foundation trenches as
shown on the drawings. The sand shall be filed, watered and compacted in layers 15 cm to 20 cm (about 6”
to 8”) thick . Sand shall be compacted to the maximum density with heavy hand reamers. The total
compacted thickness of the sand layer shall be as shown on the drawings or ordered by the Engineer.
The sand required to fill the interstices in the soling shall be dry and spread uniformly over the
soling and brushed and watered to fill the interstices fully.
12.4 Item to include: - Providing, filling, watering and compacting the sand in layers in the foundations
trenches as detailed above and all incidental labour, materials and tools etc. Required for the satisfactory
completion of the work. When sand is required to fill the interstices of the soiling, the item shall include
providing and spreading sand and watering.
12.5 Mode of measurement and payment: - Contract rate for sand used for filling in foundation shall be
for a unit of one cubic meter. The dimensions shall be measured correct up to two places of decimals of a
meter and the quantity worked out correct up to two places of decimals of a cubic meter.
When sand is required for filling in the interstices of the soling, the quantity collected shall be
measured before starting. Spreading and the balance remaining shall be measured after the spreading is
completed. The difference shall be paid as the quantity spread.
No deduction shall be made for voids in both cases.

250
TYPICAL
DRAWINGS
OF WORK
Drawings for the said work can be seen/obtained with a written
application from the Bidder to the office of the Executive Engineer as
mention in Annexure-A (1.90) in office Hours.

DTP Kalapata Distry PDF

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

DTP Kalapata Distry PDF

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

1

WATER RESOURCES DEPARTMENT

DRAFT TENDER DOCUMENT

TENDER COST: - Rs. 2,86,25,454/-

Prepared & recommended for Approval

Asst. Engineer Gr. II Asst. Engineer Gr. I

Sr. Divisional Accounts Officer

Recommended for Approval Approved

Superintending Engineer & Administrator Chief Engineer

Contractor No. of Corrections Executive Engineer

NAME OF WORK: Construction of Cement Concrete Lining (Canal lining length

Contractor No. of Corrections Executive Engineer

3 Schedule ‘B’ Part-I 43 46

17 - Declaration of bidder regarding value of Existing Commitments 74 74

18 Appendix ‘K’- Bidders ( self declaration regarding Bid Capacity ) 75 75

2 Special condition of contract 104 133

Contractor No. of Corrections Executive Engineer

Contractor No. of Corrections Executive Engineer

DETAILED TENDER NOTICE

Contractor No. of Corrections Executive Engineer

CIRCLE :- Command Area Development Authority, Nagpur

DIVISION :- Pench Irrigation Division, Nagpur

Executive Engineer, Pench Irrigation Division, Nagpur Phone No. 0712-2980143, is

Name of Work Cost of the Earnest Time Limit Cost of Eligibility

1. All eligible/interested bidders to get enrolled on e- Tendering portal

e-Tender-Document can be downloaded from the e-Tendering portal of Government of

Contractor No. of Corrections Executive Engineer

Maharashtra i.e . https://mahatenders.gov.in Cost of online e-Tender-Document as

The activities of e – Tender online purchase/Download, Preparation of Bid (Submit Bid

Contractor No. of Corrections Executive Engineer

WATER RESOURCES DEPARTMENT,

Definitions & interpretations

(c) “Superintending Engineer” shall mean Superintending Engineer and

(d) “Engineer/Engineer-in-charge" shall mean the Executive Engineer in charge

Contractor No. of Corrections Executive Engineer

(e) “Engineer’s representative” shall mean the Sub Divisional Engineer/Assistant

Volume -I Detailed e-Tender Notice, B-1, Conditions of contract Section I

i) “Specifications” shall mean the specifications for materials and works as

Singular and Plural

ii) Certificate of satisfactory completion in respect of at least ONE work costing

Contractor No. of Corrections Executive Engineer

4. ON-LINE ISSUE OF BLANK e-TENDER FORMS

6. REVISION OR AMENDMENT OF e-TENDER DOCUMENTS:

7. MANNER OF ONLINE SUBMISSION OF e-TENDER AND ITS ACCOMPANIMENTS

Tender is to be submitted online on the Government of Maharashtra e-

Contractor No. of Corrections Executive Engineer

a) Technical e-Envelope T1.

3) GST Registration Certificates

4) Deed of Partnership or Article of Association and Memorandum of Association for

In case of Non-RTO machinery, if the machinery is new, the manufacturer’s sale

9) Power of Attorney (duly registered). ( if applicable)

Contractor No. of Corrections Executive Engineer

10) Professional Tax certificate valid on date of receipt of the tender

19) Copy of ADHAR card of contractor

20) A self attested affidavit that ‘Additional Performance Security is enclosed in

Contractor No. of Corrections Executive Engineer

21) Post Qualification Criteria.

1 Criteria for Post Qualification:-.

A) Maximum Financial Turnover for last Rs 107.34 Lakh

B) Minimum Cost of One (1) Similar Rs 143.13 Lakh

2 Scan copy of declaration of bidder regarding value of Civil Engineering work

6) Machinery- In order to complete the work contractor should have following

Contractor No. of Corrections Executive Engineer